PART X-C-II CENSUS 1971 (with off Prints of Part X-C-I) ANALYTICAL REPORT ON CENSUS AND RELATED STATISTICS
SOCIO-ECONOMIC SERIES-S & GUJARAT CULTURAL TABLES , (RURAL AREAS) AND HOUSING TABLES
DISTRICT GANDHINAGAR CENSUS HANDBOOK DISTRICT
c. C. DOCTOR of the fndian Administrative Service Director of Census Operations Gujarat CENSlJs OF INDIA 1971 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS
Census of India 1971-Series-S-Gujarat is being published in the following parts: Central Government Publications Part Subject covered Number I-A General Report I-B Detailed Analysis of the Demographic, Social. Cultural and Migration Patterns I-C Subsidhry Tables II-A General Population Tables ('A' Series) II-B Economic Tables ('B' Series) II-C (i) Distribution of Populationj Mother Tongue and Religion, Scheduled Castes & Scheduled Tribes I1-C (ii) Other Social & Cultural Tables and Fertility Tables, Tables on Household Com position, Single Year Age, Marital Status, Educational Levels, Scheduled Caste& & Scheduled Tribes, etc., Bilingualism III Establishments Report and Tables ('E' Series) IV-A Housing Report and Housing Subsidiary Tables; IV-13 Housing Tables V Special Tables and Ethnographic Notes on Scheduled Castes & Scheduled Tribes VI-A Town Directory VI-B Special Survey Report on Selected Towns VI-C Survey Report on Stlected Villages VII Special Report on Graduate and Technical Personnel VIII-A Administration Report-Enumeration } For official use 9.i).lr VIII-B Administration Report-Tabulation IX Census Atlas
State Government Publications DISTRICT CENSUS HANDBOOK
X-A Town and Village Directory X-B Village and Townwise Primary Census Abstract X-C-I Departmental Statistics and Full Count Census Tables
X-C-II Analytic 1 l~t'port 011 Cellsu,,; and l A. INTRCDUCTION 3-10 (I) History of District Census Handbook, (2) Scope of District Census Handbook, (3) Definitions and Concepts B. LOCATION AND PHYSICAL FEATURES 10-11 (1) Location, (2) Physiography, (3) Soils, (4) Forests, (5) Minerals, (6) Rivers, (7) Climate, Temperature and Rainfall C. ADMINISTRATIVE SET-UP 11-14 (l)Administrative Divisions, (2) Revenue, (3) Parliamentary and Assembly constituencies and election (4) Judiciary, (5) Police, (6) Jails, (7) Local Self Government D. TERRITORIAL AND OTHER CHANGES 14 , (l) Territorial changes, (2) Opening of New Areas for SettlcmcDt of Population (3) Growth or Decay of Urban Centres, (4) Changes in Funeti.l'Ial Category of Towns E. MAJOR EVENTS 14 (I) Scarcity F. ECONOMIC AND OTHER ACTIVITIES DURING THE DJ~CADE 15-26 (I) AgricultUre, (2) Irrigation, (3) Agricultural Produce Markets, (4) Co-operation, (5) Warehouses, (6) Livestock and Animal Husbandry, (7) Industry, (8) Trade and Commerce, (9) Electricity and Power, (10) Transport and Communications, (11) Prices, (12) Banking, (13) Education, (14) Medical and Public Health, (15) Agrarian Reforms and Agrarian Developments. G. DEMOGRAPHIC CHANGES DURING THE DECADE 26-38 (1) General, (2) Densi~y and Decadal Changes in Population, (3) Sex Ratio, (4) Household Size, (5) Urban Population, (6) Houseless Population, (7) Institutional Population, (8) Growth of Population, (9) Average Size of Village, (10) Population by Age-groups (I I) Literacy, (12) Mother Tongue, (13) Religion, (14) Workers and Non-Workers, (15) Scheduled Castes, (16) Scheduled Tribes. (17) Establishments, (18) Housin, H. SETTLEMENT PATTERN AND SOCIAL DEMOGRAPHY (Including Tables) 38-40 (1) Rural Areas, (2) Urban Areas. H.I Distribution of villages with reference to area in hectares 41 H.2 Distribution of inhabited villages by selected amenities, infrastructural and land use data, with refelence to distance from nearest town 41 H.3 Distribution of inhabited villages by selected demographic characteristics and distance from nearest town 42 HA Average- sv;e of villages by distance range from nearest town by size class 43 H.5 Distribution of inhabited villages by size class of population having selected servicing institutions and demographic characteristics 43 H.6 Medical and Postal facilities per 100 km.2 of rural area at taluka level 44 H.7 Distribution of villages by density per km.2 and average distance from nearest town 44 H.8 Distribution of inhabited villages by proportion of iichoduled castes &nd scheduled tribes population and density of population 44 H.9 Ranking of villages of different size classes by amenity scores 44 H.lO Selected demographic and related characteristics of Gandhinagar town 1971 44 III PAGES II TABLES 1-30 SECTION-I DEPARTMENTAL STATISTICS (Detailed contents are given on pages iii and iv in Part II Tables) 31-94 SECTION-II CENSUS TABLES BASED ON FULL COUNT (Detailed contents are given on pages v and vi in Part II Tables) SECTION-III SOCIO ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL TABLES 95-143 (RURAL AREAS) AND HOUSING TABLES Explanatory Dote to Sample Census Tables " B-Economic Tables Netc 98-9~ Table B-IIJ Part D Classification of workers and non-workers according to main activity by educational level. in rural areas only. 100-101 Table B-IV Part A Industrial Classification of persons at work other than at cultivation as main activit, by sex and divisions, major groups and minor groups (Rural) 101-103 Appendht-Distribution of workers in manufacturing, processing, servicing and repairs by household industry and non-household industry (Rural) 104-106 Table B-VI Part B (i) Occupational classification of persons at worle according to main activity other than cultivation by sex and age groups in rural areas only 107-115 ANNEXURE-National Classification of Occupations 116-117 Table B-VI Part B (ii) Occupational classification of persons at work according to main activity other than cultivation classified by sex and educational levels in rural areas only 118-121 Table B-VII Secondary work i.e. Persons having main activity (i) Cultivators, (ii) agricultural labourers, (iii) household industry, (iv) non-househOld industry and (v) non-workers classified by sex and by secondary work (i) household industry, (if) cultivator, (iii) agricultural labourer or (iv) non-household industry, trade, business or service (Rural) 122 Table B-VIII Persons classified as non-workers according to main activity cross-classified by sex, age croups and type of activity (Rural) 122 C-Social and Cultural Tables Note 123 Table C-I1 Age and Marital Status 124-115 Table C-I1I Part-A Age, Sex and Education in rural areal 114-1l5 D-Migration Tables Note 127 Table D-I Population classified by place of birth (Rural) 128-129 Appendix-I Persons born in other districts of the State and enumerated in this district 130 Appendix-II Persons born in this district but enumerated in other districts of the Sta~e 131 Table D-VI Migrants classified by place of last residence age group. duration of residence and marital atatus (Rural) 132-137 H-Housiog Tables Note 139 Table H-I Census Houses and the uses to which they are put 140-141 Table H-U Distribution of Census Houses hy predominant material of wall and predominant material of roof 140-141 Appendix-Distribution of residential Census Houses by material of wall cross classified by material of roof 142 Table H-IJI Census Households classified by number of members and by number of rooms occl:lpied 143 Tabl. H-IV Households classified by size and tenure itatus 143 IV PREFACE The District Census Hand Book Volumes of 1971 The analysis of whatever data was available to us. were divided into three parts. Part A contained the was completed at the time I was about to leave the town and village directories and B contained the Urban Census Organisation in March 1974. But the task was Block and viIIagewise Primary Census abstracts. These incomplete. It had to be supplemented by additional two parts were brought out within a record time of analysis of further data as and when it became available one year after the taking of the Census. Part C-I after the sample tables were compiled. The Census containing the departmental statistics and the full count Organisation was also being slowly wound up at this Census tables was also published within six months of stage, and it was posing a very serious problem in my the first publications named above. mind as to how the work already done could be well rounded and properly supplemented after I had left The sample tables took a little longer time, as the and the organisation shrunk to the intercensal level. mechanical data processing for urban areas, which was Shri P. B. Buch, Director of the Bureau of Economics first to be done at the national level could not be and Statistics came to my rescue at this stage and completed untill the tables for all the States were recei promised to take over the loose threads and weave them ved, checked and cleared by the Registrar General. into a strong and fine yarn from the moment the want India. It was for this reason that his special permis ing data became available. What is now presented in sion was obtained to publish the available data as part this volume in the form of analytical essays is the C-I so as not to withhold from the scholars, adminis combined effort of the Census Organisation and the trators and planners what was already compiled and State Bureau of Economics and Statistics. Shri Buch ready for publication. has taken great pains, not only in interpretation of fresh data, but also in going through the interpretations The present combined volume C-I, C-II contains done before he stepped in and made valuable sugges in addition to what has been already published separa tions for reducing the bulk of the present volume. He tely as C-l. the analytical and interpretative reports on has read every line of what is written here and weighed the districts based on the published data of 1971 Census every word that is printed. While I claim general and throws some highlights on the demographic changes responsibility for the contents of this volume, I would which have occured during the decade. A number of like to give full credit to Shri Buch for the spirit of love hypotheses have been tested in their application to the and dedication with which he has volunteered to take data of each district. The results in some cases have the entire load for the publication of this volume from been startling while in others have been just as expected. the stage at which I had left it. I have great pleasure It further includes sample tables of all the rural areas in placing on record here, that none could have done of the State. The urban sample tables are being the work better. My grateful thanks are to him and published as an annexture to this volume separately in his excellent team of workers, which included among the near future. others Sarva Shri G. R. Shaikh. Deputy Director; C. P. Vyas, Research Officer; S. M. Shelke, Research Assis tant; B. R. Patel, Research Assistant and V. A Dhagia. The idea about including in this volume a portion Tabulation Officer. These persons greatly helped in about the decadal changes that had occured was first maintaining the continuity of work. conceived by our Directorate. Similarly the work of testina the various hypotheses suggested by Dr. Roy Burman was first done in Gujarat State and sent to the Registrar General for approval. Both these points With the publication of this volume the District were examined critically by the Registrar General and Hand Book Series of 1971 Census are completely out. cleared for inclusion in Part C-li. It is with a deep It is hoped. that they would prove useful to students. sense of satisfaction that I place them before the administrators and planneri and also the general reader readers as an interesting feature. for whose benefit much labour and pain has been H-l007 shared by a team of dedicated workers to all of whom I am equally indebted to Shri L. R. Dalal, lC.S., I am deeply indebted. Chief Secretary to the Government of Gujarat for the sustained interest taken by him in all matters connected I would be failing in my duties if I do not acknow with Census. But for his support and encouragement ledge here the deep debt of gratitude lowe to Shri A. it would not have become possible to bring oui this Chandra Shekhar, lAS, Registrar General, India and volume even at this stage. Dr. B. K. Roy Burman, Dy. Registrar General, India for the valuable suggestions and guidance I have recei ved from them from time to time. c. C. DOCTOR, Director oj Censlls Operations, Gujarat AHMADABAD, nOw Administrator, Municipal Corporation, 8th April, 1975. Ahmadabad. Ii I ANALYTICAL REPORT ON CENSUS AND RELA TED STATISTICS ANAL ytfCAL REPORf A. INTRODUCTION PART II-STATISTICS 1. History of District Census Handbook (i) Census Tables In 1941, the population figures were exhibited acc (ii) Vi1lagewise List of Industrial Establishments ording to communities in the 'Village Handbooks' (iii) Handicraft Tables published by the erstwhile Government of Bombay. In (iv) Departmental or Official Statistics 1951, the- basis of cJassifica60n of the Census was changed from a social to al1 economic one and the PART III-VILLAGE DIRECTORY figures were given in the Primary Census Abstract according to eight Livelihood Classes. The Primary (i) Explanatory Note Census Abstract contained the basic information in (ii) Village Directory respect of every village and town. A decision to bring (iii) Taluka Maps out the District Census Handbooks giving the Primary Besides Census data, the 1961 District Census Census Abstract and important Census tables for every Handbooks covered villagewise and townwise informa district of the State was taken for the first time in tion on the availability of different types of amenities 1951. Census statistics given in the Primary Census such as educational facilities, public health and medi· Abstract related to the area of the village, number of cal facilities, supply of drinking water, electricity and houses and households, total population, houseless and its uses etc., shown by means of abbreviations placed institutional population, literates. and agricultural and against the ll'~me of each village. Thus, in the 1961 non-agricultural classes distributed under eight main Census an attempt was made to make the District Livelihood Classes. These census statistics were further Census Handbooks more informative. supplemented by the addition of useful administrative information on the availability of amenities in villages During the 1971 Census, efforts have been made and towns on items like post offices, railway stations, to compile both census and non-census statistics in a the distance of a -bazzar from the Village, primary uniform manner under an enlarged perspective. The Dis schools, village panchayats, co-operative societies, etc. trict Census Handbook of 1971 Census has been divided This was a unique achievement of the Indian Census. into three sub-parts with a view to making the census The 1951 series of District Census Handbooks, how and non-census information available to the data users as ever, varied in content and size from state to state de quickly as possible. Part A of District Census Hand pending upon the resources offered by the State Govern book contains the Town Directory and Village Direc ments. It was, therefore, decided during the Census tory. Part B contains the Primary Census Abstract of 1961 that the District Census Handbooks of 1961 and Part C contains the Introductory Essay, Official Census should contain a certain minimum of statistical Statistics, Census tables, etc. The details of the contents data, maps and other useful information to be adopted in each of the parts are described in the following uniformly throughout the country. Thus the District paragraphs. Handbook of 1961 Census differed widely in Cen~us 2. Scope of District Census Handbook 1971 the matter of content and coverage from that publish ed in the 1951 Census. The District Census Handbooks Th~ District Census Handbooks are the only pub of 1961 were sub-divided into the following three lications which incorporate the data down to the villa parts :- ge and block level of a town, which are urgently and frequently required by the data users. They are consta PART I-THE DISTRICT ntly referred to for several purposes by the adminis 0) Introductory Essay trator, planner, policymaker and academidan. The de (ii) Brief Gazetteer of Place Names lay in the publication of the District Census Handbooks 3 would reduce the value of these very useful publica form through the Ta1uka Panchayat offices. these tions. In order to avoid delay in the publication the forms were filled in by the village officials and District Census Handbooks of 1971 are sub-divided into were scrutinised by the Statistical Assistants at three parts, two of which are combined in one volume, the taluka level. The District Statistical Officers and the third published separately. The details of the supervised the work and carried out percentage scrutiny. contents of each of the parts are as follows The details regarding the number of villages having post and telegraph facilities in the State, those connected Part A : Town and Village Directory with electric power supply, those having all weather and fair weather bus facilities and those without Part A contains the non-census statistics of each drinking water facilities etc., were obtained from the village and town. The Town Directory portion furnishes concerned departments by the Office of the Director of the data for each town in the district in seven sta~ements Census Operations. The information recorded in the covering (1) the civic administration status of town and vjlJage directory forms was cross checked with the data the functional category of towns and their growth of obtained from concerned departments, confirmed and population since 1901; (2) physical aspects and location; made up-to-date. (3) town finance; (4) civic and other amenities; (5) medical, educational, recreational and cultural facilities The non-census data for each of the towns were (6) (rade, industry, comn,erce and banking facilities and obtained from the municipal authorities in case of (7) population by religion. municipal towns and for other towns tIre data were obtained from the concerned Nagar and Gram Pancha The Village Directory Section of Part A gives yats. The information received from the concerned particulars of amenities available for each village in the municipapiities and panchayats was scrutinised and matter of educational and medical institutions, power cross checked with other published official statistics for supply, drinking water facilities, post and telegraph a few items wherever it was possible. facilities, communications, particulars of land use, weekly markets and places of religious, historical and Part C: Departmental Statistics, Census Tables and archaeological interest in the village. AnaJyticaJ Report Part B: Primary Census Abstract Part C incorporates the administrative statistics pertaining to the district in various fields of develop Part B gives for each village and for each block ment. The other census tables pertaining to the district and ward of a town the primary census data incorpora and talukas will also be reproduced here. A write up ting area of the town in square kilometres, and of village indicating the changes in the socio-economic and in acres and gunthas, number of occupied residential demographic characteristics of the district in the last houses, number of households, total population ai:d its decade would also be given. break up by sex, scheduled caste and scheduled tribe population, literate population and working Departmental Statistics popUlation by nine broad industrial categories namely An effort has been made to present in this part of (1) cultivators, (2) agricultural labourers, (3) those the Handbook the basic data of the district in 68 working in livestock, forestry, fishing, plantations, etc., different tables based 011 the data collected from (4) in mining and quarrying, (5) in manufacturing, pro various administrative departments of the State Govern cessing, servicing and repairing, (6) in construction, (7) ment and the Government of India as well as from in trade and commerce, (8) in transport, s'torage, and various statutory organisations like the Gujarat Electri communications and (9) in other services and the non city Board, the Life Insurance Corporation of India, working population : the Food Corporation of India, the Reserve Bank of The non--census data of the· village directory and India, Central and State Warehousing Corporations town directory were collected from the local bodies. etc. A mere glance at the contents of the tables pre The villagewise details regarding different types of sented in this volume would show that they provide a amenities available in the village, land use data and deep insight into the infrastructure of the district which other information were collected in the village directory will prove useful not only to the administrator and the 4 ~ccial, political and research worker hut also to the mother tongue, reiigion and scheduled caste and sche framers of the District and the State plans. It has also duled tribe and broad age-groups the Individual Slips been devised in order to provide interesting material to were processed manually during 1971 Census at the an intelligent and prudent reader who wants to know Regional Tabulation Offices as was being done at the more about the district. The tables highlight the struc previous censuses. The data pertaining to 20% of the tural changes that have undergone in various spheres Urban Individual Slips was transferred on to punch of activity in the district during the period 1961-1971. cards and thence to magnetic tape and all the cross An attempt has been made to present the data taluka tabulation for the urban data is being generated by wise as far as possible in order to facilitate inter processing it on electronic computors. The cross-tabu regional comparisons within the district. lation of the rural data is being derived from 10% The tables on administrative statistics included in sample of the Individual Slips which were processed the present series of Handbooks are more or less devised manually. The tabulation of the Houselist data was on the lines of the District Census Handbooks of 1961 also processed on 20% sample basis. The establishment Census so as to make the data comparable. In addition schedules were processed on full count basis. The data to these, some useful data on agricultural research relating to the housing and establishments has been stations, veterinary and animal husbandry institutions, processed on electronic computor. rest houses, land revenue collections, secondary school Thus the 1971 Census was a pioneer in the intro certificate examinations, forests, composition of pancha duction of sampling procedures to a considerable extent. yat bodies etc. have also been included. Careful studies were made of the 1961 schedules as ,The tables on 'administrative statistics have been also the 1971 pre-test schedules before evolving the grouped under 18 different heads as listed below: optimum sampling size and the procedures so as to yield data within reasonable margin of error. I Rainfall and Temperature During 1971 Census it was decided to prepare a II Vital Statistics number of tables under the following series:- III Agricultural, including Forests IV Livestock A Series - General Population Tables V Co-operation B Series - Economic Tables VI Fisheries C Series - Social and Cultural Tables VII Factories D Series - Migration Tables VIII Electricity E Series - Establishment Tables IX Medical and Public Health F Series - Fertility Tables X Education G Series - Special Tables for Degree Holders and XI Administration Technical Personnel. XII Public Entertainment. Press and Journals H Series - Housing Tables XIII Transport and Communications As in the 1961 Census all the Census Tables of XIV Local Bodies 1971 Census that give data down to the district level XV Warehousing or below have been incorporated in the Part C of the XVI Prices District Census Handbook of 1971. The Census Tables XVII Joint Stock Companies, Insurance, Banks and of 1971 Census that can be reproduced in the District Co-operative societies Census Handbooks Part C in so far as they relate to XVIII Fairs and Festivals and Ancient Monuments. to the district are; Census Tables Tables A-I to A-IV, B-·I to B-IV Part A, B-IV Part D3 B-IV Parts A(i) and A(ii), B-VI Parts B(i) and For the first time in the Census history considera B{ii), B-VII, B-VIII, C-I Part A, C-III Part A, C-III ble part of the 1971 Census data has been processed Part B, C-V, C-VII, C-VIII Parts A & B and their on electronic computors. However, the manual sorting appendices, D-I, D-I Appendix-I, Appendix-II, D-III could not be altogether avoided. For the purpose of and D-IV for each city D-V, D-VI, E-I to E-IV and providing the primary census data and the data on H-I to IV. 5 However, to achieve the objectives of making the even consist of scattered houses situated on the fields data available to the consumers as soon as possible within the boundaries of the village. It may be inhabited after it has become ready without having to wait for or uninhabited. the completion of other cross tabulations which may (ii) Urban Area take quite some time, it was planned to release the Census t~bles by splitting up into two volumes as It is customary in every country to classify the follows: population as rural and urban. . Such a classification is helpful in assessing the differentials in the social, 1. Part C-I (Full Count Census Tables) economic, cultural and demographic characteristics of 2. Part C-II (Remaining Tables) the popUlation. Urbanisation is the result of economic social and migrational processes. The identification of But as the urban sample tables which were mecha rural and urban areas and the distribution of population nically processed are likely to take some time, it is by urban and rural is a great service rendered by the felt desirable to publish Part C-II without urban sample census for the proper understanding of the interplay of tables so that the available material can be relea various forces. sed for the data users. There was no uniform criterion prescribed for dis The following tables based on full count were in tinguishing urban areas from rural in our country till cluded in Part C-I of District Census Handbook which the Census of 1951. The definition of towp., therefore, has already been published : varied from state to state and a place was treated as A-I to A-IV with their appendices, B-1 Part-A, urban, if in the opinion of the State Government or B-U, C-V, C-VII, C-VIII Part A and its appendix, the Superintendent of Census Operations' it was C-VIII Part B and its appendix, and E-I to E-IV. deemed to possess urban characteristics. In view of The, remaining tables without urban sample tables the increasing importance of the study of urbanisation have been incorporated in the present volume. The in all its aspects the need for a uniform understanding tables already published in Part C-I have also been of the term by strictly defining the concept of included in this volume for ready reference. 'town' was emphasised at the 1961 Census. For the purpose of 1961 Census 'town' was defined as a place 3. Definitions and Concepts having a municipality or a cantonment or a place with a population of 5,000 and over, if 75 per cent of its During 1971 Census Operations large mass of data of male popUlation pursued non-agricultural activities. a varied nature such as demographic, social and economic These tests were applied in respect of places other than characteristics was collected. In order to ensure accu municipalities or cantonments with reference to their racy in the collection of information of such a varied popUlation during 1961 Census. There were however, nature various terms used were well defined during the certain exceptional cases where an area had a popula 1971 Census Operations. In the ensuing paragraphs tion of less than 5,000 but had definite urban charac the definitions and concepts of some important terms teristics. These were newly found commercial areas, arc explained. large urban housing settlements or places of tourist importance where all civic amenities were provided. All (i) Village such cases were examined in detail in consultation with the Collectors of the Districts and lists drawn were got 'Viilage' is a revenue village which is an adminis approved by the State Government and the Registrar trative rather than a demographic unit. The definition General, before they were finally accepted as such. of the term 'Village' has practically remained the same during the entire census period. In short, it is a re The list of urban areas, for the purpose of 1971 venue cadastrally surveyed village which has a separate Census, was likewise finalised in consultation with the entity and a distinct number assigned to it in the State Government. The following criteria were applied revenue records of the State. It may consist of a single for the purpose of determining any area as urban at village with a cluster of houses or a number of hamlets 1971 Census. with separate clusters of houses. In forest areas it may (1) All places where there is a Municipal Corpo- 6 ration, or a Municipality or a Town Commi 500 or raised upto 850. But, these limits were changed ttee or a Notified area or a Cantonment Board only in exceptional cases. Ordinarily the rural block have been treated as urban areas. was within 750 to 1,000 and urban block was within (2) The remaining places were recognised as en 600 to 750 persons. joying urban characteristics and declared as (1') House urban areas only if the following conditions were fulfilled. A 'Census House' is a building or part of a (a) The estimated population at 1971 Census building having a separate main entrance from the road should be at least 5,000. or common courtyard or staircase etc., used or reco gnised as a separate unit. It may be inhabited or (b) The density of population per sq. kilo vacant. It may be used for a residential or non metre should not be below 400. residential purpose or both. (c) 75 per cent of the male working population If a building has a number of flats or blocks should follow non-agricultural pursuits, which are independent of one another having separate and entrances of their own from the road or a common staircase or a common courtyard leading to a main (d) In the opinion of the Director of Census gate, they will be considered as separate census houses. Operations any other place where predo If within a large enclosed area there are separate build minant urban characteristics are noticed. ings, then each such building will be considered one or more separate census houses. If all the structures within (iii) Ward an enclosed compound are together treated as one build All large towns were usually divided into well ing then each structure with a separate entrance established mohallas or localities or wards bearing should be treated as a separate census house. distinct local names and covered by roads, streets, lanes and by-lanes. In some cities, instead of a locality the (vi) Household electoral ward of the city or town was taken as the A household is a group of persons who commonly major unit into which the city or town is divided, so live together and take the meals from a common long as it was a well recognised unit with definite kitchen unless the exigencies of work prevented any of boundaries and was likely to be fairly permanent. them from doing so. There may be 'one-member house hold, two-member household or multi-member house (iv) Block hold'. For census purposes each one of these types is Each town was divided into convenient block each regarded as a 'Household'. Again, there may be a block consisting of a group of adjoining streets household of persons related by blood or household other compact local area with well defined boundaries. of unrelated persons; the latter are boarding houses, The formation of blocks during the first stage of hostels, residential hotels, orphanages, rescue homes, Census Operations was on the basis of the number of ashrams etc. These are called 'Institutional House houses; but during the second stage of Census, blocks holds'. were formed on the basis of the popUlation. (vii) Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes 'Enumerator's Block' was formed on the basis of A person belonging to any of the caste or tribe, the population. In rural area, the block consisted of given hereunder, is considered to be belonging to that 750 to 1,000 persons; while, in the urban areas, it Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe as the case may comprised of 600 to 750 persons. The above were the be. A list of such Scheduled Castes and Scheduled ideal limits for the blocks of rural and urban areas Tribes recognised for the Gujarat State is furnished as respectively; but in exceptional circumstances, the limit under. of rural block was lowered down to the tune of 600, Scheduled Caste,' Throughout the State except and/or raised to the tune of 1,150. Similarly, in urban Jamnagar, Rajkot, Surendranagar, Bhavnagar, Amreli. area, the limit of the block was lowered down upto ]unagadh and Kutch district . Ager 14 Turi-Barot or Dedh-Barot 2 Bakad or Bant 15 Vankar, Dhedh or Antyaj 3 Bhambi, Bhambhi, Asadaru, Asodi, Chamadia, In the district of Kutch Chamar, Chambhar, Chamgar, Haralayya, Harali, 1 Bhangi KhaJpa, Machigar, Madar, Madig, Telegu Mochi, 2 Chamar Kamati Mochi, Mochigar, Ranigar, Rohidas, 3 Garoda Rohit or Samgar .. Meghwal 4 Bhangi, Mehtar, Olgano, Rukhi, Malkana, HalaI- 5 Turi khor, Lalbegi, Balmiki, Korar or Zadmali 6 Turi -Barot 5 Chal vadi or Channayya Scheduled Tribes ;- Throughout the State excc:pt Jam 6 Chenna Dasar or Holaya Dasar nagar, Rajkot, Surendranagar, Bhavnagar, Amreli 7 Dhor, Kakkayya or Kankayya Junig,ndh and Kutch districts 8 Garoda or Garo 9 Haller 1 Barda 10 Halsar, Haslar, Hu1asvar or Halasvar 2 Bavacha or Bamcha II Holar 0 r Valhar 3 BhiI, including Bhil Garasia, Dholi Bhil, Dungri 12 Holaya or Holer Bhil, Dungri Garasia, Mewasi Bhil, Rawal Bhil, 13 Lingader Tadvi Bhil, BhagaIia, Bhilala, Pawra, Vasava and 14 Mahar, Taral or Dhegu Megu Vasave 15 Mahyavanshi, Dedh Vankar or Maru Vankar 4 Chodhara 16 Mang, Matang or Minimadig 5 Dhanka, including Tadvi, Tetaria and Valvi 17 Mang-Garudi 6 Dhodia 18 Meghval or Menghvar 7 DubIa, including Talavia or Halpati 19 Mukri 8 Gamit or Gamta or Gavit, including Mavchi, 20 Nadia or Hadi Padvi, Vasava, Vasave and Valvi 21 Pasi 9 Gond or Rajgond 22 Shenva, Chenva, Sedma or Rawat 10 Kathodi or Katkari, including Dhor Kathodi or 23 Tirgar or Tirbanda Dhor Katkari and Son Kathodi or Son Katkari 24 Turi 11 Kokna, Kokni, Kukna 12 Koli Dhor, Tokre Koli, Kolcha or Kolgha In the district of Dangs and Umbergaon taluka 13 Naikda or Nayaka, including Cholivala Nayakll., of Valsad district: Kapadia Nayaka, Mota Nayaka and Nana Nayaka Mochi. 14 Pardhi, including Advichincher and Phanse Pardhi In Jamnagar, Rajkot, Surendranagar, Bhavnagar 15 Patelia Amreli and Junagadh districts : 16 Pomla 17 Rathwa I Bawa (Dedh) or Dedh-Sadhu 18 Varli 2 Bhangi or Rukhi 19 Vitolia, Kotwalia or Barodia 3 Chamadia 4 Chamar, Nalia or Rohit In the Dangs district : 5 Dangashia Kunbi. 6 Garoda In Surat and Valsad Districts: 7 Garmatang (a) In Umbergaon taluka, Koil Malhar, Koli 8 Hadi Mahadev or Dongar Koli 9 Meghwal 10 Senva (b) In the other talukas, Chaudhri 11 Shemalia In the Jamnagar, Rajkot, Surendranagar, Bbav 12 Thori nagar, Amreli and Junagadh districts: 13 Turi Siddi. In Ness areas in the forests of Alech, Gir and Persons belonging to the category of workers were Barada: sub-divided into 9 main industrial categories namely: I Cultivators 1 Bharwad II Agricultural Labourers 2 Charan III Persons engaged in Livestock, Forestry, P'ishing, 3 Rabari Hunting, and Plantations, Orchards and Allied In Surendranagar district : Activities. IV Mining and Quarrying Padhar. V Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs, In Kutch district: in (a) Household Industry and (b) Other than household industry. Bhil VI Construction 2 Dhodia VII Trade and Commerce 3 Koli VIII Transport, Storage and Communications and 4 Paradht IX Other Services. 5 Vaghri Definitions were prescribed to segregate the follo- (viii) Literate wing activities from other categories of workers: (1) Cultivators, A .person who can both read and write with under (2) Agricultural Labourers and standing in any language is to be taken as literate. (3) Persons engaged in Household Industry. A person who can merely read but can not write is not a literate. Cultivator It is not necessary that a person who is literate For purposes of the Census a person is working should have received any formal education or should as Cultivator if he or she is engaged in cultivation by have passed any minimum educational standard. oneself or by supervision or direction in one's capacity as the owner or lessee of land held from Government (ix) Worker and Non-Worker or as a tenant of land held from private persons or During 1971 Census a question was asked to every institutions for payment of money, kind or share. individual about his main activity i.e. how he engaged Cultivation involves ploughing, sowing and harve himself mostly. For the purpose of this question, all sting and production of cereals and millet crops sllch persons were divided into two broad streams of main as wheat, paddy, jowar, bajra, ragi etc., and pulses, activity namely, (1) as workers and (2) as non-workers raw jute and kindred fibre crop, cotton etc., and other as the type of main activity that the person returned crops such as sugarcane, groundnuts, tapioca, etc., but himself as engaged in mostly. does not include fruit growing, vegetable growing or (a) Worker keeping orchards or groves or working on plantations like tea, coffee, rubber, cinchona and other medicinal A 'worker' was defined as a person whose main plantations. activity was participation in any economically produc A person who merely owns land but has given out tive work by his physical or mental activity. Work land to another person or persons for cultivation for involved not only actual work but effective supervision and direction of work. money, kind or share of crop and who does not even supervise or direct cultivation of land, will not be treated The reference period for this purpose was one as working as cultivator. Similarly, a person workinl: week prior to the date of enumeration in case of regular in another person's land for wages in cash, kind or share work in trade, profession, service or business and one (Agricultural labourer) will not be treated as cultivator. year prior to the date of enumeration in case of ..:ertain types of works which were not carried on through Agricultural Labourer out the year such as, cultivation, livestock k.eeping, A person who works in another person's land for plantation work, some types of household industry etc., wages in money, kind or share should be regarded as 0-2 9 an agricultural labourer. He has no risk in the culti 32' and 72°--48' east longitudes. It is bounded on the vation but he merely works in another person's land north by Mahesana and Ahmadabad districts, on the for wages. The labourer could have no right of lease north-east by Sabar Kantha districts, on the south and or contract on land on which he works. east by Ahmadabad district and on the west by Mahesana district. It is the smallest district in the Household Industry State measuring 649 kmll and accounting for 0.33 per A Household Industry is defined as an industry cent of the State's total g:!ographical area. conducted by the head of the household himself/herself and/or mainly by the members of the household at 2. Physiography llOme or within the village in rural areas and only within the premises of the house where the household The eutire district is an extended plain land with lives in urb:m areas. The industry should not be run neither hill fcaturcs nor any significant natllral bodies of water except the river Sabarmati. on the scale of a registered factory. (b) Non-worker 3. Soils Persons not engaged in any of these activities were The soils obtaining in the district consist mainly treated as non-workers and were sub-divided into of tloe goradu (gravelly), sandy and kyari types suitable seven broad heads namely; (1) Household duties, (2) for paddy, wheat, bajri and other crops. Students (3) Retired persons or rentiers, (4) Dependents, (5) Beggars, (6) Inmates of a penal, mental or chari 4. Forests table institution or convicts of jails etc., and (7) other non-workers. According to the Chief Conservator of Forests, Gujarat, the district had an area of only 0.43 kmll In 1961 Census emphasis was laid on work so that under forests in 1970-71. all people who worked including family workers who were not in receipt of any income or working children 5. Minerals who could not earn enough for their maintenance had also been included as workers. An adult woman who There are no significant major minerals available was engaged in household duties but not doing any in the district. Ordinary sand and kankar are the other productive work to augment the family's resour main commercially worked minerals in the district. It ces was not considered as a worker. If, however, in is belived that the area within the district may have addition to her household work she engaged herself commercially workable deposits of oil and natural gas in work such as rice pounding for sale or wages, or and some wells have been drilled at various points in in domestic services for wages for others or minding the district. cattle or selling fire wood or making and selling cow dung cakes or grass etc. or any such work she was 6. Rivers treated as a worker. There are two rivers running through the district In case of seasonal work, if a person had some namely the Sabarmati and the Khari. The Sabarmati which regular work of more than one hour a day throughout flows through the district in the north-south direction the greater part of the working season, he/she was is the principal river of the district. It rises from the considered as a worker. In case of regular employment Arvalli hills and meets the Gulf of Cambay. The other in any trade, profession, service, business or commerce, river of some importance in, the district is the Khari if a person was employed during any of the fifteen which rises from the north-east of Prantij in Sabar days preceeding the day of visit he/she was recorded Kantha district, traverses it in the north-south direction as a worker. and finally meets the Meshvo river near Barejadi in Ahmadabad district. B. LOCATION AND PHYSICAL FEATURES 1. Location 7. Climate Temperature and rainfall Situated in North Gujarat, Gandhinagar district The south west monsoon winds from the Arabian lies between 23°-5' and 23°-21' north latitudes and 72°- Sea bring rains to the district. The monsoon sets in lQ some time during the second week of June and lasts C. ADMI'NISTRATIVE SET UP upto about the second week of September. The winter season is preceded by a short autumn which succeeds 1. Administrative Divisions the monsoon and lasts from September to about early The State of Gujarat came into existence on the November. The winter seawn commer.ces from 1st May 1960, as a result of the bifurcation of the November to February followed by the summer season erstwhile Bombay State and Ahmadabad became the from March to early June. State's temporary Capital. In the meanwhile a site on The average annual rainfall in the district is 732 the bank of Sabarmati river near Pethapur village of m.m. and on an average there are 33 rainy days in a of Kalol taluka was selected for the new capital of year. the State and construction work was started. This new The number of rainy days and rainfall at township was named Gandhinagar after Mahatma Ahmadabad, the nearest centre, (only ,about 25 km. Gandhi the father of the Nation and a new dist from Gandhinagar) during the years 1966 to 1970 are rict was formed by transfering 54 villages from given below : Ahmadabad district and 25 villages from Mahesana TABLE B.I dish iet. The district was named Gandhinagar district. TIle capital of the State was shifted to Gandhinagar. Anllual Rainfall at Ahmadabad Stat iUIl, 1966-70 in 1970. Year Number of raiuy days Annual rainfail in m.m. 1966 28 609.2 The district is a single taluka district and has a 1967 42 Y86.3 population of 200,642 persons forming 0.75 per cent of 1968 17 392.1 the total state population. The Collector of Ahmadabad 1969 29 469.5 also functions as the Collector and District Magis 1970 49 1,201.9 trate and District Development Officer for Gandhinagar. May was the hottest month of the year in 1970 There is a Mamlatdar for Gandhinagar taluka with taluka headquarters at Gandhinagar. when mean daily maximum temperature of 43 0 C. was recorded. The mean daily minimum temperature 2. ReYcnue in December, which was the coldest month of the same year was 10.9 0 C. The Collector who is also the district development officer for Gandhinagar district is in charge of ger.eral The temperature data for Gandhinagar district are administration, law and order revenue and civil supplies. not separately available. Therefore the figures recorded Hc is assisted by a mamlatdar with taluka headquarters at Ahmadabad, the nearest centre are shown below: at Gandhinagar. The deputy collector Viramgam sub TABLE B.2 division holds charge as Prant Officer and sub-divisional Temperature at Ahmadabad Station, 1969-70 magistrate for Gandhinagar district. ([n centigrade) 1969 1970 3. Parliamentary and Assembly Constituencies and ------Electioas Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum tcmpera- tempera- tem~era tcmpera- Month lure tare ture lure Under the Delimitation of Parliamentary and 1 2 3 4 5 Assembly Constituencies Order No.6 of 1966. One JJnuary 33.1 {l6.4 31.2 09.2 seat is allotted to this district for the purpose of elec February 34.0 09.2 33.6 07.6 tion to the House of People and one seat for the 41.0 16.7 40.7 14.3 March State Legislative Assembly. The Parliamentary seat is Apnl 43.2 19.4 45.0 21.1 May 44.6 24.2 47.5 23.8 reserved for Scheduled Castes, but the Assembly seat June 42.8 24.8 40.7 22.6 is non-reserved. July 40.7 24.1 35.7 24.0 The Gandhinagar Parliamentary Constituency 35,4 August 35.~ 23.6 22.7 comprises Gandhinagar Assembly Constituency which September 36.8 22.5 34.4 22.4 covers Gandbinagar district and 6 other Assembly October 29.2 19.2 38.2 18.5 November 37.5 14.8 35.6 10.2 Constituencies of Ahmadabad district namely Sanand, December 32.7 10.1 32.1 08.0 Viramgam, Naroda, Dehgam, Kankaria "and Rahkial. 11 The Parliamentary and assembiy constituencie, are assembly constitu:ncies were beld in tbe years i962 being revised by the Delimitation Commission, on the and 1967. basis of 1971 Census data. Parliamentary Constituency Elections The details about the number of voters, valid votes During the last decade (1962 to 1971) the general polled, candidates contesting the elections for parlia elections for the Parliamentary constituency were held mentary constituency during the 1967 and 1971 are in the years 1967 and 1971, whereas the elections for given belQw : TABLE C.l Results of Parliamentary Elections Percent?ge Pc:rt> wise vr tes polled of 'Valid 1'-'0. of including indeJ1l!ndent No. of No. of voters votes polled candi- Whether c'ected Name of Year of polling in the con- No. of valid to lotal dates Nolme of Vott's candidate was constituency election booths stituency Vules polled votes co;,tesling puty polied Male/Female 2 ~ 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Gandhinag~r 1967 593 515,980 333,158 64.57 3 INC 1.56,'48 Male HPJ 1,26,308 INO 50,702 1971 644 559,956 292,810 52.29 4 NC (0) 139,417 Male INC 135.915 RPI 11,979 INO 5499 (I) INC = Indian National Congress (2) R PI =: Republican Party of India (3) NC(O) =: National Congress (Organisation) (4) INO = Independent. The number of polling booths was 593 in votes, whereas jn 1971 a ;;and;dale of National Congress 1967 and 644 in 1971 i.e. an increase of 8.60 per cent. (Organisation) wac; elected and polled 47.61 per cent The number of voters has gone up from about 5.16 of the valid votes. lakhs in 1967 to 5.60 lakhs in 1971. Valid votes were Assemb(v Elections E4.57 per cent of total voters in 1967, and this pro portion I as significantly gene down to 52.29 per eent The details about the number of votes, valid in 1971. In 1967 a candidate of Indian National Con votes polled etc. in the assembly elections are given gress was elected and polled 46.87 per cent of the valid below for the 1967 elections : TABLE C.2 Results of r!;,:::mbly Elections Percent. No. of Party of the elected candidate Whether elected age <>f candi· with votes polled (including candidate No. of valid votes datts independent) was Name of Year of No. of valid votes polled to cootest------Malel comtituency election votera polled total votes iog Name of party votes polled Female 2 3 4 3 6 7 8 9 Gandhinagar 1967 78,531 50,994 64.93 4 SWA 22.IC6 Male SWA = SwataDlra. )2 in all 4 candidates had contested in 1967 elections tence in the areas now transferred to Gandhinagat and the percentage of valid votes polled to total votes district from Ahmadabad and Mahesana district res was 64.93 per cent. pectively has been continued. 4. Judiciary 7. Local Self Government (i) Judicial set-up (i) Present set-up There is no separate judicial set up in the district With a view to achieving the objective of demo and the concerned judicial authorities in Ahmadabad cratic decentralisation at all levels, the Gujarat Pan and Mahesana districts continue to exercise civil and chayats Act 1961 has been brought into force from criminal jurisdiction over the areas transferred to 1-4--1963. The Panchayat Raj envisages a three tier Gandhinagar from Ahmadabad and Mahesana districts system consisting of gram and nagar panchayats at respectively. the village level, taluka panchayats at the taluka level and district panchayat at the district level. s. Police According to the provisions of the Gujarat Pan chayats Act, 1961, a gram panchayat consists of not For the purpose of police administration Gandhi less than 9 and not more than 15 members depending on nagar district is placed under the jurisdiction and the population of the village. Provision has been made control of the District Superintendent of Police, to reserve seats for women, scheduled castes and Ahmadabad Rural with his headquarters at Gandhinagar. scheduled tribes in all the tiers of panchayats. The following staff is placed in charge of Gandhi nagar district for the purpose of police administrative. (ii) Functions SI. No. Categ-,ry Strength in numbers The functions of the three tiers of panchayats have been elaborately detailed in the three schedules of the Inspecters I Act. In addition, the functions of collecting land 2 Sub-Inspector 6 3 Jamadars revenue (including cesses) and dues recoverable as 4 Head ConstabJes 48 arrears of land revenue, levied or assessed under S Constables 179 the Land Revenue Code and all other functions and duties of a village accountant under the Land Revenue There are 4 police stations and 4 outposts in the Code have been transferred to gram/nagar panchayats. district. The area per police comes to 2.97 km.2 and the population per police is 853 persons. The number (iii) Working of the Local Bodies of cognizable crimes investigated per police in the There are no municipalities and nagar panchayats district in 1970 was 3 29. in Gandhinagar district. The formation of district The total number of cognisable crimes which was panchayat and taluka panchayat in Gandhinagar dis 213 in 1965 increased to 358 in 1969 but slightly trict has been deferred and the panchayats are func declined thereafter to 324 in 1970. Of the 213 cogni tioning at the village level only. sable crimes reported from the district in 1965, 4 were murders, 6 robberies, 19 house breaking, 56 thefts, 3 There were 718 seats in the 70 gram panchayats roits while 125 cases pertained to other crimes. Of the of the district as on 1-1-1971, of which 507 were non total cognisable crimes registered in the district during reserved seats and 211 were reserved seats. Of the 1970, 8 were murders, 4 robberies, 52 cases of house reserved seats, 140 seats were reserved for women and breaking, 84 cases of thefts and 176 cases of other 71 for scheduled castes. All the members, were in crimes. position of these reserved as well as non-reserved seats on 1-1-1971. 6. Jails The total income of the gram panchayats in the There is no separate set up for jail administration district was Rs. 5.51 lakhs in 1969-70 of which Rs. in the district and the arrangement which was in exis- 2.25 lakhs were derived from taxes and fees, and 13 L70 lakhs from grants. The total expenditure of these the percentage of workers under each of the gram panclJayats during this period lWas Rs. 5.31 lakhs, above five groups to total working popUlation is work of which Rs. 1.77 lakhs were spent on sanitation and ed out for each town. Thcse towns are then classified health, Rs 1 77 lakhs on public works, Rs. 0.43 lakhs according to their percentage values which determine on ducation and culture and Rs. 1.17 lakhs on the characteristic of the towns as Primary activity, planning and administration. industrial, commercial, transport and services, etc., on thf' following basis : D. TERRITORIAL AND OTHER CHA~GES (i) If one sector of the economy absorbs more than 1. Territorial Changes two-fifth of thc total working popUlation O.e. more As already stated earlier, Gandhinagar which is than 40 per cent) than the town is designated by that a one taluka district was created has on 1-12-1964 by particular industrial category which is found predomi transferring the following villages from Mahesana and nant, e.g. Industrial, commercial, transport, service or Ahmadabad districts and there has been no territorial primary. changes in the district thereafter (ii) If the perccntage falling under anyone industrial Name of the taluka from \vhich the Number ()f Village category is less than 40, then the next predominant Villages were transferred to tran~ferrcd industrial category is taken into account, so that their Gandhin3gar district I City (Ahmadabad) 1 total reaches three fifths of the working population 2 Dascroi (Ahmadabad) 24 i.e. 60 per cent. Such a town is designated as Industry 3 Dehgam (Ahmadabad) 29 -cum-Service town or Commerce-cum--Transport town 4 Kalal (Mahesana) 25 etc., as the figures may indicate. Total 79 (iii) If the total of any two categories does not come 2. Opening of new areas for settlement of popUlation upto 60 per cent, then the third predominant industrial category in order of merit is taken into account and As statcd earlier a new township called Gandhi aftcr 60 pcr cent of th<.:: working population is accou nagar town has been constructed near village Pethapur nted for the town is designated as "Industry-cum on the bank of Sabarmati river and the State capital Service-cum-Transport" town and so on. has been shifted to this town on 1-5-1970. Gandhinagar town is classified under the functional 3. Growth of decay of Urban centres category of "Serviccs". Gandhinagar town, thc only urban centre in the E. MAJOR EVENTS district has come into exi~tence during the decade. 1. Scarcity 4. Changes in the functional category of towns The district has no flood problem. It has however, The functional categories of towns are worked out suffered from scarcity conditions on three occasions on the basis of the following formula. . during the last decade. Details regarding the number The nine industrial catcgorics of Wor kers adopted of villages, area and population affcctcd· and expendi in 1971 Census are glOupcd into five sectors as follows: ture incurred on relief meaSUIes me given below: Name of the TABLE E.l Indu;trial cate- functional Sectors of economy gories included category 1 2 3 Scarcity and reNe! measures, 1965-66 to 1968-69 Agricultural and I,ll)iI and frimary acti· its allied activi- IV vities Total ties including expenditure mining and quarrring No. of Area on relief 2 IBd1.lstries including V and VI Industry villages affected Population Measures construction Year affected (i n hectares) affected (Rs.) 3 Trade and Ccmmerce VII Commerce Z 3 4 5 Transport 4 Transport, VIII 34,080 Storage amI 1965-66 6 3,567 8,418 Communications 1966-67 I 1,075 2,394 5 Other services IX Service. 1968-69 79 65,118 137,000 9,240 '14 F. ECONOMIC AND· OTHER A,CTIVITIES The main food crops of the district are bajri, DURING THE DECADE jowar, wheat and rice among cereals and tur and 1. Agriculture gram among pulses. Cotton is the chief non-food crop (i) Land Utilisation while other important non-food crops are ground nut and fodder. The total reported area in the district in 1967-68, the latest year for which land utilisation data is Among food crops the proportion of area under available, was 67,600 hectares. The following table rice has remained more or less the same while the pro gives the percentage of area put to different uses portion of area under wheat has increased from 3.92 during the above year: per cent in 1965-66 to 7.86 per cent in 1968-69. The proportion of area under bajri has also increased from TABLE F.1 34.16 per cent in 1965-66 to 37.93 per cent in 1968-69. Percentage of area under dU!eren! uses The proportion of area under jowar has slightly Percentage to declined during the period under review. Among non total reporting food crops, the proportion of area under cotton has area in SI. No. ClJssification of Area 1967-68 declincd from 18.22 per cent in 1965-66 to 13.79 per 1 2 3 cent in 1968-69. Similarly the proportion of area under 1 Fore,t 2 Barren and uncultivable land 7.40 groundnut has also recorded a decline from 8.38 per 3 Land put to non-dgricuItural use 3.89 cent in 1965-66 to only 2.56 per cent in 1968-69. The 4 Cultivable waste 2.96 5 Permanent pastuns and other 9.47 proportion of area under fodder crops has only grazing land marginally declined. 6 Land under miscellaneous tree crops and groves not included in area sown (iii) Yield per hectare 7 Current fallows 0.29 8 Other fallow land 1.63 9 Net area sown 77.36 Yield per hectare in respect of some important Total 100.00 crops in the district during the period 1964-65 to 1970-71 can be seen from the following table The net area sown is more than three fourth of the total reported area in the district. Permanent TABLE P.3 pastures and other grazing lands account for 9.47 per cent while barren and uncultivable land claimed 7.40 Yield of principal crops per hectare (in. kg.) per cent of the total area, in the district. The share of cultivable waste is 2.96 per cent. Name of crops 1964-65 1965-66 19&7-68 i970-71 . 5 (ii) CroPPing Pattern 2 3 4 Rice J,222 333 727 1,667 Changes in the cropping pattern in 1965-66 and 2 Wheat 571 8i8 1,147 1,529 1968-69 can be seen from the following table 3 Jowar 250 343 506 405 4 Bajri 628 383 740 874 TABLE F.2 All cereals 555 403 715 838 Percentage of area under different crops All pulses 147 100 209 279 5 Groundnut 481 217 667 1,003 Year 7 Cotton 144 126 120 208 Crop 1965-66 1968-69 1 2 3 The lower per hectare yields in 1965-66 reflect in I Rice U8 1.53 2 Wheat 3.92 7.86 most cases the adverse effects of the draught conditions 3 Jowar 12.75 11.51 and inadequate rainfall in that year. 4 Bajri 34.16 37.93 5 Total pulses 5.53 7.06 6 Cotton 18.22 13.79 (iv) Crop Calendar 7 Groundnut 8.38 2.56 8 Sesamum 0.67 1.00 9 Fodder crops 7.09 6.57 10 Other crops 7.70 10.19 The months of sowing and harvesting of important Total crop~ tOO.OO JOO.OO crops in the district are given below ; TABLE F.4 Cotton with 10.22 per cent irrigated area and tobacco with 9.95 per cent are the principal irrigated non-food Sowing and harvesting months crops in the district. SI. Name of Month. of Months of The following table gives the percentage share of No. crop sowing harvestin, principal crops in the net irrigated area during 2 3 .. 1967-68 : 1 Wheat October-November March-April 2 Rice June-July October-November TABLE F.5 3 Jowar June-July October-November 4 Bajri JUDe-Ju) October-November Percentage of area irrigated by crops 5 Groundnut June-July October-November Percentage of area 6 Cotton June-July January-March irrigated during 51. No. Crop 1967-68 (I') Agricultural Research and Extension Schemes 1 2 3 1 R;ce 3.41 There are no agricultural research stations in the 2 Wheat 38.63 district. Various agricultural extension schemes viz., 3 Jowar 1.41 .. Bajri 3.41 supply of improved seeds, supply of chemical fertilisers 5 Barley 1.14 supply of improved implements, loans and subsidies to 6 Patatoes 2.27 the farmers for rahents, oil engines, wells etc. are be 7 Chillies (Non-food) , 10.23 ing implemented through the Community Development 8 Other food crops 13.63 programme by the block agency. 9 Total food crops 73.86 10 Cotton 10.22 2. Irrigation 11 Tobacco 7.95 12 Fodder crops 1.14 13 Other non-food crops 6.83 During the year 1964-65, 63.00 hectares or 12.0 14 Total non-food_creps 26.14 per cent of the net area shown was under irrigation Total 100.00 and the proportion declined slightly to 11.8 per cent in 1965-66. The proportion however increased to 14.3 (iii) Irrigation Schemes per cent in 1966-67 and stood at 16.8 in 1967-68. In absolute term about 8,800 hectares were irrigated in There are no major or minor irrigation schemes this year. in operation in the district. There are however 58 tube wells. 35 tubewells were drilled in the First Five Year (i) Sources of Irrigatiolt Plan, 21 in the Second Five Year Plan and 2 in the Third Five Year Plan period. The number of successful The principal source of irrigation is wells, tubewells was 56 and all these have been electrified 01 which accounted for more than 90 per cent of energised. the total irrigated area in 1967-68. The remaining area was irrigated through other SOUrces. There is no canal 3. Agricultural Produce Markets irrigation in the district. There are no agricultural produce market yards in the district. There is however a sub-yard of the (U) Crops irrigated Kalol market (Mahesana district) at Randheja. The data regarding area irrigated by crops show 4. Co-operatioD that 73.86 per cent of the net irrigated area in 1967-68 was under food crops while 26.14 per cent was under ( i) Co-opera five Soc ieties and their types non-food crops. The major irrigated food crop was wheat which covered 3,400 hectares or 38.63 per cent The co-operatives have been playing an increa of the net irrigated area. The irrigated area under rice singly important role in the rural economy. A super was 3.41 per cent, jowar 1.14 per cent, bajri 3.41 per structure of co-operative sO:It-ties with an apex bank cent, barley 1.14 per cent and potatoes 2.27 per cent. at the State level, the district central co-operative 16 banks at the IMistrict level and primary co-operative The advances for construction and repairs of well~ credit societies at the village level, is built up with including tube wells, purchase of oil engines and the objective of strengthening the rural economy. The electric motors accounted for 17.08 per cent of the agricultural credit societies play a vital role in advan total advances during 1970-71 and those for tractors cing short term and medium term loans to their mem accounted for 15.58 per cent. bers tor purchasing seeds, fertilizers, agricultural im The short and medium term loans are provided plements etc. by the Ahmadabad District Co-operative Bank through At the end of the co--operative year 1969-70 there the co-operative societies. There were 82 primary were 145 co-operative societies of various categories agricultural credit co--operative societies in the district having a total membership of 14,198 persons and total at the end of June, 1971. During 1970-71 primary working capital of Rs. 101.02 lakhs. Thus on an agricultural credit co-operatives in the district advanced average there were 98 members per society while work loans amounting to Rs. 48.52 lakhs to 5,190 members ing capital per society was of the order of Rs. 0.67 out of which Rs. 36.77 lakhs were in cash and Rs. lakhs. 11.75 lakhs were advanced in kind. There is no separate District Central Co-operative S. Warehouses Bank for Gandhinagar district but the Ahmadabad District Co--operative Bank Ltd. operates in this As on 1-1-1971, tliere were three gowdowns in tIle district through its Gandhinagar branch. Among the district owned by the co-operative societies with a different categories of co--operatives in the district, total storage capacity of 30 metric tonnes. there were, in 1%9-70, 72 agricultural credit societies, 6. Livestock and Animal Husbandry 1 non-agricultural credit society, 18 housing co--opera tives, 9 industrial co-operatives, 25 dairy societies, 5 (i) Livestock cons~lmer co-operative societies and 15 other types of co--operatives. Ac~ording to the Livestock Census of 1966 the cattle population of the district is found to be dis (ii) Co-operative Credit tributed as under; The long term advances made by the State Land TABLE F.7 Development Bank in the district for various purposes Livestock, 1966 amounted to Rs. 13.97 lakhs during 1970-71 as again st Rs. 2.13 lakhs advanced by the Bank during Category of Iive&tock Number 1966-67. The details of advances given during 1970-71 1 2 are as under : Total livestock 81S51 TABLE F.6 A Bullocks and Cows 23,674 I Males over 3 years 13,616 2 Females over 3 years 5,385 Adl'llnces made by LQnd ~}'eJopment Bank, 1970-71 3 Y(·ung stocle 4,673 B BUffaloes 41,439 Amount adv.anced 1 Males over 3 years SI. No. Purpose Number in Rs. 144 2 Femal~s over 3 years 22,436 I 2 3 4 3 Young stC'ck 18,859 I New wells 34 207,300 C Sheep 7,?73 2 Repaidng old wells 26 S3,8CO D GoalS 12,370 3 Tube wells 2 222.560 E Horses and Ponies 68 4 Ott engine. 44 300,700 F Mules S Electric .motolS :'9 1t2.710 G Donkeys 1/24 6 Tractors 10 217655 H Camels 903 7 Others 242,250 I figs '}'otal J,396.975 II Poultry 2,OSI 0-3 Buffaloes constituted more than 50 per cent of There are onylf our categories of m lnufacturing the livestock population of the district while bullocks industries in the district. The Government Central and cows accounted for about 29 per cent and goats Press falling under the category of printing and book accounted for abeut 15 per cent of the livestock of binding industry provides employment to more than the district. 50 per cent of the total workers in registered factories in the district. Structural clay products provides employ (ii) Animal Husbandry and Veterinary Activities ment to 339 or 28.30 per cent workers. The three ginning and pressing factories provide employment to There are three first aid veterinary centres function 18.01 per cent workers. The share of the only _factory ing at Randheja, Dabhoda and Koba. A total of engaged in the manufacture of wood and cork in total 6,763 animals received first aid treatment at these employment in the registered factories is 2.92 per cent. centres during the year ending 31st March 1971. During the year 1970 a Census of Establishments was conducted in the district by the census organisa.. (iii) Agricultural Tools and Implemmts tion and information regarding manufacturing, process ing, servicing and repairing establishments as well as The following table shows the number of agricul commercial and other types of establishments was tural implements reported for the district during 1966 collected. According to thjs census there were 625 Livestock Census : manufacturing establishments of which 12 were regis tered factories, 19 were unregistered workshops and TABLE F.8 the rest i.e. 594 were household industrial establish Agricultural tools and implements ments. There were in all 1,783 workers engaged in 625 SI. T~p: of No. of tools ahd implements No. implement (1966 Livestock Census) manufacturing establishment, giving an average of 2.8 2 3 workers per establishment. This average for registered Ploughs 10,539 factories comes to 54.8 workers per factory which is ( i ) Wooden Ploughs 8,236 slightly below the State average of 55.7 workers per (ii ) Iron Ploughs 2,303 factory. In case of unregistered workshops the size of 2 Carts 3.696 employment per factory comes to 3.5 whereas in case (i) with pneumatic tyres 2,277 of household industries the average works out to 1.8 (ii) Others 1,419 workers per factory. 3 Sugarcane crushers 18 18 The following table gives details of important facturing, processing, servicing and repairing industries. establishments engaged in manufacturing, processing, The corresponding proportion for the State is slightly servicing and repairing classified by major groups of lower at 12.07 per cent. industties : The distribution of industrial establishments by fuel/power used in the district according to the Cen TABLE F.9 sus of Establishments, 1970 is given below: Distflbution of important industrial establishments TABLE F.lO by major industry groups Distribution of industrial establishments by fuel/power No. of No. of used, estab- persons SI. Major lish- employ- No. group Description ments yed State District 2 ------3 4 5 No. or Percen- No. of Percen- 22 Manufacture of beverage, tob- 45 343 establi- tage to establi- tage to Fuel/Power shment total shments total aceo and tobacco products 2 3 4 5 2 20-21 Manufacture of food products 136 267 Total 186.724 100.00 625 100.00 3 28 Manufacture of paper and 2 252 paper products and printing, All Fuel/Power 59,732 31.99 251 40.16 publishing and allied industries Electricity 33,512 17.95 126 20.16 4 27 Manufacture of wood and 70 207 2 Lcquid Fuel 7,390 3.96 24 3.84 wood products, furniture aod 3 Coal. wood and 16,750 8.97 95 15.20 fixtures bagasse 5 26 Manufacture of textile produ- 135 174 4 Other power 1,080 1.11 6 0.96 cts (including wearing apparel 5 No power used 26,992 68.01 374 59.84 other than footwear) 6 32 Manufacture of non-metallic 56 171 40.16 per cent of the industrial establishments mineral products were using fuel or power of one or the other kind. 23 7 Manufacture of cotton textiles 19 99 A majority of industrial establishments were run with out the aid of any fuel or power. The data also reveals The units engaged in manufacture of beverage, that as against the State average 17.95 per cent esta tobacco and tobacco products provided employment to blishments using electricity, there were 20.16 per cent the largest number (343) of the industrial workers. The of industrial establishment in the district using electri "manufacture of food products" "manufacture of city for industrial purpose. Other important fuel was paper and products and printing, publishing and coal, wood and bagasse which was used by 15.20 per allied industries" were other important industries pro cent industrial establishments. viding employment to a considerable number of work ers in the district. These three industries together pro 8. Trade and Commerce vided employment to 862 or 56.2 per cent of the industrial workers. The fourth important industry According to the Census of Establishments, 1970 was "manufacture of wood and wood products, furni there were in all 1,593 trade and commercial establi ture and fixture" providing employment to 207 work shments providing employment to 2,502 workers. Of ers. Other important industries in the district are these 1,300 establishments were engaged in retail trade manufacture of textile products, manufacture of non employing 1,721 or 68.78 per cent of the total workers metallic mineral products and manufacture of cotton in trade and commerce while wholesale trade provided textiles. employment to 241 or 9.63 per cent workers. Restaur In 1971 Census 59,511 persons were returned as ants and hotels provided employment to 340 or 13.59 workers in Gandhinagar district. The distribution of per cent workers while 201 or 8.03 per cent of the workers by broad industrial category reveals that 12.17 total workers were engaged in financing, insurance, real per cent of the total workers were engaged in manu- estate and business services. 19 The following table gives details of establishments 1.. Transport aud C8DIIDu.ueati •• and persons engaged in trading and commercia] (i) Roads establishments in the district ; Of the total road length of 122 killS. in the dist~ TABLE F.11 rict in the year 1969-70, 77 kms. were of asphalt, Distribution of trade alld commercial establishments 21 kms. of water bound macadam and 24 kms. of other murram and lower types. Of the total road by major irldustry groups length, 27 kms. were state highway, 21 kms. major Division! No. of No. of district roads, 66 kms. other district roads and Major establi persOns group Description shment employed 8 kms. village roads. The proportion of road length 2 3 4 per 100 'km 9. works out to 18.80. 1,593 2,502 Total (UJ Railways Division-' Wholesale and Retail 1,545 2,301 Trade and Restaurants There were 37 kms. of metre gauge railway line and Hotels and 8 railway stations in the district. Major group Wholesale Trade in Food, 59 203 60 Textile, Live Animals, (iii) Post and Telegraph Bevemge and IntlJxicants 61 Wholesale Trade in fuel, 3 7 In 1969, 41 villages besides Gandhinagar town light chemicals, perfumery were served by post offices and of the villages having Ceramics and Glass post and telegraph facility, 7 had combined post and tele 62 Wholesale Trade in wood, 2 graph offices. 20 villages in the district were provided Paper, other Fabrics, Hide with telephone facility. and skin and Inedible oils 64 Wholelale Trade in food 11 29 (iv) State Road Transport and Miscellaneous Manu facturing As a consequence of the· bifurcation of the 6' Retail Trade in food and 1,105 1.430 billingual State of Bombay with eff4X:t from the 1st food articles Bevarage, May 1960, the Bombay State Road Transport Corpor Tobacco and Intoxicants ation ceased its operations in' Gujarat. At the same 66 Retail Trade in Textiles 51 65 67 Retail Trade in Fuel, and 69 103 time the Saurashtra State Road Trall'Spdrt Corpofatioo olher H'Jusehold utilities and the Kuteh State ROld Transport Corportion oper anJ DUfab'cs ating in Saurashtra and Kutch areas, respectively were 68 Retail Trade in others 75 122 dissolved and a new Corportion namely', the Gujarat 69 Restaurants and Hotels 171 340 State Road Transport Cerportion was established on Division-8 Financing Insurance, Real 48 201 the 1st May 1960 under a notification issued by the Estate and Business Government of India in the Ministry of Transport Services and Communications. Major rroup Banking and similar type 19 51 Ahmadabad division of the Gujarat State Road 80 of Financial Insitutions Transport Corporation operates bu~ services in the 32 Real Estate and Business 27 149 district. Services 83 Legal Services 2 (v) Bus faCilities in rural areas 9. Electricity aDd Power Of the 75 villages in the district, 42 or 56 per cent villages are having S. T. bus facilities throughout the The Gujarat Electricity Board is the chief source year, whereas 24 or 32 per cent villages have this of electric power supply in the district. Out of 75 facility during the fair season only. There are 9 vill ages villages of the district, 61 villages are connected by which are devoid of this facility even during the fair electricity and only 14 villages have no electric supply. season. 20 There were 107 primary schools having 24,730 ] 1. Prkes students and 700 teachers in the district in 1969-70. (i) COl/sumer Price Index The proportion of girls to total number of students werked out to 36.28 per cent. The consumer price index numbers for industrial The data reveal thnt 77 or 97.42 per cent of the workers worked out by the Labour Bureau, Govern villages in the district had primary schools in Ment of India, Simla for Ahmadabad and Bhavnagar 1970-71. The proportion of single teacher schools to ~n base 19150 leO are l:eing used to determine the total schools in the district was 15.74 per cent. There dearness allowance paid to the industrial workers in was one primary school per every 6.48 km.ll of rural Gujarat. The general index in 1%1 was 102 both for area and the proportion of pupils per 1,000 population Ahmadabad and Bhavnagar, wHcrcas the corresponding was 122. The average number of pupils pel' school index in 1970 was 175 for P.hmadabad and 185 for worked out to be 227. The number of pupils per Bhavnagar. The index f(}t food has registered the teacher in the primary schools was 36. highest increase during the decade from 101 in 1961 The number of secondary schools in the district to 189 in 1970 for Ahmadabad centre and from 102 was 20 in 1969-70, wIth 180 teachers and 4,367 in 1961 to 198 in 1970 for Bhavnagar centre. students. The district was not allotted any centre for The following table gives the consumer price index secondary school certificate examination till 1970. for industrial workers at Ahmadabad and Bhavnagar There. were two colleges in the district as on centres for the the yeals 1961 and 1970: 31-3-1971 and both these colleges were located at Gandhinagar. One of the colleges was an arts and TABLE F.l2 commerce college and another a science college. Both these colleges are run by the government and are Consumer Price Index for industrial workers affiliated to the Gujarat University. The district has no technical institutions. Abrnlld Ilbatf ----Bhavoapr Itcm of Expenditure 1961 1970 1961 1970 14. Medical and Public Health 2 3 4 S Food 101 18!) 102 198 (i) Medical Iustitutions 2 Pan, Supari. Tobacco and intoxicants lOS 159 100 lSI 3 Fuel and lighting 101 152 1&1 145 There was one allopathic hospital with 83 beds 4 Hou\ing 101) 114 100 123 5 C1othirrg, brc'ding anJ footwear 10J 148 ICO 187 and 6 dispensaries in the district in 1970. The num 6 :\ I,· cel 1 HICOUS 106 172 103 ISO ber of indoor and outdoor patients treated in these 7 ('enelal 102 175 102 US units was 1,783 and 139,823 respectively. 12. Banking There was one ayurvedic hospital with 5 beds and one dispensary. The number of indoor and outdoor There was only one bank in the district In 1965 patients treated at these institutions was 85 and 36,642 and the number increased to 12 in 1970. respectively. There were 2 primary health centres at the end 13. Education of 1966-67 and this number remained unchaged till 1969-70. The number of rural dispensaries which was Education plays an important role in the national 40 in 1966-67 declined to 37 in 1969-70. The num development programme. Primary education has been ber Of patients treated at these institutions has also made compulsory both for boys and girls in the age declined from 45,026 in 1966-67 to 42,825 in 1969-70. group of 6 to 11 years. Efforts are being made by the There is no maternal and child health centre in the State Government to provide at least one primacy' district. The number of family planning centres in school in each village of the State so that this funda 1966-67 was 7 and there has been no increase. The mental necessity can be within the reach of every number of persons benefiting from these centres in citizen. creased from 7,586 in 1967-68 to 11,578 in 1969-70. 21 (ii) Public health actil'ities 0) Matadari (5) Ankadia (2) Miscellaneous Alienations (6) Baroda watans Among various public health schemes, small pox (3) Personal inams (7) Patel watans vaccination and revaccination are very important. (4) Pargana & Kulkarni (8) Devasthan inams During 1967, 7,132 children were treated with small watans pox primary vaccination and 6,175 persons were re The erstwhile Bomboy State as well as Gujarat vaccinated. The number of children treated with State has enacted as many as 29 Tenure Abolition primary vaccination in 1970 was 9,158 whereas 8,297 Laws abolishing all the intermediary tenures during persons were revaccinated. 1949 to 1969. All the lands in the district have now become Ryotwari lands and the holders thereof have (iii) Vital Statistics directly become liable to pay land revenue to the Government. Direct relations between the holders of Based on registration data the birth rate in rural lands and the Government have now been established. areas which was 25.9 per 1,000 population in 1966 The scheme of the Tenure Abolition Laws of Gujarat declined to 25.4 in 1970 though a higher birth rate provides not only for the abolition of tenures but also was observed in 1968 when it was 29.0. There were for the upgrading the tenant-{;ultivators to the status of no urban areas in the district till 1970. Examining occupants with or without payment of occupancy price the data separately for males and females it is seen according to the nature of occupancy rights enjoyed by that the male birth rate in the district has been higher them. Wherever the Tenure Abolition Law does not than the female birth rate in all these years. The provide for conferment of occupancy rights on any death rate has increased from 8.9 in 1966 to 10.6 in holder, the holder has an opportunity of obtaining 1970, through a higher death rate than this has been purchase rights over the land held by him under the recorded during 1969 when it was ll.8 per 1,000 compulsory purchase provision of the Bombay Tenancy population. and Agricultural Lands Act, 1948. Thus no holder of land under any of the intermediary tenure already (iv) Causes of deaths abolished is left without an opportunity of securing occupancy rights. The holders directly become occu The data relating to causes of deaths shows that pants and whatever liability of occupancy price rests there were only 12 deaths due to small pox in 1966 on them is recorded as liability in the record of rights, and the number declined to II in 1970. No death . where he is recorded as an occupant. The implementa due to cholera has been recorded in the district during tion of the Abolition laws is thus simple and quick so 1966 and 1970. 'Fevers' continued to be the single far as conferment of occupancy rights is concerned. most important cause of deaths throughout this period. The number of persons who have become occupants There has been a considerable decline in the num under the various, Tenure Abolition Laws and the ber of deaths due to respiratory diseases, from 77 area of land acquired by them in the district is not deaths in 1966 to only 9 deaths in 1970. Similarly the separately available. But as many as 10.21 lakh persons deaths due' to dysentery and diarrhorea have also de have become occupants of 103.60 lakh acres of land and creased from 10 in 1966 to 5 in 1970. The deaths due as many as 5,07,941 intermediaries have been abolished to wounding or accidents have declined from 24 in in the whole State. Total villages covered under these 1961 to 11 in 1970. laws were 12,121 and the total area covered is 143.80 lakh acres in the State. 15. Agrarian Reforms and Agrarian Developments As regards the tenancy reforms the beginning was made as early as in 1939 when the first Tenancy Act (i) Reforms had been enacted in the former Bombay State. Subse quently, the Act was replaced by the present compre Originally the Gandhinagar district consisted of in hensive legislation in 1948. This too was subsequently addition to the Ryotwari lands and villages, the amended in 1955-56, when the tillers' day provisions following special land tenures : were incorported in the Act. By that provision, all .22 the tenants were deemed to have purchased the lands acres. (3) At the time when the Tenancy Act was held by them on lease from their landlords, on the enacted in 1948, the land owners were given an opp~ first day of April 1957 (referred to as "Tiller's Day"). ortunity to apply for possession of the lands for bona~ The revenue machinery who had to implement the Act fide personal cultivation, subject to fulfilment of certain had only to fix the purchase price within the limit of conditions. The time limit for making such an appli~ 20 times to 200 times the assessment of the land under cation expired on 31-12-1956. Thereafter again by an the compulsory purchase provision of the Tenancy Act, amendment in the Act, the small land owners, whose as many as 7.72 lakh tenants have acquired purchase income did not exceed Rs. 1,500/- and whose leased rights over more than 24.59 acres of land in the whole holding did not exceed an economic holding were given State. These figures relate up to 30-6-1970. Separate an opportunity to apply for possession of the lands for figures for Gandhinagar district are not available. bonafide personal cultivation subject to certain condi tions. The last date for making such an application Under the provisions of the Tenancy Act no land was 31-3-1962 which has expired. Total number of 6wner can resume the land from his tenant except cases registered under this section in the district are under an order of a mamlatdar. Taking of posses$ion 73. The figures of area involved in these suits are not by the landlord directly from his tenant is therefore available. statutorily prohibited. However under the following circumstances a land owner can apply to the mamlatdar Special Agricultural Lands Tribunals were appoin for resumption of his lands (1) A tenant can surren ted in each taluka for implementation of the provi der his tenancy rights by surrendering his interest sions of the Tenancy legislation. The jurisdiction of therein in favour of the landlord. Such surrenders the civil courts is barred under the provisions of the have to be registered and also to be verified by the Act. There have thus been lesser delays and fewer mamlatdar before permitting the landlord to act upon litigations in regard to tenancy matter~" them. Now after the compulsory purchase provision, (ii) Security of tenancy there is no scops left for securing lands by surrenders as all the tenants have become purchasers and their There is a provision made in the Tenancy Act, purchase price has also been fixed. Tenancy relations for security of tenancy. Under Section 29(2) of the however subsist in the case of tenants of the exempted Act, no land owner can take direct possession of the categories of the landlords. The exempted categories of land from the tenant. Whenever a landlord wants to the landlords are widows, miners, persons with mental take possession of the land from his tenant, he has to and physical disability and the members of make an application to the mamlatdar stating the the armed forces. Their ten:.:.nts have not become grounds on which he is entitled to possession. The deemed purchasers because their landlords are placed mamlatdar after holding an inquiry pass such order in the exempted categories and only in case of these thereon as he deems fit. Provision is so strict that tenants, there is a p~ssibility of surrender. Upto even if a tenant relinquishes the land, the land 30-6-1970, 225 cases of surrender have been sanctioned owner cannot take possession of it, except under an which covered 471 acres of land in Gandhinagar order of a mamlatdar. There cannot therefore be any District. (2) A landlord can also apply for resumption of dispute relating to security of tenancy. The legal pro land if his tenant has failed to pay the rent of any vision made in Section 29 of the Act has succeeded in revenue year within the stipulated period or that the eiving complete security of the tenure. tenant has sub-diviced, sub-let or assigned the land in contravention of ttc provisions of the Act, or has If a tenant is illegally dispossessed by his landlord, failed to cultivate the land personally or has done any then he can apply for restoration of possession, to the act which is destructive or permanently injurious to mamlatdar and if the tenant's claim for restoration or the land. Such types of cases would also be very few possession is proved to be right then the mamlatdar in number, because as stated earlier most of the tenants restores possession to him. have now become purchasers owners of the lands. Upto There is another provision made in section 4-B of 30-6-1970, 38 cases of such types have been registered the Tenancy Act, which prohibits termination of and the total land resumed under this category is 65 tenancy by efflux of time. No tenancy of any land 23 can therefore be terminated merely on the ground Very few tenants now remain as tenants. It may be that the period fixed by agreement, or usage for its that by mutual understanding crop sharing system may duration has expired. The scheme of the Act is such be prevailing in some cases, but their percentage will that once a person becomes a tenant of the land his probably be very less. Such cases mostly do not tenancy cannot be terminated at the sweet will of the come to light because of mutual understanding between landlord. It can be terminated only under the provision the parties. There may be some cases in which the of the Act and that too by an order of a mamlatdar. names of tenants may not have been entered in the (iii) Security of share cropper and dispute about share record of rights in order to save the land from deemed and terms and conditions of cultivation by share purchase. -cropper (i,) Service tenure including commutation of rent in There js no share cropping system preva]ent in service (0 cash Gujarat, cash rent is prescribed for each parcel of land. The terms and conditions of cultivation are also pre There is no service tenure existing in the Gujarat scribed. It is not a matter to be agreed upon between State. Gujarat State has passed as many as 29 Tenure the tenant and a land owner. It is legally provided Abolition laws abolishing all the tenures including by a statute. Under Section 8 of the Tenancy Act, service tenures. Most of the above laws have been maximum and minimum limit of rent has been fixed. passed before 1961. Since there is no servke tenure Such rent is not to exceed five times the assessment existing in the whole of the Gujarat State, the ques of the land or rupees 20 per acre whichever is less tion of commutation of rent in service to cash does and shall not be less than twice the assessment of not arise. the land, provided that where the amount equal to twice the assessment exceeds the sum of (v) Commutation of rent in kind to cash twenty rupees, the rent shall be twice the assessment In Gujarat the rent in kind is prohibited. Cash of the land. The mamlatdar in accordance with the rent has been fixed for each parcel of land. Under above provision has to fix the cash amount of rent section 9 of the Tenancy Act, the mamlatdar has to for each parcel of land within his jurisdiction. fix the rate of rent payable by a tenant for the lease Accordingly cash rent has been fixed for each parcel of different classes of land in each village within his of land by mamlatdars. If any land owner recovers jurisdiction. Accordingly the rate of cash rent has rent in excess of the rent fixed by law he has to re been fixed and notified by all the mamlatdars for each fund the excess amount togetherwith the compensation class of land in an the Villages. There is therefore no to the tenant as may be determined i)y the mamlatdar. question of eommutation of rent in kind to cash. He is also liable to certain penalty prescribed by rules. As regards terms and conditions of cultivation, it is (vi) Rent disputes provided in the Tenancy Act that (1) the landlord is not liable to make any contribution towards the cost As observed carlier cash rent has been notified of cultivation. (2) The tenant is liable to pay the for all villages anJ for all types of land under the land revenue and certain other cesses. (3) Landlord provisions of the Tenancy Act. Such rent can be en shall not levy any cess, rate, vero, huk, or tax, or hanced or reduced by the Mamlatdar or the Colle service of any discription or denomination whatso ctor only on an application made to him by the land ever other than rent, fixed by law from his tenant. owner or the tenant. Reduction in rent can be made (4) Whenever from any cause the payment of land when there is deterioration of the land by the flood 0r revenue is suspended or remitted, wholly or partially, other cause beyond the control of the tenant and the the landlord has to suspend or remit, wholly or land has been wholly or partially rendered unfit for partially, as the case may be, the rent of land, law cultivation. The enhancement in the rent has to be fully payable to him by his tenant. made when there is any improvement made in the land As observed earlier most of the tenants have be at the e~pence of the landlord and thereby there is an come owners of the lands cultivated by them by virtue increa~e in the agricultural produce of the land. The of the tiller's day provision made in the Tenancy Act. disputes regarding quantum of rent would be rare because cash rent has been fixed statutorily for each TABLE F.I3 land and no enhancement or reduction can be Wage rates fixed for agricultural emp 'oyecs in the district Daily wage rate fixed Yearly wage rate made therein without the order of mamlatdar. There for casual agricultural fixcd for perma labourer nent employees in can be disputes regarding non-payment of rent by the the emplo:yment tenant. If the tenant does not pay the rent, the land Area Male Female of agricultural 1 2 3 owner has two remedies available under the law. He Rs. Rs. Rs." c~n file the assistance suit under the Bombay Land That Part of Gandhinagar 2-00 1-50 600 Revenue Code and the mamlatdar, if the arrears of rent taluka which is formed out of the former villages of is proved recovers the rent from the tenant as an Daskroi and Ahmadabad arrear of land revenue and pays it to the land owner. city taluka of Ahmadabad district Alternatively the land owner can file a suit under the The remaining part of 1-75 1-25 700 Tenancy Act for resumption of the land on the Gandhinagar taluka. which ground that the tenant has failed to pay the rent of the is formed out of the former villages of Kalol taluka Jand. In such cases the mamlatdar gives three months of Mehsana District time to the tenant to pay up the rent and if the Sourc,: Commissioner of labour tenant complies during that period the suit is filed. I f he does not pay the rent during that period then For implementation of the Minimum Wages Act, 1948, and the Government orders and notification after holding inquiry the legal order of possession is issued thereunder, Government Labo!r Officers in the passed by the mamlatdar. There may be rare cases of State have been notified as inspectors under section 19 upward revision of rent or reduction in the quantum of the Minimum Wages Act. Besides Government of rent. Labour Officers, certain revenue offi:ers like Assistant or Deputy Collectors, Mamlatdars, Mlhalkaris, Deputy (vii) Wage rate al!d terms and conditions of work of Mamlatdars and Circle Officers have been appointed Agricultural Labourer as inspectors under the Act. Under the provisions of "Minimum Wages Act, (lIiii) Distribution of surplus & fallow lands 1948" the Government can fix minimum wage rates Total area of the land declared surplus under for the employees in the employment of Agriculture. the Agricultural Lands Ceilings Act in Gandhinagar In 1964 Government of Gujarat appointed a commi district at the end of December 1971 was 20.J acres, ttee under the Minimum Wages Act, 1948 to inquire out of which 77 acres were disposed of permanently into and advise Government in the matter of revision to various persons while 126 acres w,~re leased out on eksali basis. of the minimum rates of wages in the Kutch and Umbergaon talukas and fixation of the minimum rates (ix) Statutory fixation of prices ofagricultural commodity of wages in the remaining areas of the State. After The State Government's policy is to distribute foodgrains through fair price shops on "no profit no considering the recommendations made by the commi loss" basis to the weaker and vulnerable sections of tt(;'P.. the Government of Gujarat by a notification No. the society, excluding those paying incometax, or hol K.H.S.H. 1311 M.W.A. 2964-C- 5423 (T) / dated ding 1/9 and above area of ceiling of land fixed 8- 12-1967 revised and fixed the minimum rates of wages under Gujarat Land Ceilings Act, 1960. for the agricultural labourers covering all the areas of The e~-godown issue prices at whic11 the fair price shops were given foodgrains including locally the State except Ahmadabad city taluka. The rates procured rice and retail issue prices at which fair price fixed for Gandhinagar district in the said notification shops sold them to consumers duILqg the year 1970-71 are as under : are as under: 2S TABLE F.14 Date of issue issue 51. which price price per price per No. Kind of grain effective quintal quintal Prices of foodgrains issued through fair price shops 2 3 4 5 during 1970-71 (iii) Dara al'ld Superior 1-5-1970 88-40 90-00 Ex·godown Retail Date from issue issue (iv) Amber coloured 3-5-1970 92-40 94-00 SI. which price price per price rer indigenous No. Kind of grain effective quintal quintCiI (v) O.S. Red and 1-6-1970 83-40 85-00 t 2 3 4 5 Mexican 1 Rice Rs. P. Rs. P. (vi) O.S. White 1-6-1970 86-40 88-00 (i) Coarse 1-4-1970 108-55 110-00 1-5-1970 108-40 llO-OO (vii) Amber coloured 1-6-1970 92-40 94-00 (ii) Medium 1-4-1970 138-65 140-00 indigenous 1-5-1970 138-40 140-00 (viii) O.S. Red and 2-11-1970 76-40 78-00 135-00 1-7-1970 133-40 white and i[.di· 1-1-1971 123-40 125-00 genous Red (iii) Fine 1-4-1970 163-65 165-00 1-5-1970 163-40 165-00 (ix) Amber coloured 2-11-1970 83-40 85-00 1-1-1971 128-40 130-00 indigenous (iv) Superfine 1-4-1970 198-65 200-00 4 Milo 1-5-/970 57-40 59-00 1-5-1970 198-40 200-00 5 Maize 1-5-1970 68-40 70-00 1-1-1971 158-40 160-00 6 Bajro 1-5-1970 73-40 75-00 Local Rice /7-10-1970 53-40 55-00 (i) Vari group 1-4-1970 108-65 110-00 J-5-1970 108-40 110-00 7 Jowar 1-1-1971 93-40 95-00 (i) N.P. Jowar 1-5-1970 78-40 80-00 (ii) Sathi group 1-4-1970 108-65 110-00 (ii) U.P. Jowar 1-5-1970 68-40 70-00 1-5-1970 108-65 11O-C0 1-1-1971 93-40 95-00 Source: Food and Civil Supplies Department (iii) Vankvel group 1-4-1970 138-65 140-00 The Government purchases the edible oil/oilseeds 1-5-1970 138-';0 140-00 1-1-1971 123-40 125-00 from the open market. Distribution of edible oil is made at the subsidised rate, which is lower than the eco (iv) Basmati group 1-4-1970 163-65 165-00 1-5-1970 163-40 165-00 nomic price, as well as the market price. The pricing 1-6-1970 143-40 145-00 policy of Government is same throughout the State. 1-1-1971 138-40 140-00 (v) Jirasal group 1-4-1970 163-65 165-00 G. DEMOGRAPHIC CHANGES DURING THE 1-5-1970 163-40 165-00 DECADE 1-1-1971 158-40 160-l'0 (vi) Kamod group 1-4-1970 198-65 200-00 1. General 1-5-1970 198-40 200-00 As stated in the Introduction, the District Census 1-6-1970 18~-40 185-00 1-1-1971 163-40 I6'-CO Handbook has been divided into three parts. The Part A contains the viIlagewise data on land use and (vii) Pankhali group 1-4-1970 198-65 200<0 civic amenities in villages and towns i.e, we call it a 1-5-1970 198-40 200-00 1-6-1970 183-40 185-00 Town and Village Directory. Part B contains the 1-1-1971 178-40 180-00 villagewise, townwise and blockwise population figures 3 Wheat giving basic classification of workers by industrial (i) O.S. Red, White 1-4-1970 86-85 88-00 categories, non-workers, scheduled caste and schedu· and Indigenous led tribe population and literates and illiterates etc., (ii) O.S. Red, White 1-5-1970 86-40 b8-00 which is called P.C.A. i.e. Primary Census Abstract. and Mexican The Part C of the handbook contains 68 tables on 26 o ji::;i al statistios and full count census and sample TABLE G.t tables. The details about the contents in each of the tables have been given in the fly-leaves which precede Sex Ratio, 1961 and 1971 the tables. Efforts are made in the subsequent paragraph, to analyse that data. As the Census figures provide Namo of Taiuka 1961 1971 good insight to understand the decadal changes in the 2 3 economic and social front, the main aim is to give a Gandhinaaar T 1»61 927 comparative picture with 1961 data. Limitations arising R 961 937 U 858 from the conceptual differences in the definitions adop ted in 1961 and 1971 Census have to be recognised 4. Household Size in assessing and using the analysis. Wherever Census figures are available at taluka level, efforts are made to The district has 41,306 households accommodating draw comparison with 1961 Census data if similar 200,642 persons giving an average of 4.86 persons per data was available in 1961 Census. household as against the average of 5.75 persons per The concepts and the definitions of workers adopted household for the State. An average household in at 1961 and 1971 Censuses have been given in the rural areas accommodates 4.96 persons whereas in the introductory paragraphs of this volume. urban areas the average size of a household is 4.24 persons. The average household size has gone up from 2. Density and decadal changes in population 4.72 persons in 1961 to 4.86 persons in 1971. The following table compares the data of 1971 and 1961 Gandhinagar District has an area of 649 km9 and Census: has a population of 200,642 according to 1971 Census. There are 75 inhabited villages and one town in the TABLE G.2 district. The district is thickly populated with an average of 309 persons per km 2. As regards density Average size of households, 1961 and 1971 it ranks third in the State. The first two being Kheda and Ahmadabad in that order. The density in the District/Taluka 1961 1971 rural areas of the district is 298 persons and in the 2 3 urban areas 424 perions per km 2. Gandhinagar T 4.72 4.86 The populatiolil of the district has increased by district and R 4.72 4.96 46.39 per cent during the decade. This increase in taluka U 4.24 population in the district is higher than the State average of 29.39 per cent and highest among all the 5. Urban Population districts of the State. The higher growth rate is mainly There is only one town in the district namely due to the creation of a new township of Gandhinagar Gandhinagar which has a population of 24,055 persons to which a large number of government servants have constituting about 11.99 per cent of the total popula~ migrated as a result of the shifting of the State capital tion in the district. This proportion is significantly from Ahmadabad. lower than the State level proportion of 28.08 per cent of the population living in the tllfban areas in the State. 3. Sex Ratio 6. Houseless PopUlation Out of the total population of 200,642 in 1971 104,109 are males and 96,523 are females giving an There are 773 houseless households accommodating average of 927 females per 1,000 males. In 1961, there 3,777 persons in the district. The houseless population were 961 females per 1,000 males and the ratio has in the rural areas accounts for 3,409 persons and in declined considerably to 927 in 1971. The sex ratio the urban areas it accounts for 368 persons. The ratio is 858 females per 1,000 males in the urban areas and of houseless persons per 10,000 population works out 937 females per 1,000 males in the rural areas. The to 188. In the rural areas there are 193 ho·useless following table gives comparision of the 1961 and 1971 persons per 10,000 popUlation whereas in the urban Census data. areas the ratio comes to 153. 27 7. Institutional Population males and the proportion declined to 930 in 1911 and r08 in 1921. The ratio after increasing to 930 in 1931 There are 57 institutional households in the dist declined further to 887 females per 1,000 males in 1941. rict out of which 11 are reported from the rural areas But reached an all time high of 991 females per 1,000 and the remaining 46 households from the urban areas. males in the subsequent decade and declined to 927 Persons residing in the institutional households total in 1971. 585 (307 males and 278 females). The proportion of persons living in the institutional households per 10,000 9. Average size of village population comes to 29 persons only. In the rural areas the proportion is 19 as against the proportion of According to 1971 Census there are 75 inhabited 104 persons per 10,000 popUlation in the m:ban areas. villages in the district accommodating 176,587 persons 8. Growth of Population giving an average of 2354 persons per inhabited village. This average is far greater than the average of 1,054 In 1901 there were 62,543 persons living in the persons per village for the State. The average size of areas constituting the present Gandhinagar district and the village in the district has considerably increased and the population has increased to 200,642 persons from 1,735 in 1961 to 2,354 in 1971. in 1971, showing an increase of 221 per cent during the last 70 years. The rate of increase was slow Distribution villages by size class till 1931 and considerably fast thereafter as is seen from the following table : Distribution of villages by size class of population shows that a little more than 21 per cent of the villages TABLE G.3 have popUlation below 1,000 persons whereas 40 per Growth of population cent of the villages are in the population range of 1,000 to 1,999 and a little more than one fourth Percentage or 26.67 per cent of the villages have population bet Census increase or year Population decrease Sex ratio ween 2,000 and 4,999. There are nine villages each 1 2 3 4 having population of 5,000 and more. The details of the population of these villages are given below : 1901 62.543 951 1911 64030 + 2.38 930 I"ame of Village Population 1921 . 68,831 + 7.50 908 2 1931 76,275 + 10.RI 930 1941 96227 + 2616 881 Sardbav 6363 Rupal 1951 119,698 + 2439 991 2 ',222 Unava 1961 137,063 + 14.51 961 3 5.758 Randheja 1971 200642 + 4639 927 4 8,132 5 Ko!avada 6746 During the decade 1901-1911, the population in 6 Pethapur 8,586 the district recorded an increase of 2.38 per cent as 7 Unvarsad 6,028 against the growth rate of 7.79 for the State. In the S Dabhoda 8.204 subsequent decade the growth rate of population in 9 Valad 5,545 the district was much higher than that for the State. The population is the district increased at much faster rates during the decades .1931-41,1941-1951 and 1961~71 Comparing the figures with 1961 census data it is also as compared to the State averages for the respec seen that the number of villages in the size classes tivo decades. below 1000 popUlation has declined considerably whereas the number of villages in the larger size classes has Examining the sex ratios in different decades it increased. The following table gives the proportion of is seen that in 1901 there were 951 females per 1,000 poplllation living in the villages of different size classes: 28 TABLE G.4 Size of villages and distribution of population in variouJ Jize grouPJ, 1961 and 1911 Percentage to total inhabited Percentage of population population villages Percentage increase to total rural population or decrease in No. Percentage increase. or size of decrease in population villages 1961 1971 of villages 1961 1971 ..'" 3 4 5 6 7 100.00 Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 67.35 Less than 200 5.f.6 2.67 50.00 0.29 0.07 S6.53 200 - 499 8.86 5.33 42.86 2.04 0.69 56.52 S9.4-4 500 - 999 29.11 13.33 13.44 4.23 32.19 1,000-1,999 29.12 40.00 + 30.43 23.52 24.13 + 17.65 20.22 2,000 - 4,9 Q9 21.52 26.67 + 39.19 36.57 + 80.00 105.3d 5,00;) - 9,999 6.33 12.00 + 21.52 34.31 + 10,000 and above About 5 per cent of the rural population lives in TABLE G.S the smaller size villages i.e. those ,with population below Distribution of population by broad age groups in 1971 1,000 persons and more than one third of the rural 1971 population lives in villages with 5,000 or more popula Age group Persons Males Females tion. 36.57 per cent of the rural population lives in 1 2 3 4 villages with population between of 2,000 and 4,999. Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 Thus about 70.88 per cent of rural: population lives in 0- 14 40.82 42.01 39.54 large size villages having population above 2000. About 15 - 59 53.69 52.95 54.49· one fourth or 24.13 per cent of the rural population 60 + above 5.48 5.03 5.97 lives in the medium size villages having population Age not stated 0.01 0.01 N. ----~---- between 1,000 and 1,999. Du~'ng the decade the proper· n-Negligibl". tion of population living in the smaller size villages has declined considerably with a corresponding increase in II. Literacy the proportion of population in the large size villages. Literacy in the district is fairly high. About 41.80 per cent of the total population in the district is 10. Population by Age-groups literate. The literacy rate is 39.93 per cent in the rural areas and 5S.52 per cent in the urban areas. Distribution of population by broad age groups Among males more than half or 53.80 per cent are shows that 40.82 per cent of the total population of literates whereas among females only 28.84 per cent 200,642 persons are in the younger age group of 0-14 are literates. The literacy both among males and years and 53.69 per cent are in the age group of females in the district is -higher as compared to the i 5-59 years. The remaining 5.48 per cent are accounted literacy rate of 46.11 per cent for males and 24.75 for by older persons in the age group of 60 years and per cent for females in the State. The following table above. Examining the figures separately for males and gives comparison of 1961 and 1971 Census data: females it is seen that about 42 per cent of the males TABLE G.6 are in the younger age group of 0-14 years as against the proportion of 39.54 per cent of the females Literacy (including 0-4 age group) in total, in this group. The proportions of females in the age rural and urban areas by sex 1961 and 1971 group of 15-59 and also in the age group 60 years Percentage of literates and above are higher than the corresponding propor 1961 1971 tion of males in these age groups. Comparison with DistrictjTaluka Persons Males Females Persons Males Femalea the State averages for different age groups shows that I 234566 proportions of persons in the age g 'oup of 'IS-S9' and Gandhinagar T 34 21 46.93 2096 41.80 53.80 28.84 '60 and above' in the district are higher than similar district and R 34.21 46.9J 20.96 39.93 52.48 26.53 proportions for the State. taluka U 55.52 63.12 46.66 29 The proportion of literates has increased 34.21 per TABLE G.B eent in 1961 to 41.80 per cent in 1971. Among males it has gone up from 46.93 per cent to 53.80 per cent Percentage distribution of persons according to mother and among females from 20.96 per cent to 28.84 per tongue (major languages) in rural and urban areas 1971 cent during tho decade. Languag. Rural Urban 1 2 3 ll. Mether TODlue Total 8801 11.99 Gujarati 89.44 10.56 The number of languages returned as mother Urdu 60.86 39.14 83.33 tongues in the district in 1971 Census is 28. Of the Kachchhi 16.67 Hindi 94.1R 5.82 total population of2.01Iakhs, 1.941akhs or 96.57 per cent Marathi 14.09 85.91 have reported Gujarati as their mother tongue. 677 Slndbi 49.40 50.60 persons or 0.34 per cent of the total population have Others 35.36 64.64 reported Urdu as a mother tongue whereas 1,323 per A large majority of the persons speaking Kachchhi sons have reported Hindi as a mother tongue. Those and Marathi live in the urban areas and the propor reporting Marathi and Sindhi as mother tongues total tion of those speaking Sindhi and living in urban 660 and 419 respectively. The following table gives distribution of persons according to mother tongue : areas is also high at 50.60 per cent: 13. Religion TABLE G.7 The details of the persons following principal religions in the district are given in the table below : Percentage Distribution of persons according to mother tongue (Major Language) 1971 TABLE G.9 Percentage Distribution of Population by different Percentage of total population Religions, 1971 Lanauage Total Rural Urban Percentage of total population 2 3 4 Religion 1971 I 2 Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 Total 100.00 Gujarati 96.57 98.13 85.10 Hinduism 96.65 Islam 2.30 Urdu 0.34 0.23 1.10 Jainism 0.70 Christianity 0.21 Kachchbi N N 0.02 Sikhism 0.03 Buddhism O.o.l Hindi 0.66 0.71 0.32 Other Religions and Persuations O.or Marathi 0,33 0.05 V6 Religion not ~tated 0,03 Sjndhi 0.21 0.12 0.88 Out of the total population of 200.642 in the district 96.65 per cent are Hindus and 2.30 per cent Others 1.89 0.76 10.22 follow Islam. The rest of the religions are followed N =Negli,ible. by less than 1 per cent population each. The distribution of the population by different In the rural areas 98.13 per cent of the population religions by rural and urban areas is given in Table has reported Gujarati as mother tongue whereas this G.lO below. The data reveal that a large majority of proportion in the urban areas is 85.70 per cent. persons following Hinduism, Islam, Jainism and Sikhism live in rural areas. On the other hand, a little less The following table gives the distribution of popu than 3/4th of the Christian and all the fo!1owers of lation in rural and urban areas by languages: Buddhism live in urban areas. 30 TABLE 0.10 14. Workers and NOD-workers Percentage Distribution of population by different Religions in rural and urban areas, 1971 Out of the total population 59,511 persons are Percentage of each followers in returned as workers. The proportion of workers to Religion Rural are8ll Urban areas I 2 3 total popUlation in the district com::s to 29.66 per cent. Total 88.01 11.99 In the rural areas 29.40 per cent are workers whereas Hinduism 88.52 11.48 Islam 7808 21.92 in the urban areas 31.59 per cent are workers. The Jainism 75.64 24.36 Christianity 26.68 73.32 following table gives a comparis.)n of the 1971 and Sikhism 55.22 44.78 Buddhism 0.00 100.00 the 1961 data: Ol~ Religions and Persuations 72.73 27.27 Religion not stated 7.02 92.9!S TABLE 0.11 Percentage Distribution of workers and Non-workers by sex, 1961 and 1971 Workers Non-workers 1961 1971 1961 1971 PersoDs Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 Total 38.64 52.81 23.90 29.66 51.39 6.22 61.36 47.19 76.10 7G.34 48.61 93.78 Rural 38.64 52.81 23.90 29.40 51.33 5.99 61.36 47.19 76.10 7J.06 48.67 94.01 Urban 31.59 51.85 7.97 68.41 48.15 92.03 The concept of 'worker' adopted in 1961 census employed in the Primary sector of economy which was somewhat different from the concept adopted in includes cultivation, agricultural labour, livestock fish the 1971 census and hence the figures of the workers ing, hunting, forestry, mining and quarrying activities. are not slrick1y comparable. The details of the concept The secondary sector i.e. manufacturing, processing, adopted in 1961 and 1971 censuses have already been servicing and repairing industries and construction given in the introductory paragraphs of this volume. provides employment to 16.58 per cent of the workers In the 1961 Census 38.64 per cent of the population whereas the tertiary sector which includes trade and was reported as workers and the proportion has de commerce, transport, storage anj communications and clined to 29.66 per cent in 1971. other services provides employment to 18.32 per cent Examining the figures sex-wise, 51.39 per cent of of the workers. The proportion among males and the males and 6.22 per cent of the female ale retur females are more or less the same with minor variations. The following table compares the data of 1961 and ned as workers in 1971. 1971 Censuses: The proportion of male workers both in the rural and the urban areas is more or less equal. Amongst TABLE 0.12 females 5.99 per cent are reported as workers in the Percentage distribution of workers in different rural areas as against 7.99 per cent workers in the urban sector by sex, 1961 and 1971 areas. Comparison with 1961 data reveals that the proportion of male workers has declined marginally . . . (Total Areas) Percentage dIstributIon of workers in Primary during the decade. However, the proportion of female Secondary and Tertiary Sector of economy. by ~eK workers has declined considerably from 23.90 per cent 1961 1971 in 1961 to 6.22 per cent in 1971. The decline in female Sector of' participation rate is attributable in part, to the differ Economy Persons Males Females Persons Males Females ence in the definition of 'worker' adopted in 1961 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 1971. All Sectors 100.00 100.00 100.00 10000 10000 10000 Sectors of Economy Primary 63.01 66.55 54.97 65.10 64.88 67.12 The distribution of workers by sectors of economy Secondary 20.47 15.33 32.29 16.5!S 16.62 16.18 indicates that about 65.10 per cent of the workers are Tertiary 16.49 18.12 12.74 18.32 18.50 16.70 31 The proportion of workers employed in the pri economy, only 11.91 per cent in the primary sector mary sector of economy has marginally gone up from aHd 38.40 per cent in the secondary sector of economy. 63.04 per cent in 1961 to 65.10 per cent in 1971 The following table gives distribution of workers by whereas in the secondary sector it has declined from sex in urban areas 20.47 per cent to 16.58 per cent. In the tertiary sector tbis proportion has gone up from 16.49 per cent TABLE G.15 to 18.32 per cent. Percentage distribution of workns in different sectors Distribution of workers by important industrial by sex, 1971 categories as given in table 13 below shows that 35.58 (Urban areas) per cent of the workers are cultivators, 25.82 per cef, t Percentage Distribution or' workers in Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Sectors of Economy by agricultural labourers and 38.60 per cent other workers. Sector of Economy persons Male~ Females TABLE G.13 2 3 4 Percentage distribution of workers in different All Sectors 100.00 100.00 10000 industrial categories, 1971 Primary 11.91 12.71 5.87 Secondary 38.40 37.36 46.27 Agricultural Others To'al Tertiary 49.6'> 49.93 47.86 DistrictJTaluka Cultivators labourers workers worke rs 1 2 4 5 The proportion of workers in different age groups Gandhinagar 35.58 25.82 38.60 loo.on of population given in table 16 below shows that in 1971 only 2.28 per cent of the persons in the age Distribution of workers by sectors of economy in group of 0-14 years were workers. More than half or rural areas shows that 72.89 per cent of the workers 52.74 per cent of the persons in the age group of in the rural areas are employed in the primary sector, 15.59 years and 36.25 per cent in the age group of 13.38 per cent in the seconduy sector and 13.78 per 60 and above are workers. The follo\o\ing table shows cent are employed in the tertiary sector. The following the distribution of workers by sex table compares the 1961 and 1971 census data: TABLE G.16 TABLE G.14 Proportion of workers by age groups and sex. 1971 Percentage distribution of workers in different sectol'S Percentage of workers total population by sex, 1961 and 1971 in each age group and sex (Rural area') Percentage distribution of workers in Plln1t:ry, Age groups Persons Males Females Secondary and Tertiary sectors of EcoDom" 0\ 'ex 2 3 4 1961 1~71 Total 29.66 51.39 6.22 Sector of ------_--_- Economy Persons Mal<:s Females Persons Males Fema!es 0-14 2.28 3.41 0.97 52.74 87.70 10.08 2 3 4 5 6 7 1~-59 60+ 36.25 69,86 5.71 All Sectors 100.00 laO.Oa 100.00 100.00 100.00 10000 Age not stated 80.00 88.89 Primary 63.04 66.55 54.97 72.89 72.36 77.73 Secondary ·W.47 15.33 32.29 13.38 13.M 10.97 Amongst males in the age group of 0-14 y:!ars, Tertiary 16.49 18.12 12.74 13.73 14.00 11.30 3.41 per cent are workers whereas amongst females in The proportion of workers in the primary sec lor this age group the proportion is only 0.97 per cent. has increased from 63.04 per cent in 1961 to 72.89 per About 87.70 per cent of the males in the age group cent in 1971 with corresponding decline in the secondary of 15.59 years are workers as against only one-tenth and tertiary sectors and the trend is similar for both or 10.08 per cent female workers in this age group. male and female workers. In the older age group of 60 and above 69.86 per In the urban areas alrr.ost half or 49,69 per cent cent of the males are workers as against 5.71 per cent of the workers are employed in the tertiaiY ~ector of females workers in this age group. 32 Percentage to total Scheduled Distribution of workers in the different age groups Caste population (arranged in by sector of economy shows that 82.30 per cent of Name of the Caste order of Importance) the workers in the younger age grc.up of 0-14 years 1 2 are employed in the primary sector of economy. Bhambi, Bhambhi, Asadaru 37.90 Similarly 84.98 per cent of the workers in the older Asodi, Chamadia. Chamar, Cha- age group of 60 and above are also employed in this mbhar. Chamgar, Haralayya, sector. In the age group of 15-59 years 63.04 per Harali, Khalpa, Machigar, Mochigar. Madar, Madig, Telagu cent are employed in the primary sector of economy. Mochi, Kamati Mochi, Ranigar, The following table gives distribution of workers by Rohidas, Robit. or Samgar sectors of economy: Bhangi. Mehtar, Olgana, Rukhi. 9.98 Malkana, Halalkhor. Lalbegi, TABLE G.l7 Balmiki, Karor or Zadmalli Garoda or Garo 6.42 Percentage distribution of workers in sectors of economy Nadia or Hadi 1.27 by age, 1971 Shenva, Chenva, Sedma or Rawat 1.07 Other Scheduled Castes 0.29 Percentage distributIon of workers in primary. Secondary and Tertiary Sectors of Economy Unspecified 4.02 by age groups According to 1971 census, 39.05 per cent of the Age groups Primary Secondary Tertiary scheduled caste popUlation belonged to Mahyavanshi. 1 2 3 4 Total 65.10 16.58 18.32 Dhed Vankar or Maru Vankar communities followed 0-14 82.30 12.12 . 5.58 by Bhambi, Bhambhi, Asadaru, Asodi. Chamadia. 15-59 63.04 17.52 19.44 Chamar, etc., group of communities with 37.90 per 60 and above 84.98 5.92 9.10 cent of the scheduled caste popUlation. Bhangi, 12.50 87.50 Age not stated Mehtar, Olgana etc., group of communities accounts 15. Scheduled Castes for 9.98 per cent of the total scheduled caste in the The scheduled caste population in the district district. While Garoda or Garo community account numbers 13,140 in 1971 and forms 6.55 per cent of for 6.42 per cent. the district population. The proportion of scheduled caste population to total population in the State is Literacy among Scheduled Castes 6.34 per cent. As compared to 1961, the scheduled Literacy among scheduled caste popUlation Jiving caste population in the district has increased from in this district is fairly high. About 4' 1~ '" , ~, 8,199 persons in 1961 to 13,140 persons in 1971, of the scheduled caste population bds· b~t:~. ~, l c 0-:': showing a phenomenal increase of 60.26 per cent in as literates in 1971 as against the literacy rate of the decade 1961-71. In 1961 the scheduled caste 27.74 per cent among scheduled caste in the State and population formed 5.98 per cent of the total popula 41.80 per cent general literacy rate for the district. tion and the proportion has increased to 6.55 per cent Among males 56.29 per cent are literates whereas among in 1971. females 29.42 per cent ale literates. The following table The following table gives the distribution of the gives data for rural and urban areas separately. scheduled caste population by different communities. TABLE G.19 TABLE G.18 Literacy in Scheduled Caste, 1971 Percentage distribution of major scheduled castes in the district, 1971 Percentage of Literates in Scheduled Castes to total Scheduled Caste Percentage to total Scheduled Population (includiDg0-4 age Group) Caste population (arranged in Namo of tho Caste order of importance) Name of Dist./taluka Persons Males Females 2 I 2 3 4 Gandhinagar T 43.22 . 56.29 29.42 All Scheduled Caates 100.00 district and Taluka Mabyavanshi. Dhed. Vankar or 39.05 R 42.02 55.36 28.49 Malu Vantar U 49.57 61.07 35.19 33 Literacy among Scheduled Castes in urban areas is Workers in Scheduled Castes somewhat higher than in rural areas and there are A little less than one-third or 30.80 per cent of wide differences in literacy amongst males and females scheduled caste persons are reported as workers in in both rural and urban areas. 1971. Amongst males this proportion is 45.31 per cent Examining the figures of literacy by different whereas among females it is 15.47 per cent. The communities it is seen that about 44.69 per cent of following table gives distribution of workers by sex in the scheduled castes belonging to Mahyavanshi, Dhed rural and urban areas : Vankar or Maru Vankar group of communities and 43.73 per cent of those belonging to Bl}ambi, Bhambhi, TABLE G.21 Asadaru, etc. group of communities are literates. The level of literacy is still higher at 52.37 per cent in Proportion of workers in scheduled castes by sex, J971 Garo or Garoda communities and at 50 per cent in Percentage of total male and female workers to other scheduled caste communities. The following male and female population of Scheduled Caste. table give!; details of literacy separately for males and Persons Males Females females: 1 2 3 4 TABLE G.20 Total 3080 45.31 l!!I47 Rural 30.41 4393 16.~5 Castewise Literacy in Major Scheduled Castes, 1971 Urban 32.98 52.36 8.74 Percentagp of literates to total In the rural areas 30.41 per cent are workers as population of each caste against 32.98 per cent workers in the urban areas. Name of the Caste Persons Males Females The proportion of workers among females is consider 1 2 3 4 ably lower in the urban areas than in the rural areas. All Schedulecl Castes 4322 56.29 29.42 In the rural areas 16.55 per cent of the females are Mahyavansbi, Dhed 44.69 58.58 30.81 workers as against 8.74 per cent female workers in the Vankar or Maru Vankar urban areas. The position is reversed in case of male Bhambi, Bbambhi, Asadaru, 43.73 54.87 31.39 workers. Only 43.93 per cent of the males in the rural Asodi, Chamadia, areas are workers whereas the proportion in the urban Chamar, Cbambhar Chamar. areas is 52.36 per cent. Haralayya. Harali, Khalpa, Machigar. Mochigar, Madar. The distribution of the workers by important Madig. Telegu Mochi, industrial categories shows that among the workers KamAti Mochi, Ranigar 4.57 per cent are cultivators, 48.95 per cent are employed Rohidas, Rohlt or Samear as agricultural labourers and 46.48 per cent are re Bhangl. Mehtar. Olgana. 31.66 47.11 15.25 Rukhi, Malkana, Halalkhor, ported as other workers. The following table gives Lalbegt, Balmiki, Korar or the distribution of workers in different sectors of Zadmalll economy by sex : Oaroda or Garo 5'-.37 68.76 35.42 Nadia or Hadl 20.36 37.97 4.55 TABLE G.22 Shenva. Chenva. Sedma, 20.57 3000 11.27 or Rawat Percentage distribution of scheduled castes workers in Other Scheduled Castes 50.00 52.00 46.15 important industrial categories by ,ex, 1971 Unspecified 50.95 63.5(. 35.83 Percentage of workers in each category Th.e-iiteracy amQllI males varies from a minimum to total SCheduled castes wOJ kers ~f 30.00 per cent in Shenva, Chenva, etc., group of Industrial Cate,ory Persons Males Females communities to a maximum of 68.76 per cent in 2 3 4 Garoda or Garo communities. Among femal~s it Total Scbecluled rute workers 100.00 100.00 100.00 varies from a minimum of 4.55 per cent in Nadia or 1 Cultivators 4.57 5.98 020 Hadi to a maximum of 35.42 per cent in Garoda or 2 Aaricultural labourers 48.95 40.75 74.3;! Garo communities. 3 Other worken 46.48 53.2' 25.48 ' .. It is seen that 5.98 per cent of the male workers and semi-government offices etc. A majority of the are cultivators, 40.75 per cent agricultural labourers private establishments i.e. 1,503 or 63.00 per cent are while 53.27 per cent are employed as other workers. trading establishments whereas out of 78 establishments It is interesting to note that amongst females nearly run by co-operatives, 73 or 93.59 p~r cent are trading three-fourth or 74.32 per cent are agricultural labourers establishments. The following table gives distribution and another one-fourth or 25.48 per cent are engaged of establishments by rural and the urban areas. as other workers. TABLE G.24 16. Scheduled Tribes Percentag~ distribution of Manufacturing, Tradmg and. Other establishments in Rural and Urban areas There are seven Scheduled Tribes in the district Manufacturing Trading Other which account for a population of 406 persons form establishments establishments establishments ing about 0.20 per cent of the total district population Persons Persons Persons and 0.01 per cent of the total State scheduled tribe No. employed No. employed No. tmployed population. The Bhil group of tribes is the most num 2 3 4 S 6 7 erous, with a population of 227. Only 23.89 per cent Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 10000 100.00 Rural 98.72 83.90 94.79 91.37 87.60 61.50 of the total scheduled tribes of the district are literates. Urban 1.28 16.10 5.21 8.63 12.40 38.50 The level of literacy among male and female members of the tribes is 35.85 per cent and 10.82 per cent About 98.72 per cent of the manufacturing Units respectively. Of the total of 406 scheduled tribe per are located in the rural areas whereas only 1.28 per sons 143 are workers and of these 14 are cultivators, cent are located in the the urban areas. Similarly 60 are agricultural labourers and the remaining 69 94.79 per cent of the trading establishments are located are employed as other workers. in the rural areas and the remaining 5.21 per cent in the urban areas. Only 12.40 per cent of the other 17. Establishments establishments are located in the urban areas and_ the nmaining 87.60 per cent are found in the rural A Census of establishments was taken alongwith areas. The following table gives distribution of manu houselisting operations which preceded the 1971 Census facturing establishments by number of workers enumeration. According to this Census there are 2,831 employed therein. establishments in the district of which 625 are manu facturing establishments, 1,593 are trading establish TABLE G.25 ments and the remaining 613 are other establishments. Percelltage distribution of Registered factories. Unregi The following table gives distribution of establishments stered Workshops and Household Industries by size oj by type of ownership : employment Registered Unregistered Household. TABLE G.23 factories workshors Industr les Size of ------Percentage distribution of Manufacturing, Trading and emp'oyment Units Persons Units persons Fnils Persons 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Other ,stablishments by lyp_e of ownership ToM 100.00 100.00 100.000 100.00 10000 100.00 _ Total Trading Other One person 5.27 1.49 51.35 28.80 . Type- of Establish- Manufacturing Establish- Establish- 2-4 persons 63.42 49.25 42.59 54.02 ownersh'p ments Establishments ments ments 5-9 persons 21.05 34.33 4.38 15.20 1 2 3 4 5 10-19 persons 33.33 7. IS 5.26 14.93 0.33 1.98 ]0.66 Government 100.00 0.55 .3.60 95.85 20-49 persons 25.00 25.00 24.35 Private 100.00 26.05 63.00 10.95 50-99 persons Co-operative 100.00 93.59 641 100-299 16.67 57.84 persons It is interesting to note that of the 361 establish 300-499 persons ments owned by Government in the district 95.85 per 500 + persons cent aTe classified as other establishments i.e. educa Persons 1.35 tional institutions, medical institutions, government Unspecified There are 12 registered factories employing 657 .. A <;cnsus house is a building or part of a building workers in the district. Thus on an average a regis having a separate main entrance from the road or tered factory employes about 50 workers. The distri common courtyard or staircase etc., used or bution of registered factories by number of workers recognised as a separate unit. It may be inhabited employed shows that a large majority of them i.e. a or vacant. It may be used for a residential or little more than 83 per cent factories employ between non-residential purpose or both." 10-99 workers each and the registered factories emp loying more than 100 workers number only 2. Of the The data thrown up by the housing censuses of 19 unregistered workshops employing a total number 1961 and 1971, offer scope of comparison and changes of 67 workers, 68.42 per cent employ between 2 to 4 that have taken place during the last decade can be workers each. There are 594 household units which studied therefrom. But so far as Gandhinagar district employ 1.059 workers. Thus on an average a house is concerned, 1%1 data is not available separately for hold establishment employes about 2 workers. About the areas transferred to Gandhinagar district from the half of the household units or 51.35 per cent are nearby Ahmadabad and Mahesana districts and hence single worker establishments whereas 42.59 per cent such comparison is not possible. employ between 2 to 4 workers each. A little less ( i) Census houses by use than 5 per cent of the household establishments employ between 5 and 19 persons each. The foJlowing table G.26 presents details of the different uses to which census houses were put in 18. Housing 1971 and table G.27 indicates rural/urban differences in regard to uses of census houses. Prior to 1961 Census only occupied residential houses used as dwellings were numbered and enume TABLE G.26 rated during census counts. Non-residential houses such as shops, factories, workshops, temples Census houses by use, 1971 mosques, schools, office premises and business houses were not entered in the house lists as it was not Usc of censuS bouse Number of census houses deemed necessary to do so for the purposes of popula 2 tion count. In 1961 Census a regular housing census Total census houses 55,795 was taken for the first time with a view to accounting Dwellinp 35,360 for all structures and residential as well as non Shops or workahop-cum-dwelling. 365 Shop and Business house. 1,465 residential houses were systematically numbered and Factories, workshops and worbheds 440 listed in the hpuse listing schedules designed for the Others 6,655 purpose uniformly for the whole country. The housing Vacant 11,510 census of 1961 offered valuable data relating to wall and roof materials used in the census houses, number TABLE G.27 of living rooms in the residential accommodation used Percentage Distribution of Census houses by use, 1971 by households, tenure status and the normal residents Census houses by usc sharing accommodation. A census house was defined as under in 1961 Census. Use of house Total Rural Urban 2 3 4 "A census house is a structure or part of a structure Total census house. 100.00 100.00 100.00 inhabited or vacant, or a dwelling or a shop, shop 63.37 68.24 28.28 cum-dwelling or a place of business, workshop, Dwellings Shops or worksbop-cum- 0.65 0.73 O.tS school etc, with a separate entrance. " dwellings Shops and business houses 2.63 2.72 1.91 The house listing operation of 1971 Census was Factories, workshops and 0.79 0.89 0.07 also carried out more or less on the same pattern as work sheds in 1961. The definition of a cenl/US house also remv.ined Other 11.93 13.21 2,65 mQre or less unchanged and reads as under: Vacant 20.63 14,21 66.94 36 It is seen that about 63.37 per cent of the census areas. Use of unburnt bricks as wa'l material is noti houses: in)he district are recorded as dwelling units ced in 1.03 per cent of the census houses of rural in 1971 Census. The proportion of dwelling units in the areas as against 0.44 per cent in the urban areas. urban areas is 28.28 per cent which is very low as It is seen from the data relating to roof material compared to the corresponding proportion of 68.24 that tiles form the most common roofing material in per cent in the rural areas. The proportion of vacant the rural areas followed by corrugated iron, zinc or houses in urban areas is very high mainly due to fact other metal sheets, while 76.66 per cent of the urban that in 1971 Gandhinagar township was yet under the census houses have roofs made of R.C.C. in the rural process of development and the State capital was areas the use of R.C.C. as roof material is noticed in shifted there only recently. The proportion of shops only 4.92 per cent of the census houses. 11.27 percent and business houses is 2.63 per cent whereas the pro ot' the urban houses have tiles as roofing material. portion of factories, workshops and worksheds was TABLE G.29 less than 1 per cent. The proportion of other houses is 11.93 per cent of the total census houses. Percentage distribution of census houses by roof material, 1971 (ii) Wall and roof material Roof material Total Rural Urban 1 Data on wall and roof material recorded during 2 2 , the house listing operations is indicative of the quality 1 Tiles, Slate, Shingle 44.50 49.10 11.27 2 R.C.C. 13.64 4.92 of census houses in the district. The figures given 76.66 3 Grass, Leavel, Reeds, 1.10 1.02 1.69 hereunder show that majority of census houses have Thatch. Wood, Mud, Un- burnt bricks and bamboo walls made of burnt bricks and the proportion of 4 Corrugated Iron. Zinc or 39.32 43.83 6.77 such houses is 60.75 per cent. Mud is the next impor other metal sheets tant wall material and census houses having wails 5 Stone 0.14 0.15 made of mud form 36.28 per cent of the total census 6 Asbestos cement sheets 0.74 0.77 0.59 h~uses. Use of all other wall materials is insignificant. 7 Bricks or stone lime 0.10 0.08 0.22 8 Other material 0.46 The following figures would show rural urban differences 0.13 2.80 in the materials used in the walls of census houses. (iii) Households by number of rO:Jms TABLE G.28 About 40 per cent of the cemus households lived in single room tenaments in 1971. The proportion of Percentage distribution of census houses by households living in two room tenaments was 44.49 Wall Material, 1971 per cent. The proportion of households having more than two rooms was 15.37 per cent. The following Wall material Total Rural Urban table gives distribution of households and house hold 2 3 4 members by number of rooms occupied. Total 100.00 100.00 100.00 TABLE G.30 Mud 36.28 39.56 12.59 Percentage distribution of households and members Stone 0.05 0.06 Rurnt bricks 60 75 57.82 81.89 by number of rooms occupied, 1971 Unbumt bricks 0.96 1.03 0.44 1971 Grass, leaves, reeds or bamboo 0.84 0.81 1.10 Percentage to Percentage to Wood 0.25 0.27 0,15 total total Cement concrete 0.18 0.17 0.22 No. of room. households members G.1. Sheets 0.'26 0.18 0.81 1 2 3 Other material 0.43 0.10 2.80 Total 100.00 100.00 One room 40.14 37.20 In the rural areas about 58 per cent of the census Two rooms 44.49 46.15 houses have walls of burnt bricks and in the urban Three rooms 12.06 12.98 areas this proportion is still higher 81.89 per cent. Four rooms 2.44 2.79 Only 12.59 per cent of the urban houses have walls Five rooms and above 0.59 0.88 Other (unspecified number of 0.28 made of mud as against 39.56 per cent in the rural rooms, no regular rooms etc.) 37 A little more than 37 per cent of the persons ure status can be clearly seen from the above:' In of lived in single room tenaments and those living in rural areas 87.78 per cent of the households lived in two rooms tenaments formed 46.15 per cent of the owned dwellings, whereas in the urban areas 57.22 total member. The proportion of persons living in per cent lived in their owned dwellings and 42.78 per nouses having more than two rooms was 16.65 per of the household lived in rented premises. cent. H. SETTLEMENT PATTERN AND SOCIAL The following table gives data on the number of DEMOGRAPHY persons per room in the tenament by number of rooms in the tenament : Utilising the Census data thrown up in the Pri mary Census Abstract and the Non-Census data in TABLE G.31 the Town and Village Directory, it becomes possible to develop and test some hypotheses relating to certain Number of persons per rooms 1971 - popUlation or habitation characterstics. A number of ~1. NC'. of members tables were devised by the Registrar General for the per fuom No. No. of rooms rural as well as the urban areas for this purpose. 3 1 2 Villagewise demographic data recorded in the Primary . Total 2.83 Census Abstract and non-'Census data recorded in the One room 468 Village Directory available from the Distr ict Census 2 Two rooms 2.62 Handbook were processed on computor in the Bureau 1.81 3 Three rooms of Economics and Statistics of the State Government. 4 Four rooms 1.44 5 Five rooms and above 1.17 The data on the urban areas were processed manually. 6 Other (Unspecified number of The tables generated for the rural areas and for the rooms, no regular rooms etc.) urban areas are presented at the end of this note. It is observed from the tables for the rural areas that In single room tenaments there were 4.68 mem because of the small number of villages in the district, bers per room, while in two room tenaments the the distributions developed do not lead to substatiation' number of members per room was 2.62. In the case or otherwise of the various hypotheses. On account of of tenaments of three, four and five rooms and atove only one town in the district, no hypotheses in respect the number of persons per room is Jess than 2 and of urban areas can be tested. A short summary of the decreases with the increase In the number of rooms findings is recorded hereunder tablewise. per household. 1. Rural Areas Tenure Status Data on tenure status is given in the following Table H. 1 gives the distribution of villages by size class of village area. It is seen that in Gandhinagar table: district maximum number of the villages (27 or 36 per TABLE G.32 cent) are in the size class of 501 - 1,000 hectares. The Percentage distribution of households by next important size class is of 201-500 hectares wherein tenure status 1971 22 villages are recorded. Another 22 villages have more than 1,000 hectares of area. Villages having less 1971 than 200 hectares of area are only 4 or slightly more Tenure -Status Total Rural Urban than 5 per cent of the total villages. 1 2 3 4 None of the villages in the district has 40 or, less 1 Total household 100.00 100.00 100.00 hectares of area. 2 Owned 86.12 87.7B 57.22 Table H. 2 gives the distribution of the villages 3 Rented 13.88 12.22 42.78 by selected amenities, infra-structure and land - use It is seen that 86.12 per cent of the households data by distance from the nearest town. It is seen have owned ten aments and the remaining 13.88 live that the primary school facilities are available in as in rented houses. Rural Urban differences in the ten- many as 72 out of 75 villages'in the district. The three 38 village which are devoid of this facility are situated A study of sex ratio by distance ranges from nearest in the distance ranges of 3 - 5, 11 - 15 and town also does not indicate any definite differences. 21 - SO km. each. It is interesting to note that 28 The hypotheses that the literacy rate may vary out of 29 villages beyond 25 kms. from the with the distance from the nearest town, is not borne town have primary school facilities. 17 out of 75 villa out in villages upto this district and the literacy ges in the district have higher secondary schools and rates in these villages arc seen to vary within a these villages fall in all the distance ranges. No trend narrow margin. in relation to the distance from the nearest town is The data on the proportion of workers to total observed. The population size of a village and location workers given in col. 8 of the table shows that of the primary / secondary school in nearly non-urban the proportion of workers varies within a very centre are also relevant considerations in such an narrow margin in the different distance range~ analysis and distance from the nearest town is not the and no definite trend is noticed. The percentage sole determinant for location of schooling facilities. distribution of workers by the sectors of economy It is seen that as many as 61 out of 75 villages shows that the proportion of workers engaged in the are connected with electric powel;' supply. Of the 14 primary sector of economy is lowe.;t in the villages villages devoid of this amenity, 4 are situated in ~he situated within 3 kms. from the nearest town where distance range of 3-5 km., two each in the distance it is 61.26 per cent. This proportion is highest in the raRge of 6-10 and 11-15 km. and the remaining six distance range of 6 to 10 kms. where it is 75.67 in the '1ang~ of 21-50 km. from th,e nearest town. No per cent. In the other distance ran3es the variations trend in relation to distance from the nearest town is are narrow. It can be, however, inferred that due to observed. the urban impact the proportion of workers in the The distribution of the villages according to the secondary and tertiary sectors is more in the villages rail and road facilities available to the villages does not situated within a range of 3 kms. from the town than indicate any definite pattern. It is however, interesting those further away from the towns. It is also seen that to note that the proportion of villages connected by the proportion of female workers is lower in the pucea road alone and in combination with Kutcha villages situated within the distance of 5 kms. from road or rail or both declines with the increase in the the nearest town than in those beyond this distance. distance from the nearest town upto the distance Table H.4 gives the average size of popUlation range of 11-15 km. but shows increases thereafter. per village by distance ranges from the nearest towo The proportion of cultivable waste land to total culti by size class of the town. The data does not indicate vated land by the distance range from the nearest town any 'definite trend. is seen to be lowest at 7.20 per cent in the villages Table H.5 provides data about se-Iected,_ ser_vic lecated in the range of 16-20 kms. from the nearest ing institutions and demographic characteristics town whereas it is highest at 11. 74 per cent in the by the popUlation size of the villages. It is seen that villages situated in the range of 11-15 kms. No de the proportion of villages having post offices tinite pattern is however noticed in relation to the increases with the size of the villages. No village distance from the town. having less than 500 population is having a post office Table H.3 shows distribution of the villages by whereas only lout of 10 villages in the popUlation distance from the nearest town and select demographic range of 500 to 999 have post office facility. Out of characteristics. It is seen that the average population 29 villages having more than 2,000 population as per village is highest in the villages situated within many as 28 villages have post offices. distance of 3 kms. at 6,200 persons per village and It is· seen from Col. No. ~ of the statement lowest in the villages located beyond 20 kms. at 1,848 that average distance from the nearest town does not persons. No definite pattern is noticed in respect of show any increasing or decreasing trend in relation to other distance ranges. the population size of the village. It is however, The average number of households per census interesting to note that the average distance is lowest house given in coL 5 of the table shows little difference for the villages in the size class of popUlation of in the average of the villages of all the distance ranges. 5,OOO-9,9~9 persons. The sex ratio by size class of 39 villages also does not show any definite trend. It is.· 3 Secondary School, Hospital. Maternity and 4 however, seen that the literacy rate increases with the Child welfare centre, Health centre, T.n. increase in the population size. Clinics, Posts and Telegraph office The figures of proportion of workers show that 4 Middle school, Nursing home, Tap water 3 the proportion varies within a narrow margin in Tube well/Hand pump, Post office villages in different popUlation sizes. S Primary school, Dispensary, 'Family Plan 2 ning centre, Veterinery hospital/dispensary Table H.6 gives the number of medical and etc. postal institutions per 100 km 2 of rural areas of the district and table H.7 gives the average distance 6 Well, Tank, Canal/River etc. Pucca Road, Kutcha Road, Navigable River/Canal. per village from the nearest town by density of other communication fllcility population. Table H.8 shows the relationship between the While assigning the scores weightages have been density of population of villages and the proportion given to the various amenities in the villages primarily of Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe population. It on consideration of their scarcity value. The significant is seen that in most of the villages the proportion of contribution that a particular item can make in the Scheduled Caste to total population is less than 11 per infrastructure for development in the rural areas has cent. also been taken into account to some extent in giving Table H.9 seeks to provide some insight into the weightages. The table shows that large size villages the infrastructure of villages as it takes into account have higher amenities score than smaller size villages. the combined amenities score per village by population The average amenities score for the villages having size class. The details of score values assigned to less than 200 population is only 5.50 and the amenity each of the amenities is as under : score is higher for each successive size class of popUla tion the score being as high as 38.67 per villages Amenities available in the villages and the scores having more than 5000 population, indicating a direct assigned to each of them relationship between the size of population of vjJ1age Score for and the amenities in villages. Amenities each item 1 2 2. Urban Areas 1 Electricity/Electricity for Agriculture only 6 As stated earlier there is only one town in the University 1 Railway Station, Telephone, College, other district and as such hypotheses can not be tested. industrial school. Trainins school, Art However, tables giving important characteristics of school the ~own are presenled at the end in tables H.lO 40 TABLE H.l Distribution of ,mages with reference to area in hectares No. of Distict{faluka Area In hectares villages 2 3 District aDd Total 75 taluka Area separetely not available Below 21 21 40 41 80 2 81 200 2 201 500 22 501 1,000 27 1,001 2,000 19 2,001 or more 3 TABLE H.2 Distribution of inhabited villages by selected amenities, infra-structural and It:md use data with reference to distance from the nearest town Number of villages having No .of Distance from No. of villages with nearest town inhabited Primary High or Higher Other electric power District/Taluka in Km. villages Ilchool secondary school College schools lupply 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a District and Below 3 2 2 2 :1 Taluka 3 - 5 6 5 1 1 2 6 - 10 17 17 3 2 15 11 - 15 12 11 5 4 10 16 - 20 9 9 2 4 9 21 - SO 29 28 6 8 23 51 or more No. of villages connected by Proportion of average cultivable Pucca Kutcha Kutcha, waste to total District/ Pucca Kutcha Pucca and road road Pucca road averale cultivated Taluka road road Kutcha road Rail and Rail and Rail and Rail Others Land (%) 1 9 10 II 12 13 14 IS 16 17 District and 2 9.03 Taluka 4 1 7.97 7 7 1 1 8.80 3 3 4 2 11.74 1 1 1 2 4 7.20 6 6 14 3 7.38 41 TABLE H.3 Distribution of inhabited villages by selected demographic characteristics and distance from the nearest town Proportion Distance from No. of Average Average number of workers Dearest town inhabited population of households per No. of females Literacy rate to total District/raluka in Km. villages per village census house per 1,000 males (%) population (%) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 District and Below 3 '2 6,200 1.12 938 40.79 27.58 Taluka 3- 5 6 2,481 1.04 968 34.01 27.98 6 - 10 17 2,020 ].02 917 40.84 29.43 11 - 15 12 3,475 i~05 953 43.80 28.76 16 - 20 9 2,187 1.07 932 4338 30.19 21 - 50 29 1,848 ],03 930 36.51 30.39 51 or more Percentage distribution Proportion of female workers to total female of workers in ------population by sector of economy (%) District, Primary Secondary Tertiary Primary Secondary Tertiary Taluka sector sector sector Total sector sector sector 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 District and 61.26 17.43 21.32 3,05 2.45 0.18 0.42 Taluka 69.24 16.33 14.43 4.26 3.31 0.10 0.85 75.67 11.32 13.01 5.43 4.55 0.26 0.62 73.19 ]2.05 14.77 5.70 4.87 0.08 .75 72.38 14.78 12.84 8.55 7.19 0.59 0.77 74.50 13.53 11.97 6.81 4.51 1.66 0.64 42 TABLE lol.4 Average size of villages by distance ran~e from the nearest town by size class Average size of Average size of Town by Distance range Total number of population per Town by Distance range Total number of population per size class (Km.) inhabited villages village size class (Km.) inhabited villages village 2 3 4 2 3 4 I III 100.000 Below 3 28,000-49,999 Below 3 2 6,200 and above 3- 5 3- 5 4 780 6-10 7 1,653 6-10 1 341 II-IS 3 974 11-15 16-20 7 1,706 16-20 21-50 29 1,848 21-50 51 or more 51 or more II IV 50,000,,:,99,999 Below 3 10,000-19999 Below 3 3- 5 3- 5 2 5,883 6-10 6 3,870 '6-10 6 1,802 11-15 9 4.309 11-15 16-20 2 3,872 16-20 21-50 21-50 51 or more 51 or more Note : The nearest town may not necessarily belong to this district only. It may belong to other districts of the State or even the neighbouring State. TABU! H.S Distribution of inhabited villages by size class of population having sele,cted servicing· institutions and demographic characteristics Population No. of No. of villages hav!D! Average distance of No. of Femaies Literacy Proportion of size class inhabited post office/post and villages from the per 1,000 rate workers to total Disrict/Taluka of village villages telegraph office nearest town in Km. males (%) population (%) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 District and Below 200 2 19.50 910 29.69 25.00 Taluka 200-499 4 20.25 868 26.19 32.76 500-999 10 1 15.70 918 32.61 28.17 1,000-1,999 30 19 20.47 920 37.58 30.57 %,000-4,999 20 19 19.20 930 38.51 28.56 5,000-9,999 9 9 12.11 960 44.28 29.56 10,000 or more 43 TABLE H.6 TABLE H.9 ll Medical and Postal facilities per /00 Km of rural area Ranking of viI/ages oj different size classes by at taluka level amenity Scores Per 100 Km2 of rural area Average Population size Total number amenity -----Nu;b-;; of class of of inhabited score per District/Taluka village Number of post offices villages village Medical in- or Dost and 2 3 4 Rural area stitutions of telegraph Distric1jTalu1::a iu Kma any kind offices District and Below 200 2 5.50 I Talnka 2 3 4 200-499 4 8.50 District aud Taluka 594.50 5.04 8.07 500-999 10 11.40 1.000-1.999 30 16.70 2,000-4.999 20 25.40 5,000-9,999 TABLE H.7 9 38.67 10,000 or more Distribution oj villages by density per J(m2 and amage distance from nearest town Density of Average distance population per No. of from tbe nearest District/Taluka Km II villages town in km. 1 2 3 4 District and Below 1J TABLE H.10 Taluka 11-20 21-50 2 31.00 Selected demographic and related characteristics of SHOO 3 7.61 Gandhinagar town, 1971 101-200 17 21.82 SI. No, Characteristics 201-300 18 20.17 Particulars 301-S00 29 15.83 2 3 501 or more 6 17.67 Size class of Town II 20,OOD-49,9?9 2 Functional Category Services 3 DenSity of population per hectare 4.24 TABLE H.8 4 Number of Females per 1,000 males 858 5 PropertiOD of Scheduled Castes to total 8.24 Distributlon of inhabited villages by proportion of population of t he town (%) 6 Proportion of Scheduled Tribes to total Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes population 0.55 population of the town (%1 and density oj population 7 Proportion of Literates to total 55.52 population of the town (%) . Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes 8 Average number of census households 1.01 pet census house Average AVeraltC Raoge of Density Density of 9 Proportion of female workers to total percentage No. of of DOpu- No. of population female population of the town (%) District, to total inhabited latioD per inhabited per All Industrial Secfors Taluka population villages hectare villages hectare 7.97 Primary Sector 0.46 2 3 4 5 6 Secondary Sector 3.96 District Below 11 68 2.99 7S 2.99 Tertiary Sector 3.82 and 11-25 7 2.97 10 No. of High schoor, per 1,000 population (I.ll Talulca 26-50 11 No. of Pdmary schools per 1.000 popUlation 0.29 SI-7S 12 No. of beds in medical institutions per 2,O~ 76 or more •• 1,000 populution. 44 II TABLES (With Off Prints of Part X-C-I from Pages iii-ix and 1 to 94) CONTENTS PREFACE PAGES vii-ix SECTION I-DEPARTMENTAL STATISTICS Introductory Note to Departmental Statistics 3-7 RAINFALL AND TEMPERATURE 1.1 Maximum and Minimum Temperature, 1961 to 1970 at District Headquarter's Station 11-12 2 VITAL STATISTICS 2.1 Birth and Death Rate based on Mid-year Population Estimates 13 2.2 Deaths from Selected Causes, 1961, 1966 and 1970 14 3 AGRICULTURE 3.1 Land utilisation, 1961-62 and 1967-68 14 ·3.2 Area and Outturn of Principal Crops, 1961-02 to 1970-71 15 3.4 Area Irrigated by Sources, 1961-62 to 1967 ~68 15 3.5 Area Irrigated by Crops, 1961-62 and 1967-68 16 3,6 Percentage of Area under Crops, 1965-66 & 1968-69 (Talukawise) 16 3.8 Forest areas in Gandhinagar district 1961-62 to 1970-71 17 4 LIVESTOCK 4] Livestock and Agricultural Implements, 1961 and 1966 17 4.4 Veterinary Institutions as on 1-4-1971 18 5 CO-OPERATION 5.1 Number, Membership and Financial Position of Co-operative Banks and Societies, 1969-70 18 7 REGISTERED FACTORIES 7.1 Number and Types of Working Factorie5 showing Average Employment 1960, 1965 and 1970 19 9 MEDICAL AND PUBLIC HEALTH 9.I(A) Number of Allopathic Hospitals, Dispensaries and Patients treated in 1960, 1965 and 1970 19 9 I (B) Number of Government Ayurvedic Hospitals, Dispensaries and Patients treated in 1961, 1966 and 1971 19 9.2 Publi Health Activities, )9ho-67 to 1969-70 2() 9.3 Public Health Activity-Persons Vaccinated, 1961 to 1970 20 l() EDUCATION 101 Schools, Scholars and Teachers in Primary Schools in Non-Municipal Areas, 1970-71 21 10.2 Education in Non-Municipal Areas, 197C-71 21 10.3 Number and Type of Educational Institutions, Number of Pupils & Teachers, 1961-62, 1965-66 and 1969-70 21-2:> ]004 Directory of Colleges and Technical Institutions etc. as on 31-3-1971 27. 10.6 Enrolment 01 Sludents in classes I to V, VI to VIII and IX to XI with Percentage by sex to its 22 Corresponding Estimated Population within Age Group 6 to 11, II to 14 and 14 to 17 respectively 11 ADMINISTRATION 11.1 Strength of Police, 1970-71 23 11.2 Proportion of Area, Population and Cognisable Offences per Police, 1970 23 11.3(A) General results of trials of Criminal Cases, 1961 to 1970 23 I1.3CB) Number of Cognisable Crimes Reported, 1961 to 1970 . 24 11.5' Instruments registered and Value of Property transferred, 1960, 1965 and 1970 24 11.6 Land Revenue realised, 1960-6\ to 1969-70 24 iii PAGES 12 PLACES OF PUBLIC ENTERTAINMENT, PRESSES AND JOURNALS 12.1 Newspapers published in Different Languages, 1960-61 and 1969 2S 13 TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATION 13.1 Railway Mileages and Names of Railway Stations, 1970-71 25 13.2 Road Kilometreage by Type of Surface and Category of Roads 1960-61, 196!i-66 and 1969-70 26 13.4 Circuit House/Inspection Bungalow/Travellers Bungalows maintained by P.W.D. and Local Bodies 26 14 LOCAL BODIES 14.1 Number of Local Bodies and Organs of Democratic Decentralisation, 1961-62 to 1970-71 27 14.6 Composition of Gram Panchayats as on 1-1-1971 21 14.9 Income and Expenditure of Gram and Nagar Panchayats, 1969-70 28 15 WAREHOUSES AND GOD OWNS 15.2 Number, Location and Capacity of Warehouses owned by Co-operative Societies as on 1-1-1971 28 16 PRICES 16.2 Consumer Price Index Number for Industrial Workers at Ahmadabad and Bhavnagar 28-29 17 JOINT STOCK COMPANIES, BANKS AND INSURANCE (b) BANKING 17.2 SCheduled and Non-scheduled Banks, 1960, 1965 and 1970 29 (c) INSURANCE 17.4 Life Insurance Policies issued and sum Insured, 1961 to 19;0 29 18 FAIRS AND FESTIVALS AND ANCIENT MONUMENTS IS.1 Fairs and Festivals 30 18.2 Ancient Monuments 30 iv SECTION II-CENSUS TABLES BASED ON FULL COUNT PAGES Introductory Note to Census Tables 33-39 A General Population Tables Note 41-42 Table A-I Area, Houses and Population 43 Appendix I Statement showing 1961 Territorial Units constituting the present set up of Gandhinagar District 44-45 Annexure to Statement showing Particulars of Villages involved in Changes of Territories in Col. 3 and 6 of 46-47 Appendix I Appendix I Appendix II Number of Villages with a Population of 5.000 and over and Towns with a Population under 5,000 48 Appendix III Houseless and Institutional Population 48 Table A-II Variation in Population during Seventy Years 49 Appendix District showing 1961 Population according to its Territorial Jurisdiction in 1961, Changes in Area 49 and Population of 1961 adjusted to Jurisdiction of 1971 Table A-III Villages classified by Population 50-51 Appendix Villages classified by Population-Summary 50-51 Table A-IV Towns and Urban Agglomerations classified by Population in 1971 with Variation since 1901 52 Appendix I New Towns added in 1971 and Towns in 1961 declassified in 1971 52 Explanatory Note-A Each New Town added in 1971 showing the Name of Village with its Land Revenue Record No. 53 Area and Population as in 1961 now Constituting Town Special Appeadix Statement showing the Constituent Villages of each of the Towns at 1971 Census 53 B-Economic Tables Note ss Table B-1 Part-A Workers and Non-workers according to Main Activity classified by Sex and Age-Bloups 56-57 Table B-II Workers and Non-workers in Cities and Non-city Urban Areas accordina to Main Activity 58-59 classified by Sex and Age-groups v C-Social and Cultural Tablet PAGES Note 61 Table C-V Mother Tongue (Alphabetical Order) 62-63 Table C-VII Religion 64 Table C-VIII Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Part-A Classification by Literacy and Industrial Category of Workers and Non-workers according to 65 Main Activity among Scheduled Castes Appendix Scheduled Castes classified by Literates and Illiterates 66-68 Part-B Classification by Literacy and Industrial Category of Workers and Non-workers according to 69 Main Activity among Scheduled Tribes Appendix Scheduled Tribes classified by Literates and Illiterates 70-71 E-Establishment Tables Note 72-74 Table E-I Distribution of Establishments by Broad Types 75 Table E-II Part-A Distribution of Manufacturing, Processing or Servicing Establishments other than Household 76-77 Industries classified by Registered Factories, Unregistered Workshops and Size of Employment Table E-ll Part-B Distribution of Manufacturing, Processing or Servicing Establishments other than Household 78-83 Industries classified by Industry, Fuel/Power or Manual used and Size of Employment Table E-ll Part-C Distribution of Household Industry Establishments classified by Industry, Fuel/Power used and 8..J--87 Size of Employment Table E-III Distribution of Trade/Commercial EstablIshments classified by the Type of Business or Trade and 88-89 Size of Employment Table E-IV Distribution of Establishments (other tban Manufacturing, Processing or Servicing or Business and 90-91 Trade Establishments) by Size of Employment Annexure National Industrial Classification, 1970 (Divisions and Major Groups) 92-93 vi PREFACE The District Census Handbook Volumes for We, therefore, strongly pleaded the case before the 1971 Census have been brought out in record time. Registrar General during his visit to Gujarat in 1une Part A and B of the District Census Handbook 1972 and he very kindly agreed to permit us to Volumes 1971 have been already brought out within publish Part C-I in the present form .. about a year of the Census count. Part A contains the Town and Village Directories and Part B contains District level statistical data on various 1>000- the Primary Census Abstract. Part C which is now economic topics have assumed very great importance being published contains the departmental statistics at a stage when the State is forging ahead with the and the full count Census tables. The departmental formulation of its fifth developmental plan. It would statistics have been collected from various depart facilitate considerably the task: of the framers of the ments of the State and .Central Governments and district and State plans, if they had with them the statutory bodies and Corporations. The Census basic statistical data which would provide a deep in tables which have been presented in this volume are sight into the infrastructure that obtains in eacit only the full count table~. District. It would enable them to undertake techno economic appraisal of the resources available and It was our original intention to include in Part C the felt needs of the district. Structural changes that of the District Census Handbook: all full count and have taken place during the past decade and the sample tables. But since the sample tables which inter-regional disparities within the district could be are being mechanically complied at the national level properly gauged with the help of the statilltical data are not likely to become available for quite some that is here provided. time, due to a variety of reasons, we thought, it would not be proper to withhold the publication of The present volume-Part C-l of the District departmental statistics and full count tables which Census Handbook has been divided into two sectiollJ. are already compiled. any longer than necessary. Section I contains the departmental statistics which are grouped under eighteen different heads and com • I, therefore made a special request to the Regis prise of as many as sixty eight tables. The data hall trar General, India, to allow me to split up Part C been collected from the departments of the State into two-C-I and C-I1-and publish immediately in and Central Governments and statutory Corporations, Part C-I the departmental statistics and full count like Life Insurance Corporation of India. Food Cor tables and defer the publication of Part C-II which poration of India, Central Ware Housing Corporation will contain the sample tables and other data as and the Gujarat Electricity Board etc. The State originally contemplated. This request ot mine had Bureau of Economics and Statistics have checked the active support of the State Director of the Bureau the data flowing from various sources and have not of Economics and Statistics, since he was withhold only vouchsafed the authenticity and accuracy of the ing during the current year, the publication of the data presented here, but have also l!Iupplemented it Statistical Abstracts of the Districts which were with some very useful data which was in their posse ... customarily published every year. In delaying the Ilion. The compilation of the departmental statis publication of the data already collected, on the tics has been a joint endeavour of this Directorate ground that we were waiting for the sample tablet and· the State Bureau of Economics and Statistics. to get ready, we would be depriving the administra tive departments of the State Government of some Section n of this volume contains thirty ono very valuable material, at a time when they were Census tables based on full count, including appendices. formulatin. tho Fifth Five Year Plan for the State. All the tablet and appendices ·of A aeriet-General Population Tables A-I to A-IV - according to the graphy and Kum. jyotsna Shah from the Bureau, who publication plan of 1971 Census have been included patiently Went on checking the data and compiling here. They contain information about Area, Houses the tables with admirable sincerity till the end also and Population, Decadal variation since 1901, villages deserve a special mention. They stuck to the time classified by population. towns and urban agglomera limit originally set and honoured the commitment tion classified by population in 1971 with variation made by their Director about handing over of the since 1901. Only two tables from B series, which manuscript~ of the tables entrusted to them, within contain the economic tables-B-I Part A and B-II limits which at the outset appeared to be a sheer have been included here. They relate to workers and impossibility. My sincere and heartfelt thanks are non-workers according to main activity classified by due to them and their illustrious leader for the patience sex and age groups and workers and non-workers in and perservance with which they have completed this cities and non-city urban areas according to main assignment. activity by sex and age groups. My thanks are as much due to my valued colle The C series tables contain social and cultural ague, Shri S. C. Merh, Deputy Director in charge of tables. Only three tables and three Appendices out the District Census Handbook Unit for the care and of this series. which are on full count have been devotion he has bestowed on tbe accurate compilation included here. They contain data on Mother tongue, of the tables embodied in this Volume. We had come Religion, Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes etc. to a working arrangement with the Bureau that while the entire responsibility for the compilation of certain The entire set of six Establishment Tables have tables would be taken by the Unit working in this been included here. The Establishment Schedule was Directorate under Shri Merh, the remaining tables canvassed a year before the taking of the Census. would be compiled and checked at the Bureau itself. The data was coded and ~ransferred on punch cards, It gives me great pleasure to place on record that the and later taken on magnetic tapes which were fed to work done in this Unit under the leadership of Shri the electronic computer and the tables were generated Merh was both fast and accurate. They had also to centrally by the Data Processing Div~sion of Registrar supervise and check the entire material, prepared by General's office. them and received from the Bureau before and after it was lyped. Shri Merh was ably assisted in this ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS work by Sarvashri S. M. Shelke and D. S. Gosai both The whole hearted help and co-operation which Research Assistants from the Bureau who spared no 1 have received in compiling this Volume from Shri pains to ensure that the data compiled and typed was P. B. Buch, Director of the Bureau of Economics and faultless in every respect. Many thanks are also due Statistics. deserves a special mention. But for his to the three Statistical Assistants. Sarvashri 1. A. infectious enthusiasm. this Volume would not have Brahmachari, G. U. Shaikh and U. K. Shah, who have seen the light of the day as early as it has done. His worked very sincerely on the compilations entrusted thorough knowledge of the stage of statistical pre to them. Similar thanks are also due to a number of paredness of the various departments of the State Assistant Compilers and Typists, who have worked Government, and his intimate knowledge of the extent hard to make this publication possible. to whicb any data furnished by them could be accepted The Census tables have been prepared in the unquestioningly, and the degree of scrutiny to which Central Tabulation Unit. specially carved for the pur certain data should be subjected, has been a source pose, under Shri V. A. Dhagia, Tabulation Officer, and of immense help to us. Each table presented here supervised by Shri K. F. Patel. Deputy Director of has been carefully scanned by him and wherever the Census Operations (HO). This unit has done its work data furnished has been found to be incomplete or with the utmost sincerity and dedication. Shri Dhagia, inconsistent in any manner, the concerned department ilS an officer of proved ability, has not only delivered has been asked to re-check and confirm. His colle the goods in time but set an example worthy of emula agues, Shri M. A. Malavde, Research Officer, Demo- tion by producing solid results without much ado and Till complete harmony with his team, Shri B. 1. Patel, having agreed to my proposals to bring out Part Col Tabulation Officer, and his team has prepared the 'A' of the District Ceusus Handbook Volumes as a sepa series tables and it must be said to their credit that rate publication. they have been found nearly flowless on scrutiny by Registrar General's office. I have to acknowledge my very sincere thanks to both the Tabulation Officers, I am grateful to Shri J. J. Mistry, Deputy Secre who are veterans in the field and to Shri K. F. Patel, tary in the General Administration Department for Deputy Director of Census Operations (HO), under always having shown readiness to appreciate our whose able guidance they have worked and produced point of view, and expedited the issue of Government results which speak for themselves. orders at a speed which can be called uniformly extra ordinary. I am ever so grateful to the General Admi In the end, I shall be failing in my duties if I nistration Department for the kind and sympathetic do not place on record my very sincere and heartfelt attitude they have always taken to all matters emanat thanks to Shri A. Chandra Sekhar, Registrar General, ing from the Census Organisation. India and Dr. B. K. Roy Burman, Deputy Registrar General. India for the very valuable and instructive suggestions received from them from time to time. I Shri G. J. Gonsalves, Director of Government am particularly grateful to them both for allowing me Printing and Stationery, Government of Gujarat, took to publish this Volume in slight deviation from the special interest to see that the agency fixed for print publication programme envisaged earlier. ing executed the work without any loss of time. I am grateful to him and his Deputy Director, Shri T. A. I am deeply indebted to Shri L. R. Dalal, ICS., Saifuddin for the valuable help given to us from time Chief Secretary to the Government of Gujarat, for to time. AHMADABAD. C. C. DOCTOR, 5th August, 1972. Director of Census Operations, Gujarat. IX SECTION I Departmental Statistics INTRODUCTORY NOTE Departmental Statistics An effort has been made to present in this part of the Handbook the basic data of the district in 6!.l. diffe rent tables prepared from the material collected from various administrative departments of the State Govern ment and the Government of India a~ well as from various statutory organisations like the Gujarat Electricity Board, the Life Insurance Corporation of India, the Food Corporation of India, the Reserve Bank, Central and State Warehousing Corporations etc. A mere glance at the contents of the tables presented in this volume would show that they provide a deep insight into the infrastructure of the district which will pro\'e useful not only to the administrator and the social, political and research worker but also to the framers of the District and the State plans. It has also been devised in order to provide interesting material to the reader who wants to know morE about the District. The tables highlight the structural changes that have undergone in various spheres of activity in the district during the period 1961-1971. An attempt has been made to present the data taluka wise as far as possible in order to facilitate inter-regional comparisons within the district. The tables on departmental statistics included in the present series of Handbooks are more or less devised on the lines of the District Census Handbooks of 1961 Census So as to make the data comF'arable. In addition to these, some useful data on agricultural research stations, veterinary and animal husbandry institutions, rest houses, land revenue collections, secondary school certificate examinations, forests, composition of Panchayati Raj bodies, etc., have also been included. The tables on departmental statistics have been grouped under 18 different heads as listed below .- I Rainfall and Temperature XI . Administration II Vital Statistics XII Public Entertainment, Presses and Journals III Agriculture, including Forests XIII Transport and Communications IV Livestock XIV Local Bodies V Cooperation XV Warehousing VI Fisheries XVI Prices VII Factories XVII Joint Stock Companies, Insurance, BankS VIII Electricity and Cooperative Societies IX Medical and Public Health XVIII Fairs and Festivals and Ancient X Education Monuments A brief description of the contentS of the tables included under each of the above groups is given in tbe following palagraphs :- I-Rainfall and Temperature This I!l'0up contains two tables-one on rainfall and the other on temperatures in the district. Table No. 1.1 gjves the mean maximum, mean minimum, highest and lowest temperatures recorded at the district headquarter stations-monthwise for the years 1961 to 1970. Table No. 1.2 gives the monthwise details of rainfall and rainy days recorded at the district headquarter stations for the years 1961 to 1970. II-Vital Statistics This group contains two tables-one on birth and death rates based on mid-year population estimates and the second on the number of dwths ill the district by selected causes. Ta~le No .. 2.1 ~ives the birth and death ~tes for a period of.ten years 1961 t~ 19.10- based on mid-year populatIOn estImated by and the number of bIrths and deaths reglstt-red for each dIstrIct by the Directorate of ~ealth Servi?es, Ahmadabad. The mid-year pop~lation has been estimated by pr~jecting the 1961 population artlved at the tIme of 1961 CeIlsus. The figures of buths and deaths have been complIed on t he basis of district and taluka returns received in the State Health Department. Table No. 2.2 gives the figures of deaths in the district by selected canS(:~ for the years 1961, 1966 and 1970. 3 III-Agriculture This group contains nine tables which give important data pertaining to the agricultural sector of the dis trict's economy. Table No. 3.1 gives the details of utilisation of land in the distript for the years 1961-62 and 1967-68. It shows the figures for cultivated and un-cultivated land, barren, fallow and cultivable waste land etc. Table No. 3.2 gi.ves the figures of area and outturn of principal crops for the years 1961-62 to 1970-71, highlighting the .croPPlllg patter~ of the district. Table No. 3.3 gives details of the irrigation projects in the distrirt with psrtIculars of capaClty, water spread and command areas as on 1st April 1971. Table No. 3.4 gives details of irrigated areaS by sources of irrigation for the yeaIs 1961-62 to 1967-68. Table No. 3.5 gives the details of area under irriga~ed crops for years 1961-62 and 1967-68. Table No. 3.6 is an interesting table which gives talukawise percentage of areas under different crops for the years 1965-66 and 1968-69 Showing the relative importance of the crops viz-a-vis the total area under such crops in the district as well as the total clopped area of the talukas. These percentages have been caloulated on the basis of provisional talukawise figures maintained by the State Department of Agriuulture. lIable No. 3.7 gives thb details of the location of agricultural research stations in the district as in 1969-70 with a brief description of the nature of activities carti£d out at each centre. Table No. 2.8 gives the area under different typfS of forests in the district for the years 1961-62 1969-70. The forests have been divided into four broad categories, namely, Reserved, Protected, UncltlSSified and Private-the first three of which are under the control of the State Forest Department. ThE,se figures are made available for the first time by the Chief Conservator of Forests. Tabl('l No. 3.9 gives the market plac€s whele a major portion of the agricultural produce of the district is being marketed. The table contains the nameS of produce Markets regulated under the Agricultural Produce Markets Act of 19~9 giving details of main yards, sub yards, year of establishment and the agricultural commodities bought and sold in those market~. The information embodied in this table pertains to the year 1970-71. IV -Livestock This group contains four tables which _give the deta:Is of livestock wealth, animal husbandry promotion and pO:lltry fsrms located in the district. Table No. 4.1 gives the results of livestock I,ensuses conducted in the dis trict by the State's Bureau of Economics and Statistics in the years 1961 and 1966. Table No. 4.2 gives the details of the location of animal husbandry, and poultry farms in the dil"trict as in 1969-70. It givE'S further details about the agency of management, year of establishment and a brief description of the activit,ies being oarried out in those farms.~ Table No. 4.3 which is very similar to the preceding tablE" gives details of various animal husbandry and poultry rearing activites in the district- as in 1970-7]. Table No. 4.4 gives a list of various types of veterinary institutions available in the district viz., vettrinary hospitals, veterinary dispensaties and sub dispeusaries, first aid veterinary centres, cross-breeding centres, artificial insemination cwtres and sub-centres, mobile veterinary dispensaries etc. V-Co-oper:tiion This group includes only one table, namely, No. n.l which ~hows the number, membership and financial position of co-operativE. societies in the district for 1969-70. The table shows the number of different types of co-opera:ive societies, both credit and non-credit, with details of membership, workin~ cal,ital, loans, share capital, reserve and other fnnds and deposits. VI-Fishine- This group includes only one table, namely, No. 6.1 which gives the details of fishing centres, landing J.!laces and number of fishing boats according to size in the district as on 31st Mal(lh 1971. The table also give;; the information about the nllmbE'r of fishermen's 000pPIative societies J.nd their membership in these societies. VII-Registered Fa::iories This grouP Includes three tables (In factory and industrial establishments and st:::ikes and lockouts at th(lse establishment in the district. Table No. 7.1 gives the number and types of working factories showing a, eril~C emp~oyromt therein for i he years 196f"1, 1965 and 1970. The working fa~tories have !.een shown uncle! vari()]'s imh:strial clRsses accordiIlg 4 to the Standard Industrial Cla!!sification adopted by the State Factories Department. Table No. 7.::l giTes the l'ItatiRtics relatini/: to factory industries in the di!!'Mict for the year!'> 1961 to 1967. This table is based on the results of annual survey of industries being conducted by the State Bureau of Economics and Statistics in collaboration with the Central Statistical Organisation, New Delhi. The table has been divided into two parts of which the first part give!! the actual figures of persollll employed, productive capital, ex-factory value of output and net value added by manufacture for all indu~trie8 covered under the annual survey in the State. The iOecond part lIhows the district's relative share in thol'le very items in terms of percentagea of the State totals. Table No. 7.3 shows the details of indu1ltrial ~trikes and lockouts which took place in the district during 1970. The table gives details of the industry codes of the unit1l affected by Imch 1Itrikes and 10 kouts, number of such events, un,ts aftt'cterl alld tlw numb!'}' of lllanrlays lost. VIII-Electricity This group includes only one table vi:.;., No. 8.1 which gives the data on the consumption of electricity according to purposes in the district for the years 1960-61, 1965-66 and 1970-71. The data pertains to power houses run by the State Electric:ity Board as well all those run by private licencees. The consumption has been classified into four broa(l classp~ 11iz. domestic, commercial light and IIImall power, industrial and other purposes. IX-Medical and Public Health This group contain;; five tables givmg data on medical and public health facilities available in the district. Table No. 9.1(A) gives the number of allopathic hospitals and dillpensaries in the district with detaili of beds available' and the outdoor and indoor patients treated for the Jearl'! 1960, 1965 and 1970 while table No. 9.1(B) gives similar data for Ayurvedic medical institutions for the yearl'! 1961, 1966 and 1971. Table No. 9.2 gives details of public health activities in the district for the years 1966-67 to 1969-70. This table gives the number of primary health centres, rural dispensaries, maternal and child health centres and family planning centres existing in the district in those years alongwith the number of persons treated therein. Table No. 9.3 gives the data on another important actiyity of the State Health Department, viz., small-pox vaccination in the district for a period of ten years from 1961 to 1970. The table gives yearwise figures of primary vaccinations and revaccina tions carried out by the State Health Department in those years. Table No. 9.4 gives details of B.O.G. vacci nation programme in the district. It showll the number of persons vaccinated in the talukas in which this programme was laune-hed in 1970. X-Education This group includes SiX tables ~pvlllg valuable information on primary, secondary, collegiate and technical education in the district. Table No. 10.1 gives the data, on schools, scholars and teachers in non-municipal areas of the district for the year 1970-71. The data in this table have been presented talukawise and contains, besides the number of schools, students and teachers, information on villages with or without schools. Table No. 10.2 gives the statistical data about education in non-municipal area!'! of the district for the year 1970-71 and includes talukawise data on average attendance of pupils per school and the number of students per thousand of population per primary school and per teacher in primary school. Table No. 10.3 gives an overall picture of education in the district and gives details of institutions, pupils and teachers in four broad categoriel'! namely, primary, eecondary, higher and others for the years 1961-62, 1965-66 and 1969-70. The figurel'! for pupils and teachers have been given sexwise. Table No. lOA gives an inventory of colleges and technical institution existing in the district as on 31st March 1971. The table No. 10.5 give!! the centrewise data on candidates appearing and passing at the Secondary School Certificate Examination for the years 1961 to 1970. Figures in this table are shown ieparately for the March and October examination~. Table No. 10.6 ehows the fj.gures of enrolment of studenti in Classes I to V, VI to VIII and IX to XI with percentageI'! by !'!ex to its corresponding estimated population within age groups 6 to 10, 11 to 14 and 14 to 17 respectively for the years 1960-61, 1965-66 and 1969-70. XI-Administration This group include!'! seven tablel! glvmg Tital data on adminietration in the district. Table No. 11.1 show!'> the strength of tho police force in the district for the year 1970-71 by Tariou oato gories of pereonnel and also by permanent and temporary I'!tatilll. It may be noted that Central Police establish ments such al Railway Police, Special Ruerve Police, Polic" Training Schooll! and Inspector General of Police'. Y-1!~3 e"tablighments have been excluded from the perview of this table. Table No. 11.:2 gives the districtwise data on the proportion of area, population and cognisable offences per police for the year 1970. Table No. 11.3(A) gives the results of the trials of criminal cases for the years 1961 to 1970. The table shows the number of offences reported and the manner in which the cases were disposed off. Table No. 11.3(B) gives the number of cognisable offences reported in the district for the years 1961 to 1970. The offences have been classified in eight broad categories according to the nature of offences. Table No. 11.4 gives the data on jails of the district for the rars 1960. 1965 and 1970. The table shows the number of prisons and their authorised accommodation along -with the category of prisoners including those received and discharged during the relevant years. Table No. 11.5 give~ the data on instruments registered, and the value of property transferrl'd during the years 1960, 1965 and 1970. The table covers both n,.ovable and immovable properties amI al:-\o compulsory and optional registrations. Tl'l bl", No. 1l.6 gives the figures of collection of land revenue in the district for the years 1960-61 to 1969-70. XII-Places of Public Entertainment, Presses and Journals This group consists of three tables giving statiRtics of newspaper,; and jourll:tb published III th.e district, pl'inting preRSCl'! and cinema thcatreR. Table No. 12.1 gives the figure~ of lH'wflpapers published in different bnguages in the district for the yean; 1960-61 and 1969. The jou-mals have been classified in' 0 daily, weekly, fortnightly, monthly, quarterly and others and have been differently shown for English, Gujarati, Hindi and other languages. Table No. 12.2 gives the talukawise data. on the number of printing presseR which existed in t,he district in the years 1961 and 1968. Table No. 12.3 givei'\ the talukawise location and number of cinema threatreB as in 1970-71 with detailR of monthy averages of spectators. The touring talkies hil ve also been included in this table. XIII-Transport and Communications This group includes four tables on transport and communication faeilitie,; avatlable in the district. Tahle No. 13.1 gives details of railway mileage,.; and the railway station,; in the district for the year 1970-71. The railway mileages have been shown separately for different guages of railway line and the railway Htations have been shown talukawise. Table No. 13.2 shows the road kilometreage by type of surface and category of road in the district for the years 1960-61, 1964-65 and 1969-70. The data have heen pre;.;ented for National Highways, State Highways, Major District Roads, Other District Roads and Village Roads and the surface has been cla,~sified by asphalt, cement concrete, water bonnd macadum and murram and other lower types. Table No. 13.;~ gives the tonnage of import and export cargo handled at each port of the district for the year,; 1960-61, 1964-65 and 1969-70. Separate figures have been given for foreign and coastal traffic and also for sailing and steamer ve:-lsels. Table No. 13.4 gives the list of Atithi grahas (circuit houses), ~ ishram gralzas (imljJection bungalows). Aram grahs (rest houses) and Dharamshalas in the district maintained by the State P. W. D., Panchayats and :vrunicipalities for the use of travelling officers and the pUblic. The details of the maintaining authorities have abo heen shown in the table. XIV-Local Bodies This group includes statistical information pertalI\lllg to the institutions of local self-go\·ernment, namely Municipalities. Municipal Corporations and District, T3iuka, Nagar and Gram Panchayats. Table No. 14.1 gives the number of local bodies and organs of democratic decentralisation in th(' district for the years 1961-62 to 1970-71. The table covers Municipal Corporations, ~lunicipalities, District Local Board;;. and District, Taluka, Nagar and Gram Panchayats. Table No. 14.2 shows the compo~ition of Municipal Corporations and Municipalities in the district for the years 1961, 1966 and 1971. Besides the data 011 the total number of scats, the table givc!' details of reserved seats for scheduled castes, scheduled tribes and women and also of those cate gories returned again!'t unreserved seats. Table No. 14.3 shows the composition of the District Panchayat as on 1st January 1971. It covers all associate, elected and ex-officio members of the Di8trict Panchayat. Similarly table No. 14,4 shows the composition of the Taluka Panchayats of the district as on 1st January, 1971 and tables No. 14.5 and 11,6 show the composition of the Nagar and Gram PanchayatR respectivdy. Table No. 14.7 shows the details of income and expenditure of the municipalities of the district for the year 1970-71 while the subsequent table No. 14.8 gives the details of the income and expenditure of 'l'aluka and Di"trict Panchayats for the years 19(j3-64, 1966-67 and 1969-70. Table No. L4.9 gives similar data for the Gram and Nagar Panchayats for the year 1969-70. 6 XV-Warehouses and Godowns This group contains three tables which show details of the facilities for storage and wltrehousing in the distri?t. Table No. 15.1 f(ives the details of the location and capacity of warehouses of the district owned by the State Civil Supplies Department, Central Warehousing Corporation and the Gujarat State Warehousing Corporation as on 1st January 1971. Table No. 15.:2 gives details of godovms owned by co-operative socie~ie,., of the district and their cap,1cities as on 1st January, 1971. The names of the societies and the taluka.s of their location ].ave also been shown. Table No. 15.3 give" the location and capacity of warehouses of the Food Corporatioll of India in the district. XVI-Pricei This group includes two tableR, one on average reta,il prices of staple food-stuffs and the other on the consumer price index. Table No. 16.1 shows the average retail prices of staple food-stuffs monthwise recorded Itt the district head 'lu~rter town in 1970. The commodities included in this table a.re cereals namely rice (medium), wheat, jowar and bajri and pulse,~ namely arhar dal (tur), moong and udid. Table No. 16.2 gives the consumer price in(:ex numbers for industrial worker at the Ahmadabad and Bhavnagar centres for the years 1961 to 1970. Besides general indices. the group indices have also been shown. Figures for the years ] 961 to 1969 have been shown for full years while those for 1970 have been shown monthwise. XVII-Joint Stock Companies, Banks and Insurance This group contaillR four tables which give vital data on various financial institutions of the district. Table No. 17.1 gives the details of the Joint Stock Companies registered in the district for the year 1969-70. The companies have been class:fied into 10 industrial c1asseR and their number, authorised capital and subscribed capital have been shown in the table. Table No. 17.2 gives the number of scheduled and non-scheduled banks in the district for the year" 1960, 1965 and 1970. Table No. 17.3 gives the number and type of co-operative banks in the district for the yearR 1960-61, 1965-66 and 1969-70. The table covers all types of cooperative banks including Land Development Banks, Industrial Banks and Urban Cooperative bank~. Table No. 17.4 shows the data pertaining to Life Insurance policies is;:med and sums insured in the district for the years Hl61 to 1970. 1'he table also gives the number of authorised agentR during the relevant years. XVIII-Fairs and Festivals and Ancient Monuments This group contains two tables, one on fairs and festivalR and the other on ancient Illonuments. Table No.. 18.1 gives the detailed talukawise information about the fairs ancl festivals of the district, their occasion dates, estimated congregation and transport facilities available for going to such fairs and festivals. Table No. 18.2 gives a list of ancient monuments protected both by the State Government as well as the UnioD. Government and a brief de;;cription of each of thpm and the period during which they were raised. Uniform table numbers have been adopted in the handbooks for all the districts. Wherever a particular table is not applicable to or could not be compiled for want of information in any particular uistrict, it haR been omitted. It would therefore appear in such caRes that the sequence has been broken. To facilitate further reference, the source of information for compiling the table as well as explanatory noteR about the unitR they refer to and other relevant particulars have been given at the foot of the table. The following abbreviations have bcpn used in the tables. (I) N. A.=Not Available (2) =NIL 7 DEPARTMENTAL STATISTICS TABLE 1.1 MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM TEMPERATURE, 1961 TO 1970 AT DISTRICT HEADQUARTERS STATION [In Centigrade] [In Centigrade] Mean Mean Mean Mean SI. Maxi- High- Mini- Low- SI. Maxi- High- Mini- Low- No. Month/year mum est mum est No. Month/year mum est mum est 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6 1961 1964 1 January 28.9 33.8 11.8 07.4 1 January 26.7 31.7 09.9 04.7 2 February 2<>.4 35.1 12.2 04.4 2 February 31.5 36.7 13.6 07.7 3 March 37.5 40.7 18.9 14.3 3 March 37.5 40.0 19.7 14.3 4 April 39.4 44.5 22.7 18.4 4 April 40.7 44.0 23.7 20.7 5· May 41.6 44.8 26.6 23.4 5 May 41.6 44.5 26.3 23.4 6 June 37.9 41.5 26.3 21.0 6 June 38.2 42.3 26.8 24.5 7 July 32.1 , 38.0 25.5 24.3 7 July 32.7 35.8 25.5 24.0 8 August 32.2 34.7 25.2 23.4 8 August 31.6 35.3 24.9 23.4 9 Scwtember 3].2 33.1 24.4 22.3 9 September 33.6 37.0 24.2 21.8 10 October 34.3 36.3 19.8 14.0 10 October 36.2 38.0 19.7 13.5 11 November 32.4 34.0 16.9 13.8 11 November 33.2 37.6 14.2 10.0 12 pecember 28.4 30.9 11.9 08.2 12 December 30.3 35.0 11.7 05.4 1962 1965 January 27.8 31.0 09.5 04.4 January 30.0 34.5 14.7 10.5 2 February 31.8 35.0 14.6 11.0 2 February 31.7 35.7 13.6 10.5 3 March 35,3 38.7 18.2 12.6 3 March 35.4 39.4 17.7 11.5 4 April 39.8 43.0 23.2 19.4 4 April 38.7 42.3 23.0 17.0 5 May 42.5 46.4 27.0 23.8 5 May 41.4 43.6 25.2 21.0 6 June 38.7 42.1 26.8 23.6 6 June 39.8 42.1 27.3 23.9 7 July 33.3 40.5 25.7 23.2 7 July 34.1 40.4 25.4 23.3 8 August 32.5 35.7 24.9 23.4 8 August 33.2 38.3 24.6 23.2 9 September 33.0 36.0 24.0 19.4 9 September 34.3 38.6 24.0 22.2 10 October 34.5 35.7 17.6 14.9 10 October 37.1 39.6 21.4 19.4 11 November 33.1 35.0 16.2 11.4 11 November 34.5 37.2 17.3 13.5 12 December 30.2 32.1 13.4 09.6 12 December 30.6 33.0 13.4 09.1 1963 1966 I January 29.5 32.0 12.3 07.4 January 30.0 33.5 13.7 09.5 2 February 33.6 35.~ 14.7 11.3 2 February 33.9 38.2 15.8 12.6 3 March 36.1 39.6 18.6 15.0 3 March 35.2 39.6 17.5 10.3 4 April 38.7 41.7 23.3 20.4 4 April 39.2 42.0 22.5 20.3 5 May 41.2 45.0 25.9 20.2 5 May 42.2 44.9 25.8 23.3 6 June 39.3 40.8 27.1 22.0 6 June 38.7 44.6 27.0 25.2 7 July 34.1 38.0 25.8 23.5 . 7 July 31.7 41.0 26.2 24.2 8 August 31.6 35.0 24.8 23.0 8 August 33.2 36.0 25.3 24.4 9 September 32.1 37.0 23.2 20.0 9 September 34.3 39.0 24.0 20.5 10 October 35.6 38.6 21.1 18.3 10 October 36.3 39.8 21.0 17.5 11 November 32.7 36.5 18.5 15.8 11 November 34.1 37.4 17.9 12.7 12 December 29.5 34.0 15.1 09.0 12 December 30.3 33.3 12.1 07.8 G. 1 11 TABLE 1.1 (Concld.) MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM TEMPERATURE, 1961 TO 1970 AT DISTRICT HEADQUARTERS STATION [In Centigrade] [In Centigrade} Mean Mean Mean Mean 5)' Maxi- High- Mini- Low- S). Maxi- High- Mini- Low- No. Month/year mum est mum est No. Month/year mum est mum est 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6 1967 1969 January 28.0 33.0 09.4 06.0 January 29.3 33.1 12.4 06.4 2 Febrllary 33.8 36.2 14.5 10.0 2 February 31.1 34.0 14.8 09.2 3 March 34.7 39.0 19.1 14.3 3 March 38.1 41.0 20.7 16.1 4 April 39.0 43.0 22.9 17.4 4 April 41.3 43.2 24.2 19.4 5 May 42.5 45.0 26.1 23.4 5 May 42.3 44.6 26.8 24.2 6 June 37.4 42.0 26.6 23.0 6 June 39.3 42.8 27.8 24.8 7 July 32.7 36.6 25.5 23.5 7 July 35.3 40.7 26.4 24.1 8 August 31.4 33.2 24.9 23.7 8 August 31.7 35.8 25.1 23.6 9 September 33.1 38.6 24.1 22.0 9 September 34.1 36.8 24.4 22.5 10 October 36.6 39.5 20.9 16.2 10 October 37.4 39.i. 20.8 19.2 11 November 34.4 36.4 16.6 14.7 11 November 34.7 37.S 19.4 14.8 12 December 29.1 32.6 16.3 12.4 12 December 30,8 32.7 14.6 10,1 1968 1970 January 27.3 31.6 11.7 7.8 January 29.0 31.2 12.8 09.2 2 February 29.1 34.0 13.2 5.4 2 February 30.6 33,6 14.8 07.6 3 March 35.5 39.0 18.7 13.5 3 March 35.1 40.7 19.5 14.3 4 April 39.5 42.3 23.1 17.8 4 April 40.9 45.0 24.6 21.1 5 May 41.2 43.8 24.9 20.3 5 May 43.0 47.5 27.3 23.8 6 June 40.7 43.6 27.3 25.6 6 June 36.8 40.7 26.5 22.6 7 July 35.S 41.0 26.4 24.6 7 July 33.3 35.7 25.5 24.0 8 August 31.6 34.4 24.6 23.5 8 August 32.2 35.4 25.1 22.7 9 September 35.7 40.0 25.1 23.4 9 September 32.0 34.4 24.5 22.4 10 October 37.2 39.6 21.8 16.1 10 October 36.1 38.2 22.6 18.5 11 November 34.7 37.6 16.7 13.7 11 November 33.0 35.6 14.6 10.2 12 December 29.9 33.9 13.1 4.4 12 December 30.0 32.1 10.9 08.0 Source: As the temperature figures for Gandhinagar town are India Meteorological Department, Bombay. not available the temperature figures of Ahmadabad which is tbe nearest centre ll~vc; been adopted, 12 TABLE :u BIRTH AND DEATH RATE BASED ON MID-YEAR POPULATION ESTIMATES Year 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 SI. Births and No. Deaths U R U R U R U R U R 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Births Male Female 2 Birth Rate Male Famale 3 Female births reported per 1,000 male births '.. 4 Deaths Male Female 5 Death Rate Male Female 6 Female deaths reported per 1,000 male deaths Year 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 SI. Births and ------No. Deaths U R U R U R U R U R 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Births 3,790 4,068 4,335 3,700 3,896 Male 2,065 2,186 2,304 2,036 2,117 Female 1,725 1,882 2,031 1,664 1,779 2 Birth Rate 25.9 27.5 29.0 24.4 25.4 Male 14.1 14.8 15.4 13.4 13.8 Female 11.8 12.7 13.6 11.0 11.6 3 Female births reported per 1,000 male 835 861 882 817 840 births 4 Death 1,304 1,508 1,564 1,785 1,620 Male 702 845 836 954 908 Female 602 663 728 831 7J2 5 Death Rate 8.9 10.2 10.4 11.8 10.6 Male 9.3 11.1 10.9 12.2 11.5 Female 8.5 9.2 10.0 11.3 9.6 6 Female deaths reported per 1,000 male 858 785 871 871 784 deathS Note: Source: U=Urban, R=Rural Directorate of Health & Medical-Services, Gujarat. 13 TABLE 2.2 DEATHS FROM SELECTED CAUSES, 1961, 1966 AND 1970 Sl. Causes of Death 1961 1966 1970 SI. Causes of, Death 1961 1966 1970 No. No. 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Total 1,304 1,620 7 Suicide Cholera (a) Total (b) Male 2 Small-pox 12 11 (c) Female 3 Plague 8 Wounding or Accident 24 11 9 4 Fevers 623 804 Wild beasts 10 Snake bite 3 2 5 Dysentery and Diarrhoea 10 5 11 Rabies 6 Respiratory Disease 77 9 12 All other causes 555 778 Source: Directorate of Health and Medical Services, Gujarat. TABLE 3.1 LAND UTILIZAnON, 1961-62 AND 1967-68 (Arca in 'CO Hectares) (Area in '00 Hectares) SI. SI. No. Classification of area 1961-62 1967-68 No. Classification of area 1961-62 1967-68 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Total Reporting area for Land 676 7 Land under miscellaneous tree utilisations purpose. crops and groves not included 2 Forest in area sown. 3 Barren and uncultivable Land 50 8 Current fallows 2 4 Land put to non-agricultural 6 9 Other Fallow land 11 use. 10 Net area sown 523 5 Cultivable waste 20 11 Area sown more than once 46 6 Permanent pastures and 64 12 Total cropped area (i. e. Gross 569 other grazing lands. cropped area) Source: Directorate of Agriculture, GUjarat. 14 TABLE 3.2 AREA AND OUTTURN OF PRINCIPAL CROPS, 1961-62 to 1970-71 (Area in '00 Hectares and Outturn in '00 Tonnes) 1961-62* 1962-63* 1963-64· 1964-65 1965-66 Sl. Crops ------_--- No. Area Outturn Area Outturn Area Outturn Area Outturn Area Outturn 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 Rice 9 11 9 3 2 Wheat 21 12 22 18 3 Jowar 68 17 70 24 4 Bajri 183 115 188 72 All cereals 281 156 290 117 5 Tur 10 2 9 1 All pulses 34 5 30 3 6 Potatoes 1 16 1 5 7 Groundnut 54 26 46 10 8 Sesamum 4 1 4 1 9 Castorseed 6 3 7 3 10 Cotton 96 77 100 70 11 Tobacco 7 6 7 5 1966-67 1967-68 1968-69 1969-70 1970-71 ------SI. Crops Area Outturn Area Outturn Area Outturn Area Outturn Area Outturn . No. 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 Rice 8 5 11 8 4 1 4 2 3 5 2 Wheat 30 29 34 39 38 49 35 46 34 52 3 Jowar 69 21 89 45 74 28 74 24 74 30 4 Bajri 200 85 223 165 183 84 183 157 183 160 All cereals 312 143 361 258 299 162 298 230 296 248 5 Tur 9 3 13 5 3 1 13 6 13 6 All pulses 34 6 43 9 37 4 43 12 43 12 6 Potatoes .. .. 2 10 1 21 2 34 N.A. N.A. 7 GrdUndnut 26 16 15 10 11 3 II 8 11 11 8 Sesamum 6 1 6 1 3 1 6 1 5 2 9 Castorseed 10 2 9 4 7 3 10 4 10 9 10 Cotton 93 62 83 68 79 55 77 82 77 89 11 Tobacco 7 6 7 8 1 21 5 7 5 9 Note: Source: (1) Figures of area and outturn for the years 1968-69, Director of Agriculture, Gujarat State. 1969-70 and 1970-71 are provisional. (2) N. A=Not available. • Included in Ahmadabad District. TABLE 3.4 AREA IRRIGATED BY SOURCES, 1961-62 to 1967-68 (Area in '00 Hectares) S1. No. Sources 1961-62 1962-63 1963-64 1964-65 1965-66 1966-67 1967-68 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Government Canals 2 Private Canals 3 Tanks .. .. 4 Wells 62 62 75 80 5 Other Sources 1 1 .. 8 6 Net Area irrigated 63 62 75 88 7 Percentage of net area irrigated to net 12.00 11.78 14.34 16.83 area sown 8 Area irrigated more than once .. 9 Total Gross area irrigated. 63 62 75 88 Source: Directorate of Agriculture, Gujarat. 15 .g;-e ;:s c:> N \0 1<') \0 .....0'1 co .0 (ij Z .... ::: 00 \0 1 [0'<1" ~ ~ ~~ 8 ~ §::: g ._. cCIl O cr:: ~ ~8r:{8 f:! U g-g ~ ._...... o o fJ., 'D $ 'D 'D 1 1 '"1 ·0 00 .,., 00 Ci.iZ 1'1 M' 16 TABLE 3.8 FOREST ARAES IN GANDIDNAGAR DISTRICT, 1961-62 to 1970-71 (Area in Sq. Km.) Year Reserved Protected Unclassed Private Total Forests Forests Forests Forests 2 3 4 5 6 1961-62 1962-63 1963--64 1964-65 1965-66 1966-67 1967-68 ,. " 1968-69 0.43 0.43 1969-70 0.43 0.43 1970-71 0.43 0.43 Source: Chief Conservator of Forests, Gujarat State, Vadodara. TABLE 4,1 LIVESTOCK AND AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS 1961 AND 1966 s1. Category of Livestock/Poultry 1961 1966 SI. Category of Livestock/Poultry 1961 1966 No. No. 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 Total Livestock 81,851 5 Horses & Ponies Cattle 23,674 (i) 3 years & above 34 (1) Males Over 3 years 13,616 (ii) Below 3 years 34 ( i) Breeding 53 6 Mules (ii) Working 13,486 7 Donkeys 1,124 (iii) Others 77 8 Camels 903 (2) Females Over 3 years 5,385 9 Pigs ( i) Breeding 5,271 10 Poultry 2,081 (a) In Milk 2,016 (i) Fowls 2,081 (b) Dry and not calved 3,255 (ii) Ducks (ii) Working 97 (iii) Others (iii) Others 17 (11) Agricultural Machinery and Implements (3) Young Stock 4,673 (1) Ploughs 2 Buffaloes 41,439 (i) Wooden 8,236 (1) Males Over 3 years 144 (ii) Iron 2,303 ( i) Breeding 47 (2) Carts (Ii) Working 45 (iii) Others 52 ( i ) With Pneumatic tyres 2,277 (2) Females Over 3 years 22,436 (ii) Others 1,419 ( i ) Breeding 22,204 (3) Sugarcane Crushers (a) In Milk 14,313 (i) Power 14 (b) Dry and not calved 7,891 (ii) Others 4 (ii) Working 191 (4) Oil Engines 1,054 (Iii) Others 41 (5) Electric Pumps 233 (3) Young Stock 18,859 ( i ) Tractors Government 3 Sheep 2,273 (Government Private 43 ( i) One year and above 1,615 and Private) Total 43 (ii) Below one year 658 (6) Ghanis 4 Goats 12,370 ( i ) Ghanis more than Five Seers 11 ( i ) One year and above 9,729 (ii) Ghanis less than Five Seers 15 (ii) Below one year 2,641 (7) Persian Wheels and Rahats 38 Source: Bureau of Economics and Statistics, Gujarat. 17 TABLE 4.4 VETERINARY INSTITUTIONS, AS ON 1-4-1971 SI. Taluka Location Name of Institution with date of Type of Institution (Veterinary Managed by No. establishment HospitalfVeterinary Dispensary/ Whom Cross Breeding Centre/Artificial Insemination Centre/Others) 2 3 4 5 6 Gandhinagar Randheja 1. First Aid Veterinary Centre First Aid Veterinary Centre Stockman Dabhoda 2. First Aid Veterinary Centre First Aid Veterinary Centre Stockman Koba 8. First Aid Veterinary Centre First Aid Veterinary Centre Stockman Source: Director of Animal Husbandry, Gujarat State. Ahmedabad. TABLE 5.1 NUMBER, MEMBERSHIP AND FINANCIAL POSITION OF CO-OPERATIVE BANKS AND SOCIETIES, 1969-70 (Rs. in '000) Working Capital Loans from No. of private societies persons, at the otber Reserve Loans SI. Type of Co-operative Society end of No. of societies Share and other out No. the year members and Banks capital funds Deposits Total standing 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 District Central Co-operative Bank (Financing agencies of State Bank) 2 Land Development Banks 3 Agricultural Credit Societies 72 10,000 6,178 1,402 367 287 8,234 6,368 4 Non-agricultural Credit Societies 113 2 24 139 143 5 Grain Banks and Societies 6 Marketing Societies 2 179 451 98 443 20 1,012 193 1 Processing Societies 8 Sugarcane Factories 9 Dairy Societies 25 2,225 66 34 199 299 10 Farming Societies Ii Lift Irrigation Societies 5 180 14 20 35 69 12 (a) Otber Agricultural Non-Credit Societies 18 3 4 2 (b) Other Non-agricultural Non-Credit societies (c) Forest Labourer and Labour COntract societies 3 466 19 8 4 31 13 Consumer's Co-operative Stores 5 525 8 14 2 10 34 14 Housing societies 18 251 187 56 4 247 15 (a) Weaver's societies 1 51 1 1 (b) Other Industrial societies 8 236 10 6 16 2 \6 Spinning Mills 17 Fisheries Societies 18 Supervising Unions 19 Federations 20 General Insurance Societies 21 Life Insurance Societies 22 Other-Cattle breeding 4 67 3 12 16 3 Source: Registrar of Co-operative Societies, Gujarat. 18 TABLE: 7.1 NUMBER AND TYPES OF WORKING FACTORIES SHOWING AVERAGE EMPLOYMENT, 1960, 1965 AND 1970. SI. Name of Industry 1960 1965 1970 No. No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of Factories Workers Factories Workers Factories Workers 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Gins and presses 135 225 3 210 2 Manufacture of dairy products 3 Canning and preservation of fruits and vegetables 4 Tobacco manufacture 5 Manufacture of wood & cork except manufacture of furniture 74 56 34 6 Printing, book-binding, etC. 6 592 7 Structural clay products 2 133 6 330 Total 2 209 5 420 11 1,166 Source: Chief Inspector of Factories, Gujarat State. TABLE 9.1 (A) NUMBER OF ALLOPATHIC HOSPITALS, DISPENSARIES AND PATIENTS TREATED IN 1960, 1965, AND 1970 S1. No. of No. of No. of No. of Patients SI. No. of No. of No. of No. of Patients No. Year Hospi- Dispen- Beds treated No. Year Hospi- Dispen- Beds treated tals saries tals saries Indoor Outdoor Indoor Outdoor 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 , 1 1960 3 1970 6 83 1,783 139,823 2 1965 Source: Directorate of Health & Medical Services, Gujarat. TABLE 9.1 (B) NUMBER OF GOVERNMENT AYURVEDIC HOSPITALS, DISPENSARIES AND PATIENTS TREATED IN 1961, 1966 AND 1971. Sl. Year No. of No. of No. of No. of Patients SI. Year No. of No. of No. of No. of Patients No. Hospi- Ayurve- Beds treated No. Hospi- Ayurve- Beds treated tal8 die Dis------tals die Dis- pensa- In door Out door pcnsa- In door Out door ries rics 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 1961 3 1971 1 5 85 36,642 2 1966 Source: Directorate of Ayurvedic Services, Gujarat. J9 TABLE 9.l PUBLIG HEALTH ACTIVITIES, 1966-67 TO 1969-70 SI, Item 1966-67 1967-68 1968-69 1969-70 SI. Item 1966-67 1967-68 1968-69 1969-70 No. No. 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6 1 Primary Health Centres 4 Maternal and Child (No.) 2 2 2 2 Health Centres (No.) 2 Rural Dispensaries 5 Family Planning (No.) 40 40 38 37 Centres (No.) 7 7 7 7 3 Patients treated in 6 Persons benefitted in (1) !fnd (2) (No.) 45,026 37,785 47,637 42,825 (5) (No.) N.A. 7,586 12,568 , 11,578 Source: (i) Development Commissioner, Gujarat State, Ahmadabad. (ii) Director of Health and Medical Services, Gujarat State, Ahmadabad. TABLE 9.3 PUBLIC HEALTH ACTIVITY PERSONS VACCINATED 1961 TO 1970 SI. Year Primary Revaccination SI. Year Primary Revaccination No. Vaccination No. Vaccination 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1961 6 1966 2 1962 7 1967 7,132 6,175 3 1963 8 1968 6,812 916 4 1964 9 1969 6,354 40,601 5 1965 10 1970 9,158 8.297 Note: Source: Gandhinagar district was formed in the year 1967; Director of Health & Medical Services, Gujarat State, as such figures of vaccination and revaccination are Ahmadabad. availaole from that year onwards. 20 -'8 I I It>... 4) 00 ~ ~ ..... o ... ] E r ;::l ,..., Z 00 ;.. ,..., 0 ,..., ,..., .~... P.:!l ..... 0 !"IN 0 o ,..., N ... 0 ..c: ,..., a- ...... 0 4)'" 'S ;::l ,...,r Z ... c: QJ.- • 0._ E i18"" 00 <~~ ... 4) .D E ;::l Z I~ I~ \.8 I~ .0 .0 ...... IilZ FiiZ -"'- ~~ -al ~~ .0 FiiZ ..... 21 TABLE 10.3 (Cone/d.) NUMBER AND jTYPE OF EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS, NUMBER OF PUPILS AND TEACHERS, 1961-62, 1965-66 AND 1969-70 (Concld.) 1965-66 Sl. Type of Institution Pupils Teachers Pupils Teachers No. Institu- Boys Girls Total Men Women Total Institu- Boys Girls Total Men Women Total tions tions 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 Primary EdUcation 107 15,759 8,971 24,730 485 215 700 2 Secondary Education 20 3,424 943 4,367 167 13 180 3 Higher Education " .. 4 Other type of Education .. 9 126 394 520 14 16 30 Note: Source: The decline in the nun bel' or other educational Directorate of Education, -Oujarat institutions in the year 1965-66 and 1969-70 has been chiefly due to the closure of adult literacy classes, industrial and other vocational training centres started under the auspices of the Community Development Programme. These were treated as other educational institutes in 1961-62. TABLE 10.4 DIRECTORY OF COLLEGES AND TECHNICAL INSTITUTIONS ETC., AS ON 31-3-1971 SI. Name University of Afl1liation SI. Name University of Affiliation No. No. 1 2 3 2 3 (A) Colleges 2 Government Science College, Gujarat University Gandhinagar 1 Government Art~ And Gujarat University Commerce College, (8) Technical Institutions Gandhinagar Suurce: 1. Universities Handbook, 1971 (Inter University Board). 2. Director of Technical Education, Guiarat 3. Director of Manpower Employment and Training, Gujarat TABLE 10.6 ENROLMENT OF STUDENTS IN CLASSES I TO V, VI TO VIIt AND IX TO Xl WITH PERCENTAGE BY SEX TO ITS CORRESPONDI:sG ESTIMATED POPULATION WITHIN AGE GROUPS 6 TO ll, II TO 14 AND 14 TO 17 RESPECTIVELY Enrolment in Std. Percentage of the Enrolment in Percentage of the Enrolment in Std. Percentage of the J-V age group 6-11 Std. VI-VIII age group 11-14 IX-XI age group 14-17 ------_-_------_- Year Boys Girls Total Boys Girls Total Boys Girls Total Boys Girls Total Boys Girls Total Boys Girls Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1960-61 1965-66 1969-70 14,010 8,170 22,180 101 65 84 3,037 1,205 4,242 42 18 31 2,136 539 2,675 32 9 21 Note: Source: Data of Gandhinagar District is included in Ahmadabad Directorate of Education, Gujarat. and Mahesana districts for the years 1960-61 and 1965-66. 22 TABLE-: 11.1 STRENGTH OF POLICE 1970-71 Sl. Category Per- Temporary SI. Category Per- Temporary No. manent No. manent 2 3 4 2 3 4 Commissioner of Police 7 Deputy Inspectors 2 Deputy and Assistant 8 Sub-Inspectors 2 '4 Commissioners 9 lamadars 1 3 Superintendents 10 Head Constables 16 32 4 Deputy Superintendellt3 11 Constables 46 133 Inspectors 1 Police Prosecu tors Total 64 171 Source: Inspector General of Police, Gujarat. TABLE 11.1 PROPORTION OF AREA, POPULATION AND COGNISABLE OFFENCES PER POLICE, 1970 Strength cf Total Proportion Police Proportion Number of of Cognisable Number including of area per Proportion of cognisable crimes investi- S1. of Police Number of temporary Police Population offences gated per No. District Stations Out-posts force (Sq. Km.) per police investigated Police 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Gandhinagar 4 4 235 2.97 853 773 3.29 Source: Inspector General of Police. Gujarat. TABLE 11.3 (A) GENERAL RESULTS OF TRIALS OF CRIMINAL CASES, 1961 to 1970 Persons whose cases were disposed of : Persons Discharged Committed Died, escaped or Persons remaining---- offences Under or or transferred to under trial at the Year reported trial Acquitted Convicted Referred another State end of the year 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 213 368 25 3 N.A. 287 1966 252 712 167 45· N.A. 245 1967 255 640 100 56 N.A. 228 1968 333 710 121 41 N.A. 295 1969 358 886 148 52 N.A. 5 441 1970 324 473 77 21 N.A. 83 Note: Source: N. A. =Not available. Inspector General of Police. Gujarat State. 23 TABLE 11.3 (B) NUMBER OF COGNISABLE :CRIMIS REPORTED 1961 to 1970 House Year Murder Dacoity Robbery Breaking Thefts Riots Others Total 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1961 1962 1963 1964 .. .. 1965 4 " 6 19 56 3 125 213 1966 8 2 9 27 74 4 128 252 1967 6 1 5 42 73 4 124 255 1968 6 1 9 57 61 2 197 333 1969 6 8 52 68 11 213 358 1970 8 4 52 84 176 324 Source: Inspector General of Police, Gujarat State. TABLE 11.5 INSTRUMENT REGISTERliD AND VALUE OF PROPERTY TRANSFERRED, 1960, 1965 AND 1970 Number of registrations of Aggregate value Number of registrations Dist. No. of Immovable property of Immovable of Movable property Registr- Registr------_ property transferred SI. ation ation Compul- Optio- by registered Compul- Optio- No. Centre Year offices sory nal Total documents sory nal Total (in Rs.) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 Gandhinagar 1960 2 Gandhinagar 1965 754 411 1,165 2,219,697 1 62 63 3 Gandhinagar 1970 2,012 2,012 7,762,620 104 104 Aggregate value Aggregate value of Total optional Receipts of Movable Number of Immovable & movable and compulsory property transferred registrations property transferred by registrtion of Fees from Dist by registered of Immovable registered wills & written all regis- Other SI. Registration documents and movable documents au thorities tration receipts Tatal No. Centre (in Rs.) property (in Rs.) other than wills (in Rs.) (in Rs.) (in Rs.) 2 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Gandhinagar :2 Gandhinagar 5,000 1,228 2,224,697 43 10,928 101 11,029 3 Gandhinagar 2,116 7,762,620 61 39,768 1,160 40,928 Source: Inspector General of Registration, Gujarat. TABLE: 11.6 LAND REVENUE REALISED 1960-61 TO 1969-70 SI. Year Land Revenue Realised S1. Year Land Revenue Realised No. (Rs.) No. (Rs.) 2 3 2 3 1 1960-61 6 1965-66 4,38,158 2 1961-62 7 1966-67 5,09,060 3 1962-63 8 1967-68 65,384 4 1963-64 9 1968-69 4,69,516 5 1964-65 10 1969-70 5,55,666 Source :, Collector, Gandhinagar. 24 TABLE 12.1 NEWSPAPERS PUBLISHED IN DIFFERENT LANGUAGES, 1960-61 AND 1969 S1. Classification Year English Gujarati Hindi Others SI. Classification Year English Gujarati Hindi Others No, No. t 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 Daily 1960-61 4 Monthly 1960-61 1969 1969 2 Weekly 1960-61 5 Quarterly 1960-61 1969 '1969 3 Fortnightly 1960-61 6 Others 1960-61 1969 t 1969 Note: Source: (1) 1960-61 is Financial Year Examiaer of Books and Publications, Gujarat. (2) 1969 is Calendar Year TABLE t3J. RAILWAY MILEAGES AND NAMES OF RAILWAY STATIONS 1970-71 Railway Mileages in the District Kilometres Kilometres Broadguage .. Narrowguage Meterguage 37 No. of Railway Stations 8 SI. Name of Taluka Name of Railway Stations SI. Name of Taluka Name of Railway Stations No. No. 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 Gandhinagar 1. Khodiar (Khoraj) 2. Medra 3. Dabhoda 4. Titoda 5. Adrai Mod 6. Sonipur Rupal 7. Randheja 8. Vasan Source District Statistical Officer. 25 TABLE 13.2 ROAD KILOMETREAGE BY TYPE OF SURFACE AND CATEGORY OF ROADS : 1960-61, 1965-66 AND 1969-70 (in Kilometres) S1. Category of Year Asphalt Cement Water Other' Total No. road Concrete Bound Murram Macadam and lower types 2 3 4 5 {) 7 8 1 Total 1960-61 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1965-66 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1969-70 77 21 24 122 2 National Highway 1960-61 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1965 .. 66 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1969-70 N.A. 3 State Highway 1960-61 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1965-66 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1969-70 27 27 4 Major District Roads 1960-61 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1965-66 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1969-70 6 15 21 5 Other District Roads 1960-61 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1965-66 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1969-70 41 6 19 66 6 Village Roads 1960-61 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1965-66 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1969-70 3 5 8 Note: Source: (1) Separate figures for Gandhinagar District are available from 1969-70 Chief Engineer (Roads and Buildings) (as on 31-3-1970). Figures for 1960-61 & 1965-66 are not available. p. W. D. Gujarat. (2) N. A.-Not Available TABLE 13.4 CIRCUIT HOUSE/INSPECTION BUNGALOW/TRAVELLERS BUNGALOWS MAINTAINED BY P. W. ['. AND LOCAL BODIES SI. Location Class Number Name of Maintaining No. of Suites authority 2 3 4 5 Gandhinagar 1 Vishram II 18 Executive Engineer, Capital Grah Project Division No.2, Gandhinagar 2 Pathika III 69 Executive Engineer, Capital shram Project Division No.2, Gandhinagar 3 Rest House, III 4 Executive Engineer, Capital Pethapur Project Division No.2, Gandhinagar Colony Source: Deputy Chief Engineer, Capital Project Circle, Gandhinagar 26 TABLE 14.1 NUMBER OF LOCAL BODIES AND ORGANS OF DEMOCRATIC DECENTRALISATION, 1961-62 to 1970-71 Year Number of District Number of Taluka Number of Gram Number of Nagar Number of Munici- Number of Municipal Panchayat Panchayats Panchayats Panchayats palities Corporations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1961-62 1962-63 1963-64 1964-65 74 1965-66 74 1%6-67 74 1967-68 74 1968-69 74 1969-70 74 1970-71 70 Source: Director of Municipalities, Gujarat State, Ahmadabad. 2 Development Commissioner, Gujarat State, Ahmadabad. 3 Bureau of Economics and Statistics, Gujarat State, Ahmadabad. TABLE 14.6 COMPOSITION OF GRAM PANCHAYATS AS ON 1-1-1971 COMPOSITION Number of Mem bers appointed Reserved Seats under Section 12(1) Total Seats Sl. No. of Gram- of the Gujarat Non reserved Scheduled Scheduled Total (5+9) No. Taluka Panchayats Panchayats Act Seats Women Cases Tribes (6t08) 2 3' 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Gandhinagar 70 718 507 140 71 211 718 MEMBERS Reserved Seats Non reserved Seats Elected Members Nominated Members Total Elected Total Nominated Members Members SI. Elected Nominated Total Scheduled Scheduled Seheduled Scheduled ------No. Members Members (II + 12) Women Castes Tribes Women Castes Tribes Male Female Male Female 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 507 507 140 7I 578 140 Souref! : Taluka Development Officer, Gandhinagar, Ahmadabad. 0-3 27 TABLE 14.9 INCOME AND EXPENDITURE OF GRAM AND NAGAR PANCHAYATS 1969-70 (Rs. in '(0) Income No. of No. of ---- SI. Gram Nagar Taxes and Other Total No. Taluka Panchayats Panchayats fees Grants Income Income 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Gandhinagar 74 251,651 169,512 130,021 551,184 Expenditure Agricu lture Selfdefe- Planning Commu- preservation ~anitation . ~ducation nce & & nity of forests Animal Village Collection SI. &. Public and village admini- Develop- & pasture Husba- Indus- of land Total No. Taluka Health works culture defence stration ment lands ndry tries revenue Expenditure 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 Gandhi- nagar 177,250 176,564 42,597 2,620 117,278 10,867 929 170 1,248 1,173 530,696 Source: District Statistical Officer, District Panchayat. TABLE 15.2 NUMBER, LOCATION AND CAPACITY OF WAREHOUSES OWNED BY CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES AS ON 1-1-1971 SI. Taluka Name of the Co-operative Soceity Capacity No. (In Metric Tonnes) 1 2 3 4 Gandhinagar 1. Jamyatpura Multipurpose Service Society Ltd. 100 2. Magodi Service Co-operative Society Ltd. 100 3. Kolwada Service Co-operative Society Ltd. 100 Source: Registrar of Co-operative Societies, Gujarat State. TABLE 16.2 CONSUMER PRICE INDEX NUMBER FOR INDUSTRIAl.. WORKERS AT AHMADABAD AND BHAVNAGAR Centre : Ahmadabad Pan, Supari, Clothing, tobacco and Fuel and bedding and Average for YearjMol).th Food intoxicants lighting Housing footwear Miscellaneous General 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1961 101 105 101 100 103 106 102 1962 103 109 104 101 108 109 104 1963 105 111 109 101 1(,9 114 107 1964 124 112 112 102 119 119 121 1965 135 118 120 104 120 126 129 1\166 150 125 126 106 120 138 140 1967 189 135 132 109 125 151 167 1968 180 148 140 1]0 130 159 165 1969 181 149 147 112 135 162 167 1970 189 159 152 114 148 172 175 January 1970 181 157 153 114 144 169 170 February 1970 182 157 152 114 144 169 170 March 1970 184 157 152 114 144 169 171 April 1970 187 158 152 114 145 170 174 May 1970 191 158 152 114 145 171 176 June 1970 193 158 150 114 145 174 177 July 1970 190 158 150 115 146 172 175 August 1970 188 157 150 115 148 173 174 September 1970 192 160 151 115 148 176 177 October 1970 196 158 153 115 151 177 181 November 1970 190 165 153 115 157 175 177 December 1970 19Q HiS 154 lIS IS8 17$ 177 2~ TABLE 16.2 Conr:ld. CONSUMER PRICE INDEX NUMBERS FOR INDUSTRIAL WORKERS AT AHMADABAD AND BHAVNAGAR (Concld.) Centre : Bhavnagar Pan, Supari, Clothing, tobacco and Fuel and bedding and Average for Year/Month Food intoxicants lighting Housing footwear Miscellaneous General 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1961 102 100 101 100 100 103 102 1962 105 102 101 101 101 105 104 1963 105 118 104 103 101 108 105 1964 122 122 111 104 103 109 117 1965 142 124 123 103 109 117 132 1966 156 129 130 107 114 129 143 1967 188 140 144 110 142 159 171 1968 192 152 158 116 158 161 177 1969 191 148 153 120 165 159 176 1970 198 151 145 123 187 ISO 185 January 1970 196 149 151 122 174 171 182 February 1970 197 149 149 122 183 171 183 March 1970 199 149 150 122 183 172 184 April 1970 199 150 146 122 184 178 185 May 1970 199 150 143 122 187 179 185 June 1970 197 150 142 122 187 179 184 July 1970 199 150 140 124 189 179 185 AU'gust 1970 202 150 142 124 190 181 188 September 1970 204 150 143 124 190 184 190 October 1970 200 150 144 124 192 185 188 November 1970 195 150 145 124 195 188 185 December 1970 193 168 146 124 195 189 185 Source: Labour Bureau, Government of India, Simla. TABLE 17.2 SCHEDULED AND NON-SCHEDULED BANKS, 1960, 1965 AND 1970 SI. Category of Banks 1960 1965 1970 81. Category of Banks 1960 1965 1970 No No. 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Total 1 12 Scheduled Banks 12 2 Non-Scheduled Banks Source: Reserve Bank of India, Bombay. TABLE 17.4 LIFE INSURANCE pOLlcms ISSUED AND SUM INSURED, 1961 TO 1970 No. of Life Sum No. of No. of Life Sum No. of Insurance Insured Autho Insurance Insured Autho- SI. Policies (Rs in rised 51. Policies (Rs in rised No. Year issued lakhs) agents No. Year issued iakhs) agents 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 S 1 1961 4 1964-65 2 ]962-63 S 1965-66 (i.e. 1-1-1962 to 6 1966-67 31-3-1963) 7 1967-68 3 1963-64 .8 1968-69 (i.e. 1-4-1963 to 9 1969-70 31-3-1964) 10 1970-71 Note: Source: Due to the decision of tbe Corporation to change Life Insurance Corporation of India, Ahmadabad. its accounting year from 'Calendar' to 'Financial' with effect from 1st April 1963, the fifteen months period: ended 31st March, 1963 was treated as accounting unit for all purposes. 29 TABLE 18.1 FAIRS AND FESTIVALS Nearest Railway Estimated station and distance congregation/ in Km., whether SI. Village/Place Name/Occasion Number of connected by bus No. where held of fair or festiva I Date of fair/festival participants services 2 3 4 5 6 1 Koba Gandhi fair Magh Vad 14 (February) 500-1,000 Sabarmati 8 Km. Bus 2 Prantiya Balanshah Pir Urs Rajab 14 800 Dabhoda 3 Km. Bus 3 Dabhoda Hanumanji fair, Shravan Vad 8 (August) 600 Rly. Stn. Bus Janmashtami 4 Prantiya Janmashtami Shravan Vad 8 (August) 600 Dabhoda 3 Km. Bus 5 Dolarana Vasana Borb,a, Mahadev fair, Shravan Vad 8 (August) 400 Dabhoda 16 Km. Bus Janmashtami 6 Chbala Dasharath Mahadev fair Ashvin Sud 15 (October) 400 Dehgam 16 Km. Bus 7 Alampur Ambaji mata fair Asbvin Sud 5 (October) 200 Dabhoda 9i Km. 8 Mahudara Ramji fair, Janmasbtami Shravan Vad 8 (August) 200 Dabhoda 6t Km. 9 Rupal Vardayini Mata Pall! fair Ashvin Sud 9 (October) 25,OCO-30,000 Santpur 3 Km. Bus 10 Vasan Janmashtami Shravan Vad 8 (August) 8,000 Rly. Stn. 11 Randbeja Garba fair Ashvin sud 14 (October) 7,000 Rly. Stn. Bus 12 Randesan Dholeshwer Mahadev Magh Vad 14 (February) 200 Khodiar, 12i Km. Bus fair, Mahashivratri Note: Source: 1. In case of Hindu months column 4 shows the corresponding District Census Handbook 1961. months according to Gregorian calendar also. Hindu months are mentioned according to Vikram Era. 2. In the Hindu Calendar followed in Gujarat, months end witl' Amavasya, i. e,., New moon and not PUrnima, i. e. Full moon day. 3. Km.:: Kilometres. TABLE 11.2 ANCIENT MONUMENTS SI._ Monuments Name of the Townl Period of architecture Description No. Village/Place to which it belongs 1 2 3 4 5 . 1 Step well with inscription Adalaj 1502 AD Step well 2 Jetbabbai's Step well Isanpur 1865 AD Step well 3 Small Stone Mosque Isanpur 1500-1515 AD Mosque Source: 1. Director of Archaeology, GUjarat State, Ahmadabad. 2. Superintending Archaeologist, Archaeological Survey of india, Western Circle, Vadodara. 30 SECTION II CENSUS TABLES (BASED ON FULL COUNT) I~TRODUCTORY NOTE TO CENSUS TABLES Though for the first time in the Census history It has been decided to publish the following considerable part of the 1971 Census data has been tables based on full count in the present volume :- processed on electronic computors, the manual sorting could not be altogether avoided. For the A-SERIES GENERAL POPULATION TABLES purpose of providing the pnmary census data and A-I Area, Houses and Population the data on mother tongue, religion and scheduled caste and scheduled tribe and broad age-groups the Appendix I Individual Slips were processed manually during to Table A-I Statement showing 1961 Terri 1971 Census at th~ Regional Tabulation Offices as torial Umts constlluting the was hemg done at tbe prevIous censuses. The plesent set up of the District data pertainmg to 20 per cent of the Urban IndivIdual Slips was lIansferred on to punch cards Annexure to and thence to magnetic tap and all the cross Appendix I Particulars of villages involved tabulation for the urban data is being generated in changes of territori~s in cols. by processmg it OIl electronic computors. The cross 3 and 6 of A ppendix I tabulation of the rural data IS bemg derived from Appendix II 10 .per cent sample of the Individual Slips which were to Table A-I Number of VIllages with popula processed manually. Tbe tabulatIOn of the Houselist tion of 5,000 and over and towns. data was also processed on 20 per cent sample basis. with a population under 5,000 The establishment schedules were processed on full count basis. The data Ielatmg to the housing and Appendix III estabhshments has been processed on electromc to Table A-I Houseless and Institutional popu computor. lation Thus, the 1971 Census was a pioneer in the A-II Decadal Variation in Population introduction of sampling procedures to a consider since 1901 able extent. Careful studies were made of the 1961, schedules as also the 1971 pre-test schedules before Appendix evolving the optimum samplmg size and the proce to Table A-II Districts showing 1961 population dures so as to yield data withm reasonable margin accordmg to their territorial of error. juriSdiction in 1961, changes in area and population of 1961 It was decided to prepare a number of tables under the following series:- adjusted to jurisdiction of 1971 A-series General Population Tables A-III Villages classified by Population B-series Economic Tables C- series Social and Cultural Tables Appendix to Table A-III D-series Migration Tables Statement showing the sub-totals I E-series Establishment Tables of the groups of villaaes with a population (1) less than F-series Fertility Tables 500 (2) 500-1,999 (3) 2,000-4,999 and G-series Special Tables for Degree Holders and Technical Pelsonnel (4) 5,000 and above at district H-series Housing Tables level 33 A-IV Towns and Urban Agglomeration Appendix to Table classified by population in 1971 C-VIn Part A Scheduled Castes classified by with Variation since 1901 literates and illiterates Appendix I to Table A·IV New Towns added in 1971 and C-VllI Classification by literacy and Towns in 1961 declassified in Part B industrial category of workers and 1971 Don-workers according to main activity among scheduled tribes Appendix I-List A to Table A-IV' List with a population of under Appendix to Table 5,000 treated as towns for the C-VIII Part B Scheduled Tribes classified by first time in 1971 literates and illiterates AppendixI-List B to Table A-IV Places with population of under E-SERJES ESTABLISHMENT TABLES 5,000 in 1961 which were treated as towns in ,961 but have been E-I Distribution of Establishments by omitted from the list of towns Broad Types in 1971 Appendix II E-I1 Part A Distribution of Manufacturing, to Table A-IV Changes in area and population Processing or Servicing Establish of towns between 1961 and 1971 ments other than Household and reasons for change in area Industries classified by Registered Factories, Unregistered Work Special Appendix shops and Size of Employment to Table A-IV Statement showing the constitu ent villages of each of the towns E-II Part B Distribution of Manufacturing, at the 1971 Census Processing Of Servicing Establish ments other than Household B-SERIES ECONOMIC TABLES Industries classified by Industry, B-1 Part A Workers and non-workers accord, Fuel/Power or Manual used and ing to main activity classified by Size of Employment sex and age-groups E-II Part C Distribution of Household Indus B-n Workers and non-workers in try Establishment classified by cities and non-city urban areas Industry, Fuel/Power used and accordlDg to main activity classi Size of Employment fied by sex and age-groups E-III Distribution of Trade/Commer C-SERIES SOCIAL AND CUL1URALTABLES cial establishments classified by C-V Mother Tongue the Type of Business of Trade and size of Employment C-VII Religion C-VIII Classification by literacy and E-IV Distribution of Establishments Part A industrial category of workers (Other than Manufacturing, and DOD-workers according to Processing, Servicing or Business main activity among scheduled and Trade Establishments) by castes Size of Employment 34 Primary Census Abstract has already been proper agency to collect reliable data on unemploy published in District Census Hand Book Part ment as such. Therefore the 1971 Census does not A & B volume. ask a question on unemployment directly but the unemployed are expected to fall in the residuary The release of Census tables has thus been category of non-workers and data in respect of split up into two volumes as follows:- them will be provided which has to be utilised subject to all the limitations. (1) District Census Hand Book Part C-I (Fuil Count Tables) , It is a census tradition to present data by (2) District Census Hand Book Part C-I[ rural and urban areas. Viliage or Town is recog (Sample Tables) nised as the basic area of habitation. In all Cen suses throughout the wor Id this dichotomy of This has b:en so planned as to achieve the rural and urban areas is recognised and the data objective of m:lklOg the data availilble to the con are generally presented for the rural and urban sumers as so:m as pos'ilble alter It has become ready areas separately, In the rural areas the smallest without having toJ wait for the l:ompletion of other area of habitation viz., the village generally follows cross tabulations which may take qUIte some time. the limits of a revenue village that is recognised by the normal district administratiop. The revenue In [he 1971 Census an attempt has been made village need not necessarily be a single a3glomera to collect campara ble data as also break new grllunds tion of the habitations. But the revenue village in view of the growing need for basic data. It is in has a definite surveyed boundary and each village the field of economic questions that a significan t is a separate administrative unit. It may have one departure has been made at the 1971 Census. In the or more hamlets. The entire revenue village is one earlier Indian Censuses income or economic inde unit. There may be unsurveyed Villages within pendence was made criteflon for measuring the forests etc. economy of the country. At the 1931 Census an intermediate category of economic semidependence It is in defining the urban areas that several was introduced and it was called 'working depen problems generally arise. However for the 1971 dent'. 10 1941 this category was known as partly Census the definitIOn adopted for an urban area dependent, and earning dependent in 1951. At generally follows tha t of 196: which is as follows: the 1961 Census, stress was laid on work so that all people who work, including family workers, (a) All places with a municipality, corpora who are not in receipt of aoy income, and/or tion or cantonment or notified town area. who cannot earn enough for their maintenance, (b) All other places which satisfied the could also be included as ·workers'. At the following criteria: 1971 Census the main activity of a person is first ascertained according as he spends his (i) a minimum population of 5,000 time basically as a 'worker' producing goods and services or as a 'non-worker'. For regular (Ii) at least 75% of the male working work in industry, trade or service the reference popUlation was non-agricultural period is the week prior to the enumeration (a (iii) a densi ty of population of a t least fortnight in 1901) and for seasonal work such as 400 per sq. km. ( i.e. 1,000 per sq. agriculture, etc. the last one year. The person is mile ). categorised according to the main activity returned by an individual. Where a person, who is basically The Director of Census of each State is, however, a non-worker such as a student or housewife, given some discretion in respect of some marginal does make some marginal contribution to work, cases, in consultation with the State Government, that secondary work is recorded in a separate to include some places that had other distinct question of the individuJI slip. Expel ience of the urban characteristics and to exclude underservin~ 1961 Census hid shown that census was not a cases. G,4 3~ In several areas around a core city or statutory workers except for the fact that 'business services town have come up fairly large well recognised as also tea-stalls and restaurants which were railway colonies, university campuses, port areas, included in Category IX at the 1961 Census will military camps, etc., and even though these are now be included ill Category VJI, viz., Workers in outside the statutory limits of a corporation, trade and commerce, municipality or cantonment, tbey fall within the revenue,boundary of tbe place by which the town The present volume presents the district itself is known. It may not be altogether realistic census tables based on full count. to treat~such areas Iymg outside the statutory The following extracts from the manual of limits of a town as rural units and at the"same instructIOns to enumerators on the basis of which time each such individual area by itself may not these tables are compikd will be useful for appre satisfy the minimum popUlation limit to qualify ciating the contents of tr.ese tables. it to be treated as an independent urban unit. Such areas deserve to be reckoned alongwith the Census House main town and the continuous spread including such urban outgrowths would deserve to be treated A 'cel,sus house' is a building or part of a as an integrated urban area, what is being building having a separate main entrance from called urban 'agglomeration at the 1971 Census. the read or common courtyard or stair-case etc. There are different situations in which urban used or recognised as a separate unit. It may be agglomerations would be constituted for example: inhabited or vacant. It may be used f?r a resid ential or non-residential purpose or both. (a) A city with continuous outgrowth (the Household part of outgrowth being out of the statu tory limits but falling within the bound A 'household' is a group of persons who aries of the adjoining village or:villages), commonly live together and would take their meals (b) One town with similar outgrowth or two from a common kitchen unless the exigencies of or more adjoining towns with their work prevented any of them from doing so. outgrowths as in (a), and Institutional Household (c) A city and one or more adjoining towns is a household where a group of unrelated with their outgrowth all of which forming It persons stay together such as a boarding house, a continuous spread. hostel, hotel, chummery, etc. The distnbution of popUlation by broad ind Establishment ustrial categories has been made on 1961 pattern except for tbe fact that Category III of 1961 has An 'establishment' IS a place where goods are been divldt:d mto two categories, viz, Category IlI produced or manufactured not solely for domestic Workers in livestock, forestry, fishIng, hunting, consumption or where servicing and/or repaIring plantatIon, orchards alld allied activities and Cate is done such dS factory, workshop or houst:bold gory IV-Workers in mimr.g and quarrying. Cate industry or servIcing and/or repair workshop or a gcry IV of 1961, viz., Workers at household place where retail or wholesale business is carried industry~'have been brought under Category V, on or commercial services are rendered or an office, viz" Workers in manufacturing, servIcing, public or private or a place of entertainment or repairing, etc. But the two will be distingUIshed by where educational, rehgious; social or entertain suffixes like 'a' & 'b' viz., Category V(a)-Workers ment services are rendered. It is necessary that at household industry and;,Category V(b)-Workers in all these places one or more persons sbould be in manufacturing etc. other than household indu actually work mg. Thus, an establIshment will stry. 1 here IS, no other cbange to the remammg Cover manufacturing, trade and other establish broad industrial categories of workers and non- ments where people work. 36 Main Activity is engaged in some other work during the period of one week prior to the date of enumeration, Every person will be asked what his main the main a.:tivity of the person may be cultivation, activity is, that is, how he engages himself mostly. agricultural labour or some other work attended For the purpose of this question, all persons will to normally by him in the course of the year. get themselves divided into two broad streams of Care must be taken to see that the main activity main activity namely. (1) as workers and (2) as is properly ascertained in such cases. For example, non-workers according as the type of main a person's main activity may be agncuitural labour activity thaI the person returns himself as engaged lind in the week prior to enumeration he may be in mostly. engaged as a sugarcane factory labourer or as a road cooly. He should be categorised for hiS main Worker activity as agricultural labourer only as returned by him as he engages himself mostly in that A 'worker' is a person whose main activity work and the other lVork should be treated as his is participation in any economically productive sUbsidiary work. work by his physical' or mental activity. Work includes not only actual work but effective super A man or woman who is engaged primarily vision and direction of work. in household duties such as cookmg for own household or performing one's own household Reference period duties or a boy or a girl who is primarily a stu dent attending institution, even if such a person The reference period is cne week prior to helps in the family economic activity but not as the date of enumeration in the case of regular a full time worker should DOt be treated as a work in trade, profession, service or business. If worker for the main activity. On the other hand, a per'son had participated in any such regular if a person is primarily engaged in some economic work on anyone of the days duriT'g thIS reference activity but at the same time does also attend to period and this ha~ been returned as his main some household chores or attends a night school activity, the person will be categorised accordingly. etc., he or she should be treated basically as a A person who normally works but had been worker for the main activity and categorised absent from work during tbis reference period on aceo rd ingJy. account of illness or travel, holiday, temporary breakdown, strike, etc" the pe!son should be treated as engaged in regUlar work in which he A person who merely receives an income such would have otherwise been employtd but for hIs as a rent receiver or a pensioner who does not temporary absence. Persons under training such have to work for receiving the income, will not as apprentices with or without stIpends or wages be treated as economically active unless the person should be C0nsidered as economically active and is also engaged in some economic activity and recorded as working. A person who has merely if that activity is returned as the main activity been offered work but has not actually joined it, of the individual. is not to be treated as engaged in work. Cultivator There are certain types of works which are not carried on throughout the year such as culti . For purposes of the census a person is work vation, livestock keeping, plantation work, some ing as cultivator if he or she is engaged in types of household industry, etc., A person's main cultivation by oneself or by supervision or direc activity should be ascertained with reference to tion in one's capacity as the owner or lessee of such work in the last one year even if he was land held from Government Of as a tenant of land not economically active in the week prior to held from private persons or institutions for enumeration. [t is likely that even when a person payment of money, kind or share. 37 Cultivation involves ploughiog, sowing and In respect of infants who might not have harvesting and production of cereals and millet complded one year by the day of enumeration crops such as wheat, paddy, jowar, bajra, ragi, their age in completed years should be invariably etc., and pulses, raw jute and kindred fibre crop, shown as '0' as Ihey have not yet completed one cotton, etc., and other crops such as sugarcane, year of age and add 'Infant' in brackets. As was groundnuts, tapioca, etc, ar,d does not include stated under general in~tructions make sure that fruit growing, vegetdble growing or keeping orch infants even if a day old are invariably enume ards or groves or working of plantations like tea, rated. You &ilould not enter the :lge in months. coffee, rubber, cinchona and other medicinal The age of an infant who has not yet completed plantations. one year should invariably be noted as '0' only. Religion A person who merely owns land but has given out land to another person or persons for [n answering this qllestwlJ u"e the following cultivation for money, kind or share of crop and abbreviations: who does not even supervIse or direct cultivation of land, will not be treated as working as cultI H Hinduism vator. Similarly, a person working in another I Isbm person's land for W3ges in cash, kind or share C Chflst:anity (Agricultural labourer) will not be treated as culti S Slk11l6m vator in this question. B BuddhIsm Agricultural Labourer J Jainlsm A person who works in another pel son's land For ot~crs record the actual religion, as for ""ages in f.oney. kind or share should be returned fully. regarded as an agriculTural l Household Industry You have been furnished with a list of sche duled casles and scheduled tflbes notIfied for your area. A household industry is defined as an industry cond1:lcted by the Head of the household himself/ Ascertain if the peronn enumerated belongs hereself ar,d/or mainly by the members of the to a scheduled caste or scheduled tribe and if he household at home or within the village in rural does, then record the name of the scheduled caste areas and only within the premises of the house or scbeduled tribe which should find p:ace in the where the household lives in urban areas. The list furnished to you. The answer should be industry should not be run on the scale of a recorded against the correct rectangle provided for regis tered factory. the purpose against this question. For a person who is not a member of any scheduled caste Of sche Age duled tribe write 'X' in both the rectangles. Record the age of the person in total years If the person belonging to a scheduled caste completed last birthday. Very often there is a or scheduled tribe return'> his caste or tribe by tendency on the part of the individuals to return synonym or generic name of a caste or a tribe, 'years running' ralher than thl: 'years completed'. it should be entered only if it finds a place in Make SUI e that only the actual number of years the list furnished to you. Do not write the names completed is recordt.d. of scheduled casles in general terms as 'Harijan' 38 or ·Acbhut). You 8hould ascertain the name of be the mother tongue. In the case of infants and the caste when it is returned and write it in the deaf-mutes the language usually spoken by the rectangle provided for recording the name. Simi mother shall be recorded. larly, do not write the names of scheduled tribes in general term as •Adivasi'. You should ascertain Record motber tongue in full whatever be the the Dame of the tnbe wht"n it is returned and name of the language as returned and avoid use write it in the rectangle with broken lines provi of abbreviations. You are not expected to deter ded for recording the same If a person is negligent mine if the language returned by a person is the and insists on calling himself merely 'Harijan' or dialect of an0ther major language and so on. 'Achhut' or' Adivasi' as the cas~ may be, tell him You should not try to establish any relationship that this description is not adequate for census between religion and mother tongue. You are purposes and persuade him to give out the actual bound to record the language as returned by the name of the caste or tribe You should make all person as his mother tongue and you should not efforts to ascertain the correct name of the sche enter into any argument with him and try to duled caste or scheduled tribe as found in the record anything other than what is returned. If notified list. If the person merely claims to be a you have reason to suspect that in any area due scheduled caste or scheduled tribe but says that to any orgamsed movement, mother tongue was he does not belong to any of the notified commu not being truthfully returned, you should record nities applicable to the area, he will not be the mother tongue as actually returned by the entered as a scheduled caste or scheduled tribe. respondent and make a report to your superior census officers for veri fica tion. You are not Scheduled castes can belong only to the Hindu authorised to make any correction on your own. or Sikh religions. If a person belongs to scheduled caste, there will be either 'H' or'S' m the answer A printed list showing the names of Scheduled to question 10. Scheduled tribes may belong to Castes/Scheduled Tribes recognised accordmg to any religion. the President's Order was given to the enumerator. Mother Tongue The other district cer.sus tables based on the sample count will be published in District Census Mother tongue is the language spoken in Hand Book Part C-lI volume. childhood by the person's mother to the p~rson. If the mother died m infancy, the latlguage mainly A brief note introducing each series of tables spoken in the person's home in childhood will is given in the flyleaf concerning the table. 39 A GENERAL POPULATION TABLES A-I Area, Houses and Population This is the basic population table for the census and furnishes data for District/Taluka/Mahal/CitY/Town/ Urban Agglomeration for total, rural and urban areas separately. It presents area in sq. kms., density of population per sq. km., number of inhabited and uninhabited villages, number of towns, number of occupied residential houses, households and population by males and females according to the 1971 Census. In the case of area for territorial units lower than the district such as, villages, towns and talukall, the figures as supplied by the State Director of Land Records or other local authority have been shown, as the Surveyor General computes area figures for the district as a whole. For the district, however, Surveyor General's area figures have been shown. 2 As the method adopted for rounding of area figures of less than one Km • given in Part B of the District Census Hand Book Volumes is different from the method adopted in Tables of A-series given in the present volume, there is a slight difference between the two figures, at some places. This table is similar to its counterpart in 1961 except for the fact that the 'towll-group' has been replaced by 'Urban Agglomeration', The concept of urban agglomeration has been discussed in the introductory note. As in 1961 there are three appendies to this table. Appendix I This appendix shows 1961 territorial units constituting the present set-up of each unit. This appendix has been supplemented with an annexure showing particulars of villages IDvolved in changes of terri tones in cols. 3 and 6 of Appendix I. Appendix II One of the criteria for a place to be declared as town is that it should normally have a popUlation of 5,000 and over. For various reasons many places with a population of 5,000 and over are not treated as towns while a number of places with less than 5,000 population are treated as towns. This appendix, as in 1961. will give the number of such places with their popUlation. Appendix III This appendix is intended to furnish figures for the number of houseless and institutional households; and houseless and institutional population separately. A-II Decadal Variation in Population since 1901 This table is similar to its predecessor in 1961 and furnishes data on popUlation and variation of popUlation from 1901 to 1971. This is a very important table as it gives the growth of population from decade to decade, The appendix to this table as in 1961, will spell out the adjustments necessary to bring the 1961 Census population of the district to the jurisdiction of the district as at 1971 Census. 41 A-III Villages classified by Population This table as in 1961 gives figures for the number and population of villages in the population groups of less than 2,000 population, 2,000-9,999 and with population 10,000 and above. The first two broad groups are further sub-divided into smaller size sub-groups as indicated below and the number of villages and the population covered in each su'J-grllup is indicated : I II Less than 200 2,00 )-4,999 200-499 5,OOO-9,9i9 500-999 1,000-1,999 This is supplemented with an appendix to show the sub-totals of broad groups of villages viz., 0-499, 500-1,999, 2,000-4,999 and 5,000 and above. No such appendIX appeared in 1961. A-IV Towns and Urban Agglomerations classified by Population in 1971 with Variation since 1901 This table corresponds to Table A-IV of 1961 and gives the growth of each town since 190i Census. This also furnishes the ar,::a of the town at the 1971 Census in sq. km. As in 1961 all towns have been divided Into six classes according to tbeir population size: I-PopUlation of Over 100,000; II-Population of 50,000-99,999; Ill-Population of 20,000-49,999; IV-Population of 10,000-19,999; V -Population of 5,000-9,999 and VI-Population of less than 5,OCO. A town with a population exceeding 100,000 is termed as a city. 1961 concf'pt of town group has been substituted by "Urban Agglomeration" in this table As in the case of district in Table A-II, this table furnishes percentage variation of the population of each town and city from decade to decade. Besides the town, figures for urban agglomeratlOn have also been presented. As. against one appendix in 1961 this table is supplemented by three appendices. Appendix I is the same as in 1961 i. e., showing new towns added in 1971 and towns in 1961 declassified in 1971. It is further supplemented with two lists 'A' and 'B' showing places with a population under 5,000 treated as towns for tre first time in 1971 and those omitted from the list of towns in 1971 but which were treated as towns in 1961. Appendix II, which is a new one introduced at this census, shows the reasons for the change in area of towns between 1961 and 1971. Special appendix to Table A-IV gives a statement showing the constituent villages of each of the towns at the 1971 Census. ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TOWNS S1. Town/Urban Taluka Class/S!. No. Page Remarks No. Agglomeration of A-IV No. 2 3 4 5 6 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar III/I 52 42 A-I AREA, HOUSES AND POPULATION Total Area Popu- Number of No. No. of No. of Population DistrictjTaluka/Mahal1 Rural in Km.2 lation Villages of occupied house- CityjTown/Urban Urban per KI'I1. 2 ---- towns residential holds PerSons Males Females Agglomeration Inha- Unin- houses bited habited 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GANDHINAGAR T t649.0 309 75 1 39,713 41,306 200,642 1()4,119 96,523 D~TRICT R 592.2 298 75 34,096 35,626 176,587 91,174 85,413 U 56.8 424 1 5,617 5,680 24,055 12,945 11,110 Gandhinagar Taluka T 651,3 308 75 39,713 41,306 200,642 104,119 96,523 R 594.5 297 75 34,096 35,626 176,587 91,174 85,413 U 56.8 424 1 5,617 5,680 24,055 12,945 11.110 Gandhinagar N. M. U 56.75 424 5,617 5,680 24,055 12,945 11,110 'Note :- (i) Towns treated as such for the first time in 1971 Census are printed in italics. (ii) tThese figures represent provisional 'Geographical Area' figures supplied by the Surveyor General. Figures for urban areas are those supplied by the Local Bodies. Area figures for rural area are derived by substracting the urban area from tbe total area of the district. The total of the area figures of talukas/mahals will not tally with tbe district figures because the former represents 'Land use area' and are derived from the figures supplied by the Director of Land Records. (iii) The Density figures (Persons per Km.2) shown under Col. 4 for urban area of District/taluka/Mahal are worked out using the area figures corrected upto two places of decimals obtained by adding the area of individual town in the respective units and not using tbe area figures given in the table for 'Total' and 'Rural'. The density is worked out on area figures corrected upto one place of decimal. (iv) The following abbreviations have been used in this table to describe the Civic status Qf tIl<; town; N .M. = Non-Municipal G- S 43 A. .... AREA, HOUSES AND POPUI.aTION APPENDIX I Statement showing 1961 territorial units constituting the present set up of Gandhinagar District District/Taluka/Maha) 1961 Area added Name of State/ Area which has been subtracted Name of State Net gain/ (1971 Census) Territorial ------District/Taluka/ District/Taluka/ Loss Unit Name Area in Mahal/from which Name Area. in Mahal to which + (gain) Km.a area is subtracted Km.2 area is added - (loss) in Km.2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Gandhinagar District Newly (1) lndroda 268.1 Kalol Taluka of (+) 672.5 and Constituted Dhola-Kuva Mahesana District Gandhinagar Taluka on Adiwada 1-12-1964 Borij Kolwada Vavol Sargasan Pethapur Vasqa-Hadmatia Sardhav Sonipur Jalund Titoda Adraj-Moti Rupal Randheja Vasan Unau Pindharda Piplaj Kundasan Randesan Shertha Bhoyan-Rathod Pundrasan (2) Lekawada 243.2 Dehgam Taluka of Ahmadabad DistJict Palaj BaSan Shahpur Rajpur Chekhlarani Vasna Dolarana Bbundia Alampur Dasbela Dhanap Giyod Chhala Jakhora Shiholi Moti Chiloda Mahudra 44 A-I A.EA, HOUSES ANn, POPULATION APPENDIX I-COlttd. Statement showing 1961 territorial units constituting the present set up of Gandhinagar District District/Taluka{Mahal 1961 Area added Name of Statel Area which has been subtracted Name of State Net gain (1971 Census) Territorial District/Taluka( District/Taluka/ Loss Unit Name Area in Mahal/from which Name Area zin Mahal to which + (gain) Km. 2 area is subtracted Km. area is added -:- (loss)., tn Km.- 2 3 4 5 6 v 8 Mota Isanpur Ma~odi Dabhoda Lavarpur Prantiya Vadodra Vankanerda Galudan Sonarda Vira Talavdi Pirojpur Retanpur (3) Motera 5.1 Ahmadabad City Taluka •• of Ahmadabad District (4) Rayapur 156.1 Daskroi Taluka of Ahmadabad District Medra Valod Rayasan Koha Karai Limbadia Ranasan Chiloda Bhatt Nabhoi Por Budthal Sugad Amiyapur Koteshvar Chandkheda lundal Khoraj Adalaj Tarapur Unvarsad Jamiyatpur Dantali 45 A-I AREA, HOUSES AND POPULATION ANNEXURE TO APPENDIX I Statement showing particulars of villages involved in changes of territories in co/so 3 and of Appendix I Symbol No. 2 given in Name of Village 81. No. in Area in Km. Appendix-I 1961 Handbook (wherever available) 1 2 3 4 [1 J Indroda 42 5.8 . Dhola-Kuva 43 2.2 Adiwada 37 3.6 Borij 41 9.4 Kolwada 36 18.0 VavoI 39 17.0 Sargasan 44 7.3 Pethapur 38 57.4 Vasna-Hadmatia 40 0.7 Sardhav 22 11.6 Sonipur 34 3.3 Jalund 55 5.5 Titoda 57 9.9 Adraj-Moti 56 11.6 Rupal 32 17.2 Randheja 35 14.2 Vasan 33 8.1 Unau 29 14.1 Pindharda 30 6.0 Piplaj 31 11.7 Kundasan 45 7.3 Randesan 46 3.S Shertha 69 12.6 Bhoyan-Rathod 63 7.S Pundrasan 58 2.6 [2J Lekawada 8 7.6 Palaj 15 14.8 Basan 16 4.1 Shahpur 18 8.S Rajpur 3 2.6 Chekhlarani 4 3.3 Vasna Dolarana 5 10.8 . Bhundia 6 3.9 Alampur 9 3.7 Dashela 7 11.6 Dhanap 10 10.2 Giyod 36 8.6 Chbala 33 21.7 Jakbora 26 6.0 Shiholi Moti 11 7.1 Chiloda 14 5.8 Mahudra 12 8.5 Mota Isanpur 13 12.9 Magodi 24 13.6 46 A-I AREA, HOUSES AND POPULATION ANNEXURE TO APPENDIX I-Contd. Statement sho~ing particulars of villages involved in chanies of territories in co/so 3 and 6 of Appendix 1 Symbol No. given in Name of Village SI. No. in Area in Km.2 Appendix-I 1961 Handbook (wherever available) 2 3 4 Dabhoda 23 23.1 Lavarpur 19 4.3 Prantiya ]7 4.8 Vadodra 52 12.8 Vankanerda 22 4.8 GaJudan 53 7.1 Sonarda 55 7.3 Vira Talavdi 54 2.6 Pirojpur 21 5.9 Ratanpur 20 5.2 [3] Motera 1 5.1 [4] Rayapur 96 6.3 Medra 95 4.7 Valod 103 15.9 Rayasan ]04 3.5 Koha 105 7.6 Karai 99 S.O Limbadia 102 3.5 Ranasan 100 2.9 Cbiloda 101 5.0 Bhatt 107 6.9 ~abhoi 106 2.9 Por 114 5.9 Budthal 113 5.5 Sugad 109 4.3 Amiyapur 110 2.0 Koteshvar ]08 3.0 Chandkheda 111 ]0.5 lundal 112 6.7 Khoraj 4 7.6 Adalaj 1 17.9 Tarapur 115 3.S Unvarsad 116 17.3 lamiyatpur 2 3.7 Dantali 3 4.0 47 A-I AREA,. HouStS ·AND PO:eUJ!.At.ION AP.PE.NDIX II NumbEr of Villag(s witb a Population of 5,QOO and over and Towns with a Population under 5,000 Vilages with a population of 5,000 and over Towns with a population of under 5,000 District/Taluka(Mahal Number Population Percentage of total rural Number Population Percentage of total urban population of the district population of the district 2 3 4 5 6 7 GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT 9 60,584 34.1 Gandhinagar 9 60,584 34.1 A-I AREA, HOUSES AND POPULATION APPENDIX III Houseless and Institutional Population Total Houseless Population Institutional Population District/Talukaj Rural ------Mahal Urban No. of Persons Males Females No. of Persons Males Females house- bouse- holds bolds 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 GANDHINAGAR T 773 3,777 2,078 1,699 57 585 307 278 DISTRICT R 701 3,409 1,878 1,531 11 335 74 261 U 12 368 200 168 46 250 233 17 Gandhinagar Taluka T 773 3,777 2,078 1,699 57 585 307 278 R 701 3,409 1,878 1,531 11 335 74 261 U 72 368 200 168 46 250 233 17 lA-II VARIATION IN POPULATION DURING SEVENTY YEARS District Year PersonS Decade Percentage Males Females Variation Decade Variation 2 3 4 5 6 7 Gandhinagar 1901 62,543 32,054 30,489 1911 64,030 + 1,487 + 2.38 33,177 30,853 1921 68,831 + 4,801 + 7.50 36,079 32,752 1931 76,275 + 7,444 +10.81 39,524 36,751 1941 96,227 -+19,952 +26.16 50,989 45,238 1951 119,698 +23,471 +24.39 60,122 59,576 1961 137,063 +17,365 + 14.51 69,884 . 67,179 1971 200,642 +63,579 +46.39 104,119 96,523 A-ll DECADAL VARIATION IN POPULATION SINCE 1901 APPENDIX District showing 1961 population according to its territorial jurisdiction in 1961, changes in area and population of 1961 adjusted to jurisdiction of 1971. District Area in 1971 1971 Area in 1961 1961 Population Population in 1961 Net increase or (Km.2) Population (Km.2) according to adjusted to decrease between jurisdiction jurisdiction Cols. 5 ond 6 prevailing in 1961 of 1971 1 l 3 4 5 6 7 Gandhiftagar 649.0 200,642 137,063 (+ )137,063 Under Gujarat Government Revenue and Agriculture Department Order No. G.H.M. 1289 MjTLC 1064 L dated 27-11-64. Gandhinagar District was newly constituted of, (a) Indroda (1424-08), Dhola-Kuva (541-22), Adiwada (899-30), Borij (2317-31), Kolwada (4446-10), Vavol (4200- 17), Sargasan (1806-34), Pethapur (14189-02), Vasna Hadmatia (167-28), Sardhav (2869-02), Sonipur (819-00), Jalund (1346-20), Titoda (2449-16), Adraj-Moti (2904-16), Rupal (4257-10), Randheja (3506-05), Vasan (1987- 24), Unau (3477-22), Pindharada (1473-02), Piplaj (21186-26), Kundasan (1807-19), Randesan (861-10), Shertha (3108-33), Bhoyan-Rathod (1862-12), Pundrasan (634-15), villages of Kalol Taluka of Mahesana District. (b) Village Motera (1269-32) of City Taluka of Ahmadabad District. (c) Rayapur (1557-17), Medra (1162-27), Valod (3939-31), Rayasan (876-14), Koha (1871-08), Karai (1229-25), Limbadia (869-32), Ranasan (716-35), Cbiloda (1237-33), Bhatt (1717-10), Nabhoi (719-10), Pore (1450-36), Budthal (1357-30), Sugad (1056-06), Amiyapur (487-·26), Koteshvar (732-36), Chandkheda (2589-21), Jundal (1652-37), Khoraj (1885-13), Adalaj (4426-13), Tarapur (875-01), Unvarsad (4267-24), Jamiyatpur (913-37), Da[1tali (987-05) villages of Daskroi Taluka of Ahmadabad District. (d) Lekawada (1876-31), Palaj (3659-30), Basan (1005-09), Shahpur (2(191-10), Rajpur (645-06), Chekhlarani (805-00), Vasna-Dolarana (2657-19), Bhun~ia (954-31), Alampur (917-12), Dasbela (2880-16), Dhanap (2518- 15), Giyod (2138-06), Chhala (5359-20), Jakbora (1479-03), Shiholi Moti (1754-13), Chiloda (1438-26), Mahudra (2108-34), Mota Isanpur (3175-21), Magodi (3350-13), Dabhoda (5701-27), Lavarpur (1065-11), Prantiya (1198-04), Vadodra (3150-28), Vankanerda (1183-13), Galudan (1765-27), Sonarda (1809-07), Vira Talavdi (638-19), Pirojpur (1463-39), Ratanpur (1288-39) villages of Dehgam Taluka of Ahmadabad District. Nott: fieures in brack~ts indicate area in Acres and Guntbas. 49 A-In VILLAGES CLASSIFIED I-Villages with less Less than 200 200-499 Total number Total Rural Population No. Population No. Population of inbabited ----- Districtffaluka/Mahal villages Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT 75 176,587 91,174 85,413 '}. 67 61 4 651 S66 Oalldhinagar 75 176.587 91.174 85,413 2 67 61 4 652 S66 A-m Villages with Less than 499 Total number Total Rural Population No. Population of inhabited District villages Persons Males Females Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GANDHINAGAR 75 176,587 91,174 85,413 6 719 617 so BY POPULATION III-Villages with a Population of 10,000 than 2,000 population II-Villages with a Population 2,000-9,999 and above ------500-999 t .000-1 ,999 2,000--4,999 5,000-9,999 10,000 and above No. Population No. Population No. Population No. Population No. Population ----- Males Females Males Females, Males Females Males Females Males Females 12 ]3 14 ]S ]6 ]1 18 19 2() 21 22 23 24 2S 26 10 3,894 3,576 30 12,195 20,421 20 33,463 31,108 9 30,903 29,681 10 3,894 3,576 30 22,195 20,421 20 33,463 31,108 9 30,903 29,681 1 -APPENDIX population 500-1,999 2,000-4,999 5,000 and Above No. Population No. Population No. Population ---~---- Males Females Males Females Males Females , 10 11 12 13 14 IS 16 17 40 16,089 23,9"" 20 33,463 31,108 9 30,903 29,631 o,~ A-IV TOWNS AND URBAN AGGLOMERATIONS CLASSIFIED BY POPULATION IN 1971 WITH VARIATION SINCE 1901 S1. ~aOle of Year Status Area in PersonS Decade PerCentage Males Females ~o. Town/Urban District . of km. Variation Decade Agglomeration Town Variation 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ALL CLASSES (1 TOWN) 1971 56.75 24,055 12,945 11,110 CLASS III (20,000-49,99,> 1 Qandhinagar Gandhinagar 1971 ~.M. 56.75 24,055 12,945 11,110 Note: (i) Towns treated as such for the first time in 1971 Census are printed in italics. (ii) The following abbreviation has been used in this table to denote the civic status of the town. N.M. -= Non-Municipal A-IV TOWNS AND URBAN AGGLOMERATIONS CLASSIFIED BY POPULATION IN 1971 WITH VARIATION SINCE 1901 APPENDIX I New Towns added in 1971 and Towns in 1961 Declassified in 1971 Town in 1961 which has been declassified ~ew Town Added in 1971 as Rural in 1971 District ~ame of Area in Population Name of Area in Population Town Km.' Town Km. 2 1971 1961 1971 1961 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar 56.75 24.055 EXPLANATORY NOTE A TO APPENDIX I TO TABLE A-IV Each New town added in 1971 showing the name of village with its Land Revenue Record No., area and population as in 1961 now constituting town Constituent Villages District Name of New Town Name 1961 Land Revenue Record No. Area in Km.2 Census Population 2 3 4 5 6 Gandhioagar Gandhinagar Gandhinagar N.A N. A. =Not available A-IV TOWNS AND URBAN AGGLOMERATIONS CLASSIFIED BY POPULATION IN 1971 WITH VARIA nON SINCE 1901 SPECIAL APPENDIX Statement showing the constituent villages of each of the towns at 1971 Census Taluka Name of Town (area in acres) Jurisdiction with area in acres of each unit 2 3 Gandhinagar Gandhillagar (14,021-36) Area of Adiwada village (899-31), Dhola-Kuva(SI6-19), Borij (2,317-30), Indroda (2,401-07) and part of Kolwada village (282-29), Pethapur village (2,078-20), Lekawada village (573-01), Vavol village (2,319-01), Palaj village (893-03), Basan village (874-02), Sargasan village (479-19) and Shahpur village (386-34) Note: Towns treated as such for the first time in 1971 are printed in italics. 53 B-ECONOMIC TABLES B-1 Part A-Workers and Non-workers according to main activity classified by sex and age-groups This is the basic economic table and is similar to its predecessor in 1961. It shows distri bution of the entire population into two broad classec of 'Workers' and for 'Non-workers'. Workers are further classified into 9 broad industrial categories as shown in the table. As against four age groups in 1961 each category has been cross-classified into eight age-groups viz., 0-14, 15-19, 20-24, 25-29, 30-39, 40-49, 50-59, 60+. The age-groups adopted in 1961 were 0-14, 15-34, 35-59, 60+. Splitting of the two age-groups of 15-34 and 35-59 into six in 1971 will be of special significance to researchers for demographic studies. B-I1 Workers and Non-workers in cities and non-city urban areas according to main activity classified by sex' and age-g~oups This table is 'similar to Table B-1 Part A with the difference that it will be confined to the presentation of data for city/Non-city Urban/Town/Urban Agglomeration. It corresponds to Table B-II of 1961. 55 B-1 PART-A WORKERS AND NON-WORKERS ACCORDING TO ------Workers I 11 III Livestock, Forestry, Fishing, Hunting and Plantation. Agricultural Orchards and Total Age- Total Population Total Workers Cultivators Labourers Allied Activities District Rural group ------Urban P;:,sons Mal~s females Males Females Males females Males females Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GaDdhinagar Total Total 200,642 104,119 96,523 53,510 6,001 20,687 488 11,921 3,446 1,569 68 0-14 81,906 43,740 38,166 1,493 371 233 13 924 259 91 5 15-19 19,043 10,003 9,040 5,145 761 1.466 20 2,133 536 191 12 20-24 18,192 8,901 9,291 7,788 841 2,340 .25 1,852 378 270 4 25-29 15,841 8,145 7,696 7,947 786 2,332 33 1,477 341 235 11 30-39 24,735 13,006 11,729 12,846 1,347 4,550 85 2,313 717 338 14 40-49 17,879 9,022 8,857 8,887 999 4,161 116 1,602 675 . 214 12 50-59 12,037 6,057 5,980 5,738 567 3,217 93 1,010 347 '144 7 60+ 10,999 5,236 5,7f3 3,658 329 2,388 103 610 193 86 3 Age not stated 10 9 1 8 Rural Total 176,587 91,174 85,413 46,798 5,115 20,231 481 11,718 3,425 1,440 65 0-14 72,228 38,6211 33,602 1,396 326 229 13 916 259 90 5 15-19 17,049 8,959 8,090 4,798 667 1,446 20 2,106 534 182 11 20-24 15,333 7,586 7,747 6,693 631 2,299 2S 1,814 376 241 4 25-29 12,864 6,509 6,355 6,342 576 2,283 33 1,442 339 205 11 30-39 21,171 10,809 10,362 10,678 1,120 4,449 84 2,262 713 306 14 40-49 16,334 8,064 8,270 7,942 935 4,042 114 1,582 668 200 11 50-59 11,251 5,654 5,597 5,377 541 3,134 92 994 343 134 6 60+ 10,347 4,958 5,389 3,564 319 2,349 100 602 193 82 3 Age Dot stated 10 9 1 8 Urban Total 24,055 12,945 11,110 6,712 886 456 7 203 21 129 3 0-14 9,678 5,114 4,564 97 45 4 8 1 15-19 1,994 1,044 950 347 94 20 27 2 9 1 20-24 2,859 1,315 1,544 1,095 210 41 38 2 29 25-29 2,977 1,636 1,341 1,605 210 49 35 2 30 30-39 3,564 2,197 1,367 2,168 227 101 1 51 4 32 40-49 1,545 958 587 945 64 119 2 20 7 14 50-59 786 403 383 361 26 83 1 16 4 10 60+ 652 278 374 94 10 39 3 8 4 Age not stated 56 MAIN ACTIVITY CLASSIFIED BY SEX AND AGE-GROUPS Workers IV V VI VII VIII IX X Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs Transport, (a) (b) Storage & Mining and Household Other than House- Trade and Communi- Other Quarrying Industry hold Industry Construction Commerce cations Services Non-workers Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 538 26 1,332 89 5,189 633 2,372 249 2,611 196 1,337 32 5,954 -774 50,609 90,522 5 4 13 5 85 49 49 25 47 3 13 33 7 42,247 37,795 28 7 97 9 512 80 187 54 261 16 56 214 26 4,858 8,279 73 4 157 11 1,028 151 468 48 456 37 230 11 914 172 1,113 8,450 109 4 149 11 1,031 111 535 45 413 29 287 3 1,379 198 198 6,910 217 5 305 24 1,465 157 749 56 639 41 468 13 1,802 235 160 10,382 83 293 16 689 54 273 17 415 34 196 3 961 71 135 7,858 18 194 11 302 26 84 2 232 28 68 469 52 319 5,413 5 124 2 ' 77 5 26 2 148 8 17 177 13 1,578 5,434 2 5 1 1 473 5 1,302 83 4,272 443 811 35 2,398 183 1,248 24 2,905 371 44,376 80,298 13 5 69 37 13 2 39 2 12 15 2 37,230 33,276 11 95 9 449 62 71 7 236 16 52 1 150 7 4,161 7,423 62 150 9 893 98 211 5 404 34 210 6 409 74 893 7,116 99 2 145 8 776 72 155 7 378 26 261 2 598 76 167 5,779 209 298 23 1,102 113 211 9 575 38 446 11 820 114 131 9,242 74 288 16 628 41 84 4 395 31 182 3 467 46 122 7,335 14 190 11 283 18 48 226 28 66 288 41 277 5,056 4 123 2 72 2 17 145 8 17 153 Jl 1,394 5,070 2 5 1 1 65 21 30 6 917 190 1,561 214 213 13 89 8 3,049 403 6,233 10,224 5 4 16 12 36 23 8 1 18 5 5,017 4,519 17 7 2 63 18 116 47 25 4 64 19 697 856 11 4 7 2 135 53 257 43 52 3 20 5 505 98 220 1,334 10 2 4 3 255 39 380 38 35 3 26 781 122 31 1,131 8 4 7 363 44 538 47 64 3 22 2 982 121 29 1,140 9 5 61 13 189 13 20 3 14 494 25 13 523 4 4 19 8 36 1 6 2 181 11 42 357 1 5 3 9 2 3 24 2 184 364 57 B-I1 WORKERS AND NON-WORKERS IN crrms AND NON-CITY Workers I II III Livestock. Forestry. Fishing, Hunting and Plantations, District/City /Non- Agricultural Orchards and City Urban/Town! Age- Total Population Total Workers Cultivators Labourers Allied ActivitieS Urban Agglomera- group --- tion Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males----- Famales 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Gandhinagar District Total 24,055 12,945 11,110 6,712 886 456 7 203 21 129 3 0-14 9,678 5,114 4,564 97 45 4 8 1 15-19 1,994 1,044 950 247 94 20 27 2 9 20-24 2,859 1,315 1,544 1,095 210 41 38 2 29 25-29 2,977 1,636 1,341 1,605 210 49 35 2 30 30-39 3,564 2,197 1,367 2,168 227 101 I 51 4 32 40-49 1,545 958 587 945 64 119 2 20 7 14 1 50-59 786 403 383 361 26 83 1 16 4 10 1 60+ 652 278 374 94 10 39 3 8 4 Age not stated Gandhlnagar N.M. Total 24,055 12,945 11,110 6,712 886 456 7 203 21 129 3 0-14 9,678 5,114 4,564 97 45 4 8 1 15-19 1,994 1,044 950 347 94 20 27 2 9 20-24 2,859 1,315 1,544 1,095 210 41 38 2 29 25-29 2,977 1,636 1,341 1,605 210 49 35 2 3() 30-39 3,564 2,197 1,367 2,168 227 101 51 4 32 40-49 1,545 958 587 945 64 119 2 20 7 14 50-59 786 403 383 361 26 83 1 16 4 10 60+ 652 278 374 94 10 39 3 8 4 Age not stated Note: The following abbreviation has been used in this table to describe the civic status of the town. N.M. =Non-Municipal 58 URBAN AREAS ACCORDING TO MAIN ACTIVITY CLASSIFIED BY SEX AND AGE-GROUPS-Conc/d. Workers IV V VI VII VIII IX X Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs Transport, (a) (b) Storage and Mining and Household Other than House- Trade and Communi- Other Quarrying Industry hold Industry Construction Commerce cations Services Non-workers ------Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 65 21 30 6 917 190 1,561 214 213 13 89 8 3,049 403 6,233 10,224 5 4 16 12 36 23 8 18 5 5,017 4,519 17 7 2 63 18 116 47 25 4 64 19 697 856 11 4 7 2 135 53 257 43 52 3 20 5 505 98 220 1,334 10 2 4 3 255 39 380 38 35 3 26 781 122 31 1,131 8 4 7 1 363 44 538 47 64 3 22 2 982 121 29 1,140 9 5 61 13 189 13 20 3 14 494 25 13 523 4 4 19 8 36 6 2 181 11 42 357 1\ 5 3 9 2 3 24 2 184 364 65 21 30 6 917 190 1,561 214 213 13 89 8 3,049 403 6,233 10,224 5 4 16 12 36 23 8 1 1 18 5 5,017 4,519 17 7 2 63 18 116 47 25 4 64 19 697 856 11 4 7 2 135 53 257 43 52 3 20 5 505 98 220 1,334 10 2 4 3 255 39 380 38 35 3 26 781 122 31 1,131 8 4 7 1 363 M 538 47 64 3 22 2 982 121 29 1,140 9 5 61 13 189 13 20 3 14 494 25 13 523 4 4 19 8 36 1 6 2 181 11 42 357 1 5 3 9 2 3 24 2 184 364 o. v 59 C-SOCIAL AND CULTURAL TABLES C-V Mother Tongue This table corresponds to Table C-V of 1961. In thi~ table mother tonglles bav. been jiven in alphabetical order The figures for the dl&tnct have been presented for total/rural/urban areas, while· Taluka figures have been presented for total ::Hea 0nly. The separate figures for town/town agglomera tion ha,e also been prcscnltd. !n 1961 tbe wble was prese"ted for total, rural and urban areas for tae district and for rural area only for talukajmahal. c-VII Religion ThIS table like its corresponding Table C-VII in 1961 has been prepared on full count for total, rural and urban population. It gives the distnbution of the population by religion. The units for present ation of figures for thiS table in 1961 were total/rural/urban area$ for the district and rural area for . talukas. The units for presentation <,f figures for this table in 1971 are total/rural/urban areas for the districts/talukas and town/town agglomeration. c-VIII Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Part A and B)-Classification by literacy and industrial category of workers and non workers according to main activity among Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes This table has been prepared fer total. rural and urban population on full count. It gives the total popUlation of ~cheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and their distribution ty literacy and classi fication of wor kers into different indmtrial categories and the total number of non-workers. This is a gener al table that is prepared for the Scht:duled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. The table gives figures for district/taluka/mahal/city /city ag!!-lomeration/town/town agglomeration. Appendix to Table C-VIlI-A gives individual castewi~e details on literacy for total/rural/urban areas for district/taluka/mahal/city/tnwn/urban agglomeration. Appendix to Table C-VII[- Part B ijives simIlar detaIls for individual Scheduled Tribe. 61 C-v MOTHER TONGUE (ALPHABETICAL ORDER) GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT Total Rural Urban Sl. No. Mother Tongues Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 All Mother Tongues 200,642 104,119 96,523 176,587 91,174 85,413 24,055 12,945 11,110 1 Baloch!/ Baluchi 8 4 4 8 4 4 2 Bengali 25 8 17 14 4 10 11 4 7 3 Bihari 1 1 4 English 7 3 4 7 3 4 5 Gorkhali/Nepali 1,112 687 425 12 9 3 1,100 678 422 6 Gujarati 193,753 100,143 93,610 173,283 89,235 84,048 20,470 10,908 9,562 7 Hindi 1,323 836 487 1,246 791 455 77 45 32 8 Kachchhi 6 4 2 1 5 4 1 9 Kannada 36 17 19 20 9 11 16 8 8 10 Kashmiri 711 388 323 711 388 323 11 Kokna/Kokni/Kukna 72 37 35 I3 7 6 59 30 29 12 Madrasi 187 110 77 2 2 185 108 .,7 13 Maithili 3 2 3 2 1 14 Malayalam 84 44 40 83 43 40 15 Marathi 660 363 297 93 52 41 567 311 256 16 Marwari 660 386 274 645 379 266 15 7 8 17 Mewari 30 20 10 29 19 10 18 Oriya 2 2 1 19 Pahari-Unspecified 1 20 PnarlSynteng 4 2 2 4 2 2 21 Portuguese 1 1 1 1 22 Punjabi 137 86 51 77 46 31 60 40 20 23 Rajasthani 622 334 288 434 232 202 188 102 86 24 Sanskrit 1 1 1 25 Sindhi 419 245 174 207 135 72 212 110 102 26 Tamil 70 32 38 26 9 17 44 23 21 27 Telugu 30 17 13 4 4 26 17 9 28 Urdu 677 349 328 412 213 199 265 136 129 62 c-v MOTHER TONGUE (ALPHABETICAL ORJ)ER) Gandbinagar Gandhinagar Taluka Sl. Mother Tongues No. Males Females Males Females 2 12 13 14 15 All Mother Tongues 104,119 96,523 12,945 11,110 1 Balochi/Baluchi 4 4 4 4 2 Bengali 8 17 4 7 3 Bihari 1 4 English 3 4 5 Gorkhali;Nepali 687 425 678 422 6 Gujarati 100,143 93,610 10,908 9,562 7 Hindi 836 487 45 32 8 Kachchhi 4 2 4 1 9 Kannada 17 19 8 8 10 Kashmiri 388 323 388 323 11 Kokna/KokniJKukna 37 35 30 29 12 Madrasi 110 77 108 77 13 Maithili 2 1 14 Malayaliim 41 40 15 Marathi 363 297 311 256 16 Marwari 386 274 7 8 17 Mewari 20 10 19 10 18 Oriya 2 19 Pahari-Upspecified 20 Pnar/Synteng 2 2 2 2 21 Portuguese 1 1 22 Punjabi 86 51 40 20 23 Rajasthani 334 288 102 86 24 Sanskrit 1 25 Sindhi 245 174 110 102 26 Tamil 32 38 23 21 27 Telugu 17 13 17 9 28 Urdu 349 328 136 129 Note: Mother tongues printed in italics belong to the countries outside the Indian sub-continent. 63 c- VII RELIGION Name of Religions arranged District(Taluka/Mahall Total Total Buddhism Christianity Hinduism City/Town/Urban ' Ruml ------Agglomeration Urban Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 GANDHINAGAR T 200,642 104,119 96,523 8 5 220 196 100,652 93,278 DISTRICT R 176,587 91,174 85,413 57 54 88,663 83,001 U 24,055 12,945 11,110 8 5 163 142 11,989 10,277 Gandhinagar Taluka T 200,642 104,119 96,523 8 5 220 196 100,652 93,278 R 176,587 91,174 85,413 57 54 88,663 83,001 U 24,055 12,945 11,110 8 5 163 142 11 ,989 10,277 Gandhinagar U 24,055 12,945 11,110 8 5 163 142 11,989 10,277 in alphabetical order District/Taluka/Maha 1/ Total ------City/Town/Urban Rural Other Religions Religion not Agglomeration Urban Islam Jainism Sikhism and Persuations staled ------Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females 2 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 GANDHINAGAR T 2,381 2,232 780 755 43 24 3 8 32 25 DISTRICT R 1,854 1,748 573 588 24 13 3 5 4 U 527 484 207 167 19 11 3 32 21 Gandhinagar Taluka T 2,381 2,232 780 755 43 24 3 8 32 25 R 1.854 1,748 573 588 24 13 3 5 4 U 527 484 207 167 19 11 3 32 21 Gandhinagar U 527 484 207 167 19 11 3 32 21 64 -0\00 .....o .....<'1 00 'C 0000 N III III V"> V">...... o .... "" 0\0\ NN t- -V"> <'1 00 N t 0\ ..,.N -N ""c"" 00 ~;O~ 00 o <'10N ~.n N 0000 C\l--M '<1''<1'C 8 l--'C"" ~.n,,; - 0\...... 00 65 C-VIII SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES Part A Classification by literacy and industrial category of workers and non-workers according to main activity among Scheduled Castes APPENDIX Scheduled Castes classified by literates and illiterates Literate and Educated District/Taluka/Mahal Total Population Illiterate persons City/Town/Urban Rural Agglomeration Urban Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ALL SCHEDULED CASTES GANDHINAGAR T 13,140 6,749 6,391 7,461 2,950 4,511 5,679 ~,799 1,880 DISTRICT R 11,157 5,647 5,510 6,461 2,521 3,940 4,696 3',126 1,570 U 1,983 1,102 881 1,000 429 571 983 673 310 Gandhinagar Taluka T 13,140 6,749 6,391 7,461 2,950 4,511 5,679 3,799 1,880 R 11,157 5,647 5,510 6,461 2,521 3,940 4,696 3,126 1,570 U 1,983 1,102 881 1,000 429 571 983 673 310 Gandhinagar U 1,983 1,102 881 1,000 429 571 983 673 310 (1) Bhambi, Bhambhi, Asadaru, Asodi, Chamadia, Chamar, Chambhar, Cham gar, HaraJayya, Harali, KhaJpa, Machigar, Mochigar, Madar, Madig, TeJegu Mochi, Kamati Mochi, Ranigar, Rohidas, Rohit or Sam gar GANDHINAGAR T 4,980 2,619 2,361 2,802 1,182 1,620 2,178 1,437 741 DISTRICT R 4,734 2,487 2,247 2,695 1,139 1,556 2,039 1,348 691 U 246 132 114 107 43 64 139 89 50 Gandhinagar Taluka T 4,980 2,619 2,361 2,802 1,182 1,620 2,178 1,437 741 R 4,734 2,487 2,247 2,695 1,139 1,556 2,039 1,348 691 U 246 132 114 107 43 64 139 89 SO Gandhinagar U 246 132 114 107 43 64 139 89 50 (2) Bhangi, Mehtar, OIgana, Rukhi, Malkana, Halalkhor, Lalbegi, Balmiki, Korar or Zadmalli. GANDHINAGAR T 1,311 675 636 896 357 539 415 318 97 ISTRICT R 1,019 511 508 682 256 426 337 255 82 U 292 164 128 214 101 113 78 63 15 Gandhinagar Taluka T 1,311 675 636 896 357 539 415 318 97 R 1,019 SI1 508 682 256 426 337 255 82 U 292 164 128 214 101 113 78 63 IS Gandhinasar U 292 164 128 214 101 113 78 63 IS 66 C-VIII SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES-Contd. Part A Classification by literacy aDd industrial category of workers and non-workers according to main activity among Sched~led Castes APPENDIX Scheduled Castes classified by literates and illiterates-Contd. Literate and educated District/Taluka£Mahal/ Total Population Illiterate persons City/ Town/Ur an Rural ------Agglomeration Urban Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females ~ 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 (3) Garoda or Garo GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT T 844 429 415 402 134 268 442 295 147 R 743 375 368 350 113 237 393 262 131 U 101 54 47 52 21 31 49 33 16 Gandhinagar Taluka T 844 429 415 402 134 268 442 295 147 R 743 375 368 350 113 237 393 262 131 U 101 54 41 52 21 31 49 33 16 Gandhinagar U 101 54 47 52 21 31 49 33 16 (4) Mahyavanshi, Dhed, Vankar or Maru Vankar GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT T 5,131 2.564 2,567 2.838 1,062 1,776 2,293 1,502 791 R 4,329 2,106 2,223 2,480 906 1,574 1,849 1,200 649 U 802 458 344 358 156 202 444 302 142 Gandhinagar Taluka T 5,131 2.564 2.567 2.838 1,062 1,776 2,293 1,502 791 R 4,329 2,106 2,223 2,480 906 1.574 1,849 1,200 649 U 802 458 344 358 156 202 444 302 142 Gandhinagar U 802 458 344 358 156 202 444 302 142 (5) Meghval or Menghvar GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT R 9 8 1 5 5 4 3 1 Gandbinagar Taluka R 9 8 5 5 4 3 1 (6) Nadia or Hadi GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT T 167 79 88 133 49 84 34 30 4 R 162 78 84 129 49 80 33 29 4 U 5 1 4 4 4 1 1 Gandbinagar Taluka T 167 79 88 133 49 84 34 30 4 R 162 78 84 129 49 80 33 29' 4 U 5 4 4 4 1 Gandbinagar U 5 1 4 4 4 1 0, 8 67 C-VIII SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES-Conta. Part A Classification by literacy and industrial category of workers and non-workers according to main activity among Scheduled Castes APPENDIX Scheduled Castes classified by literates and illiterates-Coneld. Literate and educated District/Taluka/Mahalj Total Population Illiterate persons City/Town/Urban Rural Agglomeration Urban Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 (7) Shenva, Chenva, Sedma or Rawat GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT T 141 70 71 112 49 63 29 21 8 R 132 65 67 106 46 60 26 " 19 7 U 9 5 4 6 3 3 3 2 1 Gandhinagar Taluka T 141 70 71 112 49 63 29 21 8 R 132 65 67 106 46 60 26 19 7 U 9 5 4 6 3 3 3 2 Gandhinagar U 9 5 4 6 3 3 3 2 1 (8) Tirgar or Tirbanda GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT R 4 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 Gandhinagar R 4 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 (9) Turi GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT R 25 15 10 11 6 5 14 9 5 Gandhinagar Taluka R 25 15 10 11 6 5 14 9 5 (10) Unspecified GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT U 528 288 240 259 105 154 269 183 86 Gandhinagar Taluka U 528 288 240 259 105 154 269 183 86 Oandhinapr U 52, 28$ 240 259 lOS 154 269 183 8' '-...... ~ ...... ,.... M MM o .... M 1010 1010 "" 0\ - N ..,.... '"..o 00 ~ ~ ....'" N .... .~ N.... ""MM...... 8 It) It) .... '> o...... 00.... ::> M M I I I I M M .... M I I 00 10 o M ::> N .... M.... MM ,Q.... =Q ..... CII ~ ... 69 <::-VIII SCHEDutED CASTES AND SCHEDULED TRIBES-Contd. Part B Classification by literacy and indltstrial category of workers and non-workers according to main activity arr,ong Scheduled Tribes APPENDIX Scheduled Tribes classified by literates alld illiterates Liter,ltc and Educated District/Taluka/Mahal/ Total Population Illiterate Persons City//Town/Ulban Rural ------Agglomeration Urban --_Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ALL SCHEDULED TRIBES GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT T 406 212 194 309 136 173 97 76 21 R 274 138 136 242 109 133 32 29 3 U 132 74 58 67 27 40 6S 47 18 Gandhinagar Taluka T 406 212 194 309 136 173 97 76 21 R 274 138 136 242 109 133 32 29 3 U 132 74 58 61 27 40 65 47 18 Gandhinagar U 132 74 58 67 27 40 65 47 18 (1) Bbi) including Dbil Garasia, Dholi Bbil, Dungri BhiJ, Dungri Garasia, Mew:lsi Bbil, Rawal Bhil, Tadvi Bbi!, Bhagali~, Bhilala, Pawra, Vasava and Vasave GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT T 227 113 114 195 89 106 32 24 8 R 172 84 88 163 77 86 9 7 2 U S5 29 26 32 12 20 23 17 6 Gandhinagar Taluka T 227 113 114 195 89 106 32 24 8 R 172 84 88 163 77 86 9 7 2 U 55 29 26 32 12 20 23 17 6 Gandhinagar U 55 29 26 32 12 20 23 17 6 (2) Dhanka, including Tadvi, Tetaria and Valvi GANDHI NAGAR DISTRICT U 1 1 1 1 Gandhinagar Taluka U Gandhinagar U (3) Dubla, including Talavia or Halpati GANDHlNAGAR DISTRICr U 13 7 6 5 2 3 8 5 3 Gandhinagar Taluka U 13 7 6 5 2 3 8 5 3 Gandhinagar U 13 7 6 5 2 3 8 5 3 70 C-VIII SCHEDULED CASTES AND SCilEDULED fRlDES-Concld. Part B Classification by literacy and industrial category of workers and non-workers according to main activity among Scheduled Tribes APPENDIX Scheduled Tribes classified by literates and illiterates-Contd. Literate and educated District/Taluka/Mahal/ Total Population Illiterate persons City/Town/Urban Rural Agglomeration Urban Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 (4) Gamit or Gamta or Gavit, including Mavcbi, Padvi, Vasa va, Vasave and Valvi GANDHINAGAR DISTRICl' U 8 3 5 2 2 6 3 3 Gandhinagar Taluka U 8 3 5 2 2 6 3 3 Gaodbinagar U 8 3 5 2 2 6 3 3- (5) Naikda or Nayaka, including Cholivala Nayaka, Kapadia Nayaka, Mota Nayaka and Nana Nayaka GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT T 26 14 12 18 8 10 8 6 2 R 19 9 10 16 6 10 3 3 U 7 5 2 2 2 5 3 2 Gandhinagar Taluka T 26 14 12 18 8 10 8 6 2 R 19 9 10 16 6 10 3 3 U 7 5 2 2 2 5 3 2 Gandhinagar U 7 5 2 2 2. 5 3 2 (6) Pardhi, including Advicbincber and Pnaose Pardbi GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT R 83 45 38 63 26 37 20 19 1 Gandhinagar Taluka R 83 45 38 63 26 37 20 19 (7) Patelia GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT U 1 1 1 1 Gandhinagar Taluka U Gandhinagar U (8) Unspecified GANDIDNAGAR DISTRICT U 47 28 19 26 11 15 21 17 4 Gandhinagar Taluka U 47 28 19 26 11 15 21 17 4 Gandhinagar U 47 28 19 26 11 15 21 17 4 71 E-ESTABLISHMENT TABLES E-I Distribution of EstablisHments by Broad Types This is a new table for the 1971 Census and is prepared for total, rural and urban areas for District/City and gives the distribution of all establIshments by three broad types viz., (I) manu facturing, processing or servicing establishments; (2) trade or business establishments and (3) other establishments in each of (a) government or quasi-government (b) private and (c) co-operative sectors of the economy. The manufacturing, processing or servicing establish ments are further classified as registered factories, unregistered workshops and household industries. The trade or business establi shments are classified as wholesale, retail and others. Lastly the 'other establishments' are classifIed as educational institutions. public health institutions and others. WIth a view to understand the significance of statistics incorporated in E series tables, the con cepts and definitions of the terms occurring in the tables are given below. An "Establishment" is a place where goods are produced or manufactured not solely for domestic cosumption or where servicing and/or repairing is done such as factory, workshop or househ?ld industry or servicing and/or repair workshop or a place where retail or wholesale business is carried on or commercial services are rendered or an office, public or private or a place of entertainment or where educational, religious, social or entertainment services are rendered. It is necessary that in all these places one or more persons should be actually working. Thus an establishment will cover manufacturing, trade and other establishments where people work. Examples A factory or a workshop or workshop-cum-residence or a trading or other establishment, i. e. where some kind of produ.;tion, processmg, repair or servicing i3 und~rtaken or where goods or articles are made and sold, or some business is being carried on such as a grocery shop, a pan shop, restaurant, bank, botd, Or an office is functioning such as Govern ment office, commercial office, or an institution is being run such as school, college, hospital, dispensary, etc., and where one or more persons are working. An establishment may occupy a census house or a group of census houses or a part of a census house. An establishment has been treated as a government/quasi-government institution if the Central or State Government or a Local Authority such as the Zilla Parishad, City Corporation or Municipality etc., completely owns or has a majority of shares as to control the management of the establishment. Private establishments are those owned and managed by private individuals or corporate bodies not being co-operative institution or governrr.tnt or quasi-government institutions. Establishments registered under the Co-operative Societies Registration Law of the State, alone fall in the category of "Co-operative." A I Household Industry' is defined as an industry conducted by the head of the household himself/herself and/or mainly by the members of the household at home or within the village in rural areas, and only within the premises of the house where the household lives in urban areas. 'The industry should not be run on the scale of a registered factory. 72 Registered Factory;- A factory which is registered under the Indian Factories Act should be treated as a "Registered Factory". Any other workshop merely licenced by the Municipal or any other authority or registered for any other purpose should not be treated as a registered factory unless it. is registered under the Indian Factories Act. Unregistered Workshop;- Workshop is a place where some kind of 'production, processing, servicing, repairmg or making of goods for sale' is going on. A workshop which is registered under the Indian Factories Act should be treated as a registered factory and others as unregistered workshops. Workshops which are run as household industry should be treated as household industry and entered as such. The description of each Division and. Major Group of National Industrial Classification, 1970 has been reproduced in an Annexure at tbe end of this volume. E-II Part A Distribution of Manufacturing, Processing or Servicing Establishments other than Household Industries Classified by Registered Factories, Unregistered Workshops and Size of Employment This table shows distribution of manufacturing, processing or servicing establishments other than household industries for total, rural and urban areas for District/City separately. If gives useful information about the size of employment and the number of units under each of the categories (a) registered factories and (b) unregIstered workshops in each Division/Major Group of National Industrial ClassIfication, 1970. Table E-II (Parts, A, B & C) some-what corresponds to Table E-II1 of 1961. In 1961 Table E-III gave information about census houses used as factories and workshops classified by power/fuel and no power used and size of employment. The range of employment size also varies between 1961 and 1971 Censuses, as will be seen from the following ;- Range of employment size Range of employment size in 1961 in 1971 Person Person 2-5 Persons 2-4 Persons 6-9 Persons 5-9 Persons 10-19 Persons 10-19 Persons 20-49 Persons 20-49 Persons 50-99 Persons 50-99 Persons 100 + Persons 100-299 Persons 300-499 Persons 500 + Persons 7~ E-II Part-B Distribution of Manufacturing, Processing or Servicing Establishments other than Household Industries classified by Industry, Fuel/Power or Manual used and Size of Employment In this table, the number of factories and workshops are presented for total, rural and urban areas for District/City and by Division/Major Group of National Industrial Classification, 1970 and by size of employment. This gives information about the kind of fuel or pOI.\'er used in the industries. E--I1 Part C Distribution of Household Industry Establishments classified by Industry, Fuel/Power used and Size of Employment This table furnishes information of household industry establishments by Division and Major Group of National Industrial Classification, 1970 about the kind of fuel or power used by broad employment size groups for total, rural and urban areas for District/City separately. E-III Distribution of Trade/Commercial Establishments classified by the Type of Business or Trade and Size of Employment This is a new table for 1971 and is prepared for the trade/commercial establishments classified by the type of business or trade and size of employment for total, rural and urban areas for District/ City. All trade/commercial establishments care classified under ach DiVIsion/Major GroUp of National Industrial Classification, 1970. E-IV Distribution of Establishments (other than Manufacturing, Processing or Servicing or Business and Trade Establishment) by Size of Employment This table gives the distribution of establishments (other than manufacturing, processing or servicing or business and trade establishments) by size of employment for total, rural and urban areas for District/City in each Division and Major Group of National Industrial Classification, 1970. All establishments (other than manufacturing, processing or servicing or business and trade) further gives employment by broad groups in each Division/Major Group of National Industrial Classification, 1970. This table which has been attempted for the first time in 1971 Census also provides frame for the establishments not covered by Table E-I1 (Part A & B) and E-III. 74 E-I DISTRIBUTION OF ESTABLISHMENTS BY BROAD TYPES (A) Govt./ Total Manufacturing, Processing Trade or Business Other Establishments Total Quasi Number or Servicing Establishments Establishments District Rural Govt. of Establi------Urban (B) Private shments Regi- Unregist- Household Wholesale Retail Others Educati- Public (C) Co-oper- stered ered Industries onal Health Others ative Fact- workshops Institu- Institu- ories tions tions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 GANDHINAGAR TOTAL A 361 2 3 10 121 12 203 DISTRICT B 2,392 1l 17 594 61 1,250 196 18 64 ISO C 78 13 47 13 5 RURAL A 308 2 10 115 20 160 B 2,281 10 13 593 61 1,203 164 17 64 156 C 75 III 44 13 , UR.BAN A 53 t t 6 2 43 B III 2 4 1 47 32 1 24 C 3 3 G.9 75 E-II PART-A DISTRIBUTION OF MANUFACTURING, PROCESSING OR SERVICING ESTABLISHMENTS UNREGISTERED WORKSHOPS AND NUMBER OF FACTORIES OR WORKSHOPS OTHER THAN HOUSEHOLD REGISTERED Total 10-19 Persons 20-49 Persons 50-99 Persons 100-299 Persons 300-499 Persons Division/ ------Major Group Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons of N.I.C. employed employed employed employed employed employed 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 GANDHINAGAR. Division 2&:3 12 657 4 47 3 70 3 160 1 380 Major Group 20-21 22 3 200 1 20 1 50 130 23 60 1 60 27 2 60 1 10 1 50 28 1 250 250 29 1 12 1 12 32 4 75 2 25 2 50 34 39 GANDHINAGAR Division 1&:3 10 381 4 47 1 45 3 160 1 130 Major Group 20-21 22 3 200 1 20 1 50 1 130 23 1 60 1 60 21 2 60 1 10 1 50 29 1 12 1 12 32 3 50 2 25 25 34 GANDHINAGAR Division 1&:3 1 175 1 15 1 150 Major Group 20-21 28 1 250 1 250 32 1 25 2S 34 39 76 ornER THAN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRII:S CLASSIFIED BY REGISTERED FACTORIES, SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT INDUSTRIES BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT FACTORIES UNREGISTERED WORKSHOPS 500+Persons Pers()ns Total One 2-4 Persons 5-9 Persons 10-19 Persons Persons Divison/ unspecified Person unspecified Major ------_------Group of Units Persons Units Units Persons Units Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units NJ.C. employed employed employed employed employed 14 15 16 17 1'8 19 20 21 22 23 24 2S 26 1 DISTRICI' (TOTAL) Division 19 67- 1 13 33 4 23 1 10 2&3 Major Group 6 14 6 14 20-21 S .29 2 6 2 13 10 22 ' .. 1 2 1 2 23 2 8 3 5 Tl 28 29 32 4 12 2 6 S 34 1 2 2 39 DISTRICI' (RURAL) Division 14 56 1 8 21 4 23 1 10 2&3 Major Group 3 7 3 7 20-21 S 29 2 6 2 13 1 10 22 1 2 1 2 23 2 8 1 3 S 27 29 32 3 10 1 4 S - 34 DISTRICI' (URBAN) Division 11 5 11 2&3 Maj()r Group 3 7 3 7 20-21 28 32 1 2 2 34 1 :2 2 39 77 E-II PART-B DISTRIBUTION OF MANUFACTURING, PROCESSING OR SERVICING FUEL/POWER OR MANUAL USED AND NUMBER OF FACTORIES OR WORKSHOPS OTHER THAN Total One 2 - 4 5 - 9 10 - 19 Division/ Kind of person PersonS Persons Persons Major Fuel or ------~----- Group of power Units Per~ons Units Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons N.I. C. used employed employed employed employed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 GANDHINAGAR Division 2 & 3 Total 31 724 1 13 33 4 23 5 57 I All Fuels/Power 24 630 10 25 3 17 4 47 (a) Electricity 19 608 7 19 3 17 3 32 (C) Coal, Wood and Bagasse 5 22 1 3 6 1 15 II Manual 7 94 3 8 6 1 10 Major Group 20-21 Total 6 14 6 14 I All FuelslPower 6 14 6 14 (a) Electricity 4 10 4 10 (c) Coal, Wood and Bagasse 2 4 2 4 Major Group 22 Total 8 229 2 6 2 13 1 10 I All Fuels/Power 2 137 1 7 (a) Electricity 2 137 1 7 II Manual 6 92 2 6 6 10 Major Group 23 Total 2 62 1 2 I All Fuels/Power 2 62 1 2 (a) Electricity 2 62 1 2 Major Group 27 Total 4 68 1 3 1 S 1 10 I All Fuels/Power 4 68 1 3 1 5 1 10 (a) Electricity 4 68 1 3 1 5 1 10 Major Group 28 Total 1 250 I All Fuels/Power 1 250 (a) Electricity 1 250 Major Group 29 Total 1 12 1 12 I All Fuels/Power 1 12 1 12 (a) Electricity 1 12 1 12 Major Group 32 Total 4 75 2 2S I All Fuels/Power 4 75 2 25 (a) Electricity 3 60 1 10 (c) Coal, Wood and Bagasse 1 15 1 15 Major Group 34 Total 4 12 1 2 6 1 S I All Fuels/Power 4 12 2 6 5 (a) Electricity 2 9 .. 1 4 5 (c) Coal, Wood and Bagasse 2 3 1 1 2 Major Group 39 Total 1 2 1 2 II Manual 1 2 1 2 78 ESTABLISHMENTS OTHER THAN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRmS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRY, SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRIES BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT 20-49 50-99 100-299 300-499 500 + Persons Division/ Persons Persons Persons Persons Persons Unspecified Major ------.------Group of Units Persons Units PersonS Units Persons Units Persons Units PersonS Units N. I. C. employed employed employed employed employed 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 DISTRICT (TOTAL) Division 3 70 3 160 2 380 2&3 2 50 2 110 2. 380 2 50 2 110 2 380 1 20 50 Major Group 20-21 Major Group 22 1 20 1 50 1 130 130 130 20 50 Major Group 23 1 60 60 60 Major Group 27 1 50 50 50 Major Group 28 1 250 250 250 Major Group 29 Major Group 32 2 50 2 50 2 50 Major Group 34 Major Group 39 79 E-II PART-B DISTRIBUTION OF MANUFACTURING, PROCESSING OR SERVICING FUEL/POWER OR MANUAL USED AND NUMBER OF FACTORIES OR WORKSHOPS OTHER THAN Total One 2 - 4 5 - 9 10 - 19 Division! Kind of Person PersonS Persons Persons Major Fuel or ------Group of power Units perSons Units Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons N.T.C. used employed employed employeci employed 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 GANDHINAGAR Division 2 & 3 Total 24 438 1 8 22 4 23 5 57 I All Fuels/Power 18 346 6 16 3 17 4 47 (a) Electricity 14 326 4 12 3 17 3 32 (c) Coal, Wood and Bagasse 4 20 2 4 1 15 iI Manual 6 92 2 6 6 10 Major Group 20-21 Total 3 7 3 7 I All Fuels/Power 3 7 3 7 (a) Electricity 1 3 I 3 (c) Coal, Wood and Bagasse 2 4 2 4 Major Group 22 Total 8 229 2 6 2 13 1 10 I All Fuel~/Power 2 137 7 (a) Electricity 2 137 7 II Manual 6 92 2 6 6 10 Major Group 23 Total 2 62 1 1 I All Fuels/Power 2 62 1 2 (a) Electricity 2 62 1 2 Major Group 27 Total 4 68 1 3 1 5 1 10 I All Fuels/Power 4 68 3 5 10 (a) Electricity 4 68 3 5 10 Major Group 29 Total 1 12 1 12 I All Fuels/Power 1 12 12 (a) Electricity 1 12 12 Major Group 32 Total 3 50 2 25 I AU Fuels/Power 3 50 2 25 (a) Electricity 2 35 1 10 (c) Coal, Wood and Bagasle 1 15 1 IS Major Group 34 Total 3 10 1 1 4 1 5 I All Fuels/Power 3 10 4 S (a) Electricity 2 I.) 4 5 (c) Coal, Wood and Bagasse 1 J GANDHINAGAR Division 2 & 3 Total 7 286 5 11 I All Fuels/Power 6 284 4 9 (a) Electricity 5 28~ 3 7 (c) Coal, Wood and Bagasse I 2 I 2 II Manual 2 2 80 ESTABLISHMENTS OTHER THAN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRIES CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRY, SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT-Contd. HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRIES BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT 20-49 50-99 100-299 300-499 5eo + Persons Division/ Persons Persons Persons Persons Persons Unspecified Major ------Group of Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units N.I.C. employed employed employed employed employed 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 DISTRICT (RURAL) 2 45 3 160 1 130 25 2 110 130 25 2 110 130 1 20 50 Major Group 2()"'21 ',' Major Group 22 1 20 1 50 1 130 130 130 1 20 50 Major Group 23 1 60 1 60 I 60 Major Group 27 1 50 50 50 Major Group 29 Major Group 32 1 25 1 25 1 25 Major Group 34 !O DISTRICT (URBAN) Di'vislon 1 25 1 250 2&3 1 25 1 250 1 2S 1 250 81 E-II PART-B DISTRIBUTION OF MANUFACTURING, PROCESSING OR SERVICING FUEL/POWER OR MANUAL USED AND NUMBER OF FACTORIES OR WORKSHOPS OTHER THAN Total One 2 - 4 5 - 9 10 - 19 Division/ Kind of Person Persons Persons Persons Major Fuel or ------_------Group of power Units Persons Units Units PerSons Units Persons Units Persons N.I.e. used employed employed employed employed 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9' 10 11 GANDHI NAGAR Major Group 20-21 Total 3 7 3 7 I AU Fuels/Power 3 7 3 7 (a) Electricity 3 7 3 7 Major Group 28 Total 1 250 I All Fuels/Power 1 250 (a) Electricity 1 250 Major Group 3 ~ Total 1 25 I All Fuels/Power 1 2S (a) Electricity 1 2S Major Group 34 Total 1 1 1 1 I All Fuels/Power 1 2 2 (c) Coal, Wood and Bagasse 1 2 2 Major Group 39 Total 1 2 1 2 II Manual 2 2 82 ESTABLISHMENTS OTHER THAN HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRIES CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRY, SIZE OF EMPJJOYMENT-Concld. HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRIES BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT 20-49 50-99 100-299 300-499 500+ Persons Persons Persons Persons Persons Persons Unspecified Division/ ------Major Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units Group of employed employed employed employed employed N.I.C. 12 13 14 15 ]6 17 18 19 20 21 22 DISTRICT (URBAN)-Concld. Major Group 20-21 ' .. Major Group 28 1 250 1 250 1 250 Major Group 32 1 2S 1 2S 'I 25 Major Group 34 Major Group 39 G.I0 83 1'-11 PART-C DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ESTABLISHMENTS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRY, FUEL/POWER USED AND SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ESTABLlSHMENTS BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT ------_---_ Persons Division/ Kind of Total 2 - 4 5 - 9 10-19 Unspe- Major Fuel or Person P.;rsons Persons Persons cifled Group of Power ------N.I.C. used Units Persons Units Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons --fJnits employed employed employed employed 2 3 4 5 6 7 Ii 9 10 11 12 GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT (TOTAL) Division 2 & 3 Total 594 1,059 305 253 572 26 161 2 21 I AU Fuels/Power 227 451 80 132 299 11 72 "4 (a) Electricity 107 231 27 70 151 8 53 2 (b) Liquid Fuel 24 51 5 18 41 I 5 .. (C) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 90 162 43 43 105 2 14 2 (d) Other power 6 7 5 1 2 II Mamlal 367 608 225 121 273 15 89 2 21 4 Major Group 20-21 Total 130 253 29 9() 210 2 14 3 I All Fuels/Power 130 253 29 96 210 2 14 3 (a) Electricity 76 138 14 60 124 2 (b) Liquid Fuel 23 46 5 18 41 ., (c) Coal, Wood, & Bagasse 25 62 5 17 43 2 14 1 (d) Other power 6 7 5 1 2 Major Group 22 Total 37 114 10 17 48 7 46 1 to 2 II Manual 37 114 10 17 48 7 46 10 2 Major Group 23 Total 17 37 9 6 18 2 10 I AU Fuels/Power 3 10 4 5 (a) Electricity 3 10 4 5 II Manual 14 27 8 5 14 5 Major Group 26 Total 135 174 98 36 76 1 I All Fuels/Power 1 2 2 (a) Electricity 2 2 II Manual 134 172 98 35 74 Major Group 27 Total 66 139 35 22 50 9 54 I All Fuels/Power 8 41 2 6 39 (a) ElectriCity 8 41 2 6 39 II Manual 58 98 33 22 50 3 15 Major Group 28 Total 1 '1. 1 2 II Manual 2 2 Major Group 29 Total 27 46 15 11 22 1 9 I All Fuels/Power 3 11 2 1 9 (a) Electricity 3 11 2 1 9 II Manual 24 35 13 11 22 84 E-I1 PART-C DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ESTABLISHMENTS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRY, FUEL/POWER USED AND SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT-Contd. NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ESTABLISHMENTS BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT Persons Division/ Kind of Total 1 2-4 5-9 10-19 Unspe- Major FlleJ or Person Persons Persons Persons cified Group of Power ------_._------N.I.C. used Units Persons Units Units Persons Units Persons Units Pel sonS Units employed employed employed employed 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT (TOTAL)-Contd. Major Group 30 Total 1 1 1 II Manual Major Group 32 Total 52 96 31 16 37 5 28 I All Fuels/Power 4 11 2 4 5 (a) Electricity 2 5 1 4 .. (b) Liquid Fuel 1 5 .. 5 (c) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 1 1 1 II Manual 48 85 29 15 33 4 23 Ma~r Group 34 Total 36 63 16 19 47 I All Fuels/Power 36 63 16 19 47 (a) Electricity 3 6 1 2 5 .. (C) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 33 57 15 17 42 1 Major Group 35 Total 12 19 7 5 12 I All Fuels/Power 12 19 7 5 12 (a) Electricity 9 15 5 4 10 (C) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 3 4 2 1 2 Major Group 38 Total 45 59 31 13 28 1 I All Fuels/Power 29 40 20 9 20 (a) Electricity I 2 .. 1 2 (c) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 28 38 20 8 18 II Manual 16 19 11 4 8 Major Group 39 Total 35 56 23 11 22 1 11 I All Fuels/Power (a) Electricity II Manual 34 55 22 11 22 ! 1 GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT (RURAL) Division 2 & 3 Total 593 1,058 304 253 572 26 161 2 21 8 J All Fuels/Power 227 451 80 132 299 11 72 4 (a) Electricity 107 231 27 70 151 8 53 2 (b) Liquid Fuel 24 51 5 18 41 I 5 (C) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 90 162 43 43 105 2 14 2 (d) Other power 6 7 5 1 2 II Manual 366 607 224 121 273 15 89 2 21 4 85 E-Il PART-C DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ESTABLISHMENTS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRY, FUEL/POWER USED AND SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT-Contd. NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ESTABLISHMENTS BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT Persons Divisionf Kind of Total I 2-4 5-9 10-19 Unspe- Major Fuel or Person Persons Persons Persons cified Group of Power ------N.l.C. used Units Person2 Units Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units employed employed employed employed 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT (RURAL)-Contd. Major Group 20-21 Total 130 253 29 96 210 2 14 3 I All Fuels/Power 130 2S3 29 96 210 2 14 3 (a) Electricity 76 138 14 60 124 2 (b) Liquid Fuel 23 46 S 18 41 (c) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 25 62 S 11 43 2 14 (d) Other power 6 7 S 1 2 Major Group 22 Total 37 114 10 17 48 7 46 1 10 2 II Manual 37 114 10 17 48 7 46 }' 10 2 Major Group 23 Total 17 37 9 6 18 2 10 I All Fuels/Power 3 10 1 1 4 5 la) Electricity 3 10 1 ] 4 5 II Manual 14 27 8 5 14 5 Major Group 26 Total 135 174 98 36 76 I All Fuels/Power 1 2 1 2 (a) Electricity 1 2 1 2 II Manual 134 172 98 35 74 1, Major Group 27 Total 66 139 35 22 50 9 54 I All Fuels/Power 8 41 2 6 39 (a) Electricity 8 41 2 6 39 II Manual 58 98 33 22 50 3 15 Major Group 28 Total 1 2 1 2 II Manual 1 2 1 2 Major Group 29 Total 27 46 15 11 22 1 9 I All FuelsfPower 3 11 2 9 (a) Electricity 3 11 2 9 II Manual 24 35 13 11 22 Major Group 30 Total t t II Manual Major Group 32 Total 52 96 31 16 37 5 28 I All Fuels/Power 4 11 2 1 4 S (a) Electricity 2 S 1 1 4 (b) Liquid Fuel 1 5 5 (c) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 1 } 1 II Manual 48 85 29 15 3) 4 23 ~6 E-Il PART-C DISTRIBUTION OF HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ESTABLbllMENTS CLASSIFIED BY INDUSTRY, FUEL/POWER USED AND SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT-Concld. NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY ESTABLISHMENTS BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT Persons Division/ Kind of Toni 2--4 5-9 10-19 Unspe- Major Fuel or Person Persons. Persons Persons cified Group of Power ------N.I.C. used Units Persons Units Units Persons Units Persons Units Persons Units employed employed employed employed 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT (RURAL)-Concld. Major Group 34 Total 36 63 16 19 47 1 I All FuelS/Power 36 63 16 19 47 1 (a) Electricity 3 6 I 2 5 .. (c) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 33 57 IS 17 42 1 Major Group 35 Total 12 19 7 5 12 I All Fuels/Power 12 19 7 5 12 (a) Electricity 9 15 5 4 10 (c) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 3 4 2 1 2 Major Group 38 Total 44 58 30 13 28 I All Fuels/Power 29 40 20 9 20 (a) Electricity 1 2 .. j 2 (c) Coal, Wood & Bagasse 28 38 20 8 ]8 II Manual 15 18 10 4 8 1 Major Group 39 Total 35 56 23 11 22 1 11 I All Fuels/Power (a) Electricity II Manual 34 55 22 11 22 11 GANDHINAGAR DISTRICT (URBAN) Division 2 & 3 Total 1 1 1 II Manual Major Group 38 Total 1 1 1 U Manual 87 E-III DISTRIBUTION OF TRADE/COMMERCIAL ESTABLISHMENTS CLASSIFIED Number of Establishments ------~- ~------Division/ Total 1 2-4 5-9 Major Group Person Persons Persons of N.I.e. ------Establish- Persons Establish- Establish- Persons Establish- Persons ments employed ments ments employed ments employed 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GANDHINAGAR Total 1.593 2,502 1,032 481 1,127 30 168 Division 6 1,545 2,301 1,023 456 1,058 27 153 Major Group 60 59 203 9 37 104 9 50 61 3 7 2 .. .. I 5 62 1 2 1 2 64 11 29 3 7 20 I 6 65 1,105 1,430 822 251 559 (> 34 66 51 65 35 14 30 .. .. 67 69 103 45 21 45 2 13 68 75 122 46 22 57 3 19 69 171 340 61 103 241 S 26 Division 8 48 201 9 15 69 3 15 Major Group 80 19 51 3 13 38 2 10 R2 21 149 5 12 31 I 5 83 2 J I GANDHINAGAR Total 1,510 2,286 988 454 1,055 27 153 Division 6 1,470 2,166 979 432 994 24 138 Major Group 60 59 203 9 37 104 9 50 61 3 7 2 .. J 5 62 I 2 I 2 .. 64 11 29 3 7 20. 1 6 65 1,059 1,362 789 240 529 5 29 66 50 64 34 14 30 .. 67 68 102 44 21 45 2 13 68 72 120 44 22 57 3 19 69 147 277 54 90 207 3 16 Division 8 40 120 9 22 61 3 15 Major Group 80 19 51 3 13 38 2 10 82 20 68 5 9 23 1 5 83 1 1 1 GANDHINAGAR Total 83 216 44 27 72 3 15 Dhision 6 75 135 44 24 64 3 15 Major Group 60 46 68 33 11 30 5 66 1 I 1 67 1 1 1 68 3 2 2 .. 69 24 63 7 13 34 2 10 Division 8 8 81 3 8 Major Group 82 7 31 3 8 83 I 88 BY THE TYPE OF TRADE AND SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT by Size of Employment 10-:9 20-49 50-99 100+ Persons Division! Persons Persons Persons Persons UnspecifIed Major Group ------_------of N.I.C. Establish- Persons Establish- Persons Establish- Persons Establish- Persons Establish- ments employed ments employed ments employed ments employed ments 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 DISTRICT (TOTAL) 8 105 3 70 39 Total 5 67 34 6 Division 3 40 60 Major Group 61 62 .. 64 15 25 65 2 66 1 61 4 68 12 1 69 3 38 3 70 5 8 Division .. 1 80 Major Group 3 38 3 70 3 82 1 83 DISTRICT (RURAL) 5 70 1 20 35 Total .. 55 31 6 Division 3 40 1 60 Major Group 61 62 .. 64 15 24 65 2 66 1 67 3 68 69 1 15 1 -20 4 8 Division 1 80 Major Group 15 20 3 82 83 DISTRICT (URBAN) 3 35 2 50 4 Total 1 12 3 6 Division 60 Major Group 66 67 .. 68 12 69 2 23 2 50 1 8 Division 2 23 2 50 82 Major Group 83 89 E-IV DISTRIBUTION OF ESTABLISHMENTS (OTHER THAN MANUFACTURING, PROCESSING Division/ Number of Establishments Major Group Total 1 2-4 5-9 of Person Persons N.T.C. ------Persons Establish- Persons Establish------ments Establish- Persons ------Establish_ employed ments ments Persons employed ments employed 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total GANDHINAGAR 613 2,408 Division 0 225 172 412 6 10 46 303 Major Group 2 4 8 02 1 2 03 5 8 1 2 Division 4 2 3 6 46 96 Major Group 26 11 22 40 8 48 .. 42 38 48 .. Division 5 26 11 22 2 13 Major Group 1 3 50 2 13 Division 7 63 3 185 23 21 Major Group 70 14 51 2 14 74 65 2 7 29 70 19 17 1 8 75 20 50 2 4 Division 9 2 12 30 496 2,104 6 174 135 328 Major Group 90 115 1,153 44 289 92 139 11 40 109 14 600 12 30 86 93 86 176 79 27 185 94 41 37 82 63 59 44 2 11 95 12 7 15 .. 96 16 5 2 81 100 4 1 7 61 19 39 Total 537 GANDHI NAGAR 1,481 208 162 Division 0 381 39 255 6 10 2 4 Major Group 02 1 8 2 1 03 5 8 2 Division 2 3 6 4 38 48 Major Group 26 11 22 42 38 48 Division 26 11 22 5 2 13 Major Group 1 3 50 2 13 Division 7 1 3 6. 167 23 Major Group 70 19 45 2 14 65 2 14 74 29 7 17 70 19 2 8 75 17 32 4 Division 9 2 10 24 431 1,243 6 157 127 303 Major Group 90 78 372 37 241 92 11 35 91 132 570 11 7 38 93 84 144 28 74 27 185 94 41 37 52 49 82 2 11 95 34 7 IS 12 16 5 96 73 92 2 4 55 18 37 7 Total GANDHINAGAR 76 927 17 Division 4 10 31 7 8 48 48 Major Group 40 8 48 Division 7 3 18 2 6 Major Group 75 3 18 Division 9 2 6 65 861 17 Major Group 8 25 7 90 37 781 48 92 .. 5 18 7 30 1 7 48 93 2 2 5 94 32 .. 11 10 10 96 8 8 6 2 90 OR SERVICING OR BUSINESS AND TRADE ESTABLISHMENTS) BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT by Size of Employment 10-19 20-49 50-99 100+ Persons Divisionl Persons Persons Persons Persons Unspecified Major Group of Establish- Persons Establish- Persons Establish- Persons Establish- Persons Establish- N.I.C. ments employed ments employed ments employed ments employed ments 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 DISTRICf (TOTAL) 33 451 24 623 3 219 1 175 f09 Total 0 Division 02 Major Group 03 1 18 1 30 7 4 Division 18 30 6 40 Major Group 1 42 10 5 Division I 10 50 Major Group 4 52 2 45 11 7 Division 1 13 1 25 2 70 Major Group 2 27 1 20 5 74 1 12 4 75 27 371 21 548 3 219 1 175 91 9 Division 9 126 16 427 3 219 1 175 21 90 Major Group 15 203 5 121 50 92 3 42 3 93 12 94 4 95 1 96 DISTRICT (RURAL) 22 290 7 172 1 175 98 Total 0 Division 02 Major Group 03 1 4 Division 1 42 Major Group 1 10 5 Division I 10 50 Major Group 3 40 2 45 11 7 Division I 13 1 25 2 70 Major Group 2 27 1 20 5 74 4 75 18 240 5 127 1 175 86 9 Division 2 27 1 30 175 21 90 Major Group 15 203 4 97 47 92 1 10 3 93 11 94 4 95 96 DISTRICT (URBAN) 11 161 17 451 3 21' 11 Total 1 18 1 30 (j 4 Division 18 30 6 40 Major Group 1 12 7 Division 1 12 75 Major Group 9 131 16 421 3 219 5 9 DI,lsion 7 99 15 397 3 219 90 Major Group 1 24 3 92 2 32 93 1 94 1 96 G. 11 91 ANNEXURE NATIONAL INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION (NIC) - 1970 Divisions Description Major Groups Description (One digit level of classification) 30 Manufacture of Rubber, Plastic Petroleum and o Agriculture, Hunting, Forestry and Fishing Coal Products Mining and Quarrying 31 Manufacture of Chemicals and Chemical Products 2 & 3 Manufacturing and Repair (except Products of Petroleum and Coal) 4 Electricity, Gas and Water 32 Manufacture of Non-Metallic Mineral Products 5 Construction 33 BaSic Metal and Alloys Industries 6 Wholesale and Retail Trade and Restaurants & 34 Manufacture of Metal Products and Parts except Hotels Machinery and Transport Equipment 7 Transport, Storage and Communications 35 Manl-facture of Machinery, Machine Tools and Parts except Electrical Machinery 8 Financing, Insurance, Real Estate and Business Services 36 Mar.ufacture of Electrical Machinery, Apparatus, Appliances and SUpplies and Parts 9 Community, Social and Personal Services 37 Manufacture of Transport Equipment and Parts X Activities not Adequately Defined 38 Other Manufacturing Industries MAJOR GROUPS 39 Repair Division 4-Electricity, Gas and Water (Two digit level of classification) • Major Groups 40 Electricity 41 Gas and Steam Division 0- Agriculture, Hunting, Forestry and Fishing 42 Water Works and Supply 00 Agricultural Production 01 Plantation Division 5-Construction 02 Livestock Production 03 Agricultural Services 50 Construction 04 Hunting, Trapping and Game Propagation 51 Activities Allied to Construction 05 Forestry and Logging 06 Fishing Division 6-Wholesale and Retail Trade and Restaurants & Hotels Division I-Mining and Quarrying 60 Wholesale Trade in Food, Textiles, Live Animals 10 Coal Mining Beverages and Intoxicants 61 Wholesale Trade in Fuel, Light, ChemicalS, II Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas Perfumery, Ceramics, Glass 12 Metal Ore Mining 62 Wholesale Trade in Wood, Paper, Other Fabrics, 19 Other Mining Hide and Skin and Inedible Oils 63 Wholesale Trade in All Types of Machinery, Division 2 & 3-Maoufacturing and Repair Equipment including Transport and Electrical Equipment 20-21 Manufacture of Food Products 64 Wholesale Trade in Food and Miscellaneous 22 Manufacture of Beverages, Tobacco & Tobacco Manu facturing Products 65 Retail Trade in Food and Food Articles, Beverage, 23 Manufacture of Cotton Textiles Tobacco and Intoxicants 24 Manufacture of Wool, Silk and S:mthetic Fibre 66 Retail Trade and Textiles Textiles 67 Retail Tr:Jde in Fuel and Other Household 25 Manufacture of Jute, Hemp and Mesta Textiles Utilities and Durables 26 Manufacture of Textile Products (including 68 Retail Trade in Others Wearing Apparel other than Footwear) 69 Restaurants and Hotels 27 Manufacture of' Wood and Wood Products, Furniture & Fixtures Division 7-Transport, Storage and Communications 28 Manufacture of ·Paper and Paper Products & Printing, Publishing and Allied Industries 29 Manufacture of Leather, Leather & Fur Produ 70 Land Transport cts (except repair) 71 Water Transport 92 Major Major Groups Description Groups Description 72 Air Transport 91 Sanitary Services 73 Services incidental to Transport 92 Education, Scientific and Research Services 74 Storage and Warehousing 93 Medical & Health Services 75 Communications 94 Community Services 95 Recreational & Cultural Services Division 8-Financing Insurance, Real Estate 96 Personal Services and Business Services 98 International and other Extra Territorial Bodies Services 80 Banking and Similar Type of Financial Institutions 99 Services not elsewhere classified 81 Pro vi dents and Insurance 82 Real Estate and Business Services Division X-Activities not Adequately Defined 83 Legal Services XO Persons without any Affiliation to any particular Division 9-Community, Social and Personal industry (including fresh entrants to labour Services force) XI Activities not Adequately Defined (Other than 90 Public Administration & Defence Services that in XO) 93 SECTION III SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL TABLES (RURAL AREAS) AND HOUSING TABLES EXPLANATORY NotE TO SAMPLE C£NSUS TABLES Full count Census tables have been published i~ Part {=-I of the District Census Handbooks of Gujal at State. This volume viz., Part C-U presents (i) information on imponant socio-«onomic cultural and migration characteri5itics of the population in the rural areas of the district and (ii) Housing tables for both the rural and the urban areas of the district. The data of tbe urban sample is being centrally processed and tables covering the socio-economic, cultural and migration characteristics of the llrban Population will be published separately. The Socio-economic, cultural and migration tables for the rural . areas are based on 10 per cent sample of the rural population and all the bousing tables are based on 20 per cent sa.-ople of ceBSUS houses. The major difference betwren the tables publisbed in previous census!s and in 1971 Census is that till 1961 some tables provided only samp~e values. In the 1911 Census tabulations the tables present estimates based on the samples. Part C-II of the Di&trict Census Handbook contains 6 tables of B series, 2 tables of C series, 2 tables of D series, all relating to rural areas and 4 tables of H series for total, rural, urban and city arl:!as of the district. Explanatory short notes are given as a fly leaf preceding the tables of different series. 97 B - ECONOMtC TABLEs Two tables viz., B-1 Part-:-A and B"':U based on full count have been published in Part C-I of the District Census Handbook of 1971. . This volume cont~ins six tables pertaining t~- rural area~ giving d~tails r.:guding educational level of workers, and non-workers by main activity, industrial classification of workers in non-agricultural. industries by sex and .... _ -.. v - • divisions. major groups and minor groups, their classification by age-group, sex, educational levels and division and groups of national classification of ocCupations, secondary work of persons with main activity as workers or non-workers and types of activities of non-workers by sex and agc-groups. B-Ill Part-B gi\'cS classification of workers and non-workers according to main activity ~ educational levels in rural areas. The educational levels depicted' in Part-B are as under: 1 Illiterate 2 Literate (without educational level) 3 Primary 4 Middle 5 Matriculation or Higher Secondary 6 Non-technical diploma or certificate not equal to degree 7 Technical Diploma of Certificate not equal to degree and 8 Graduate and above. This table corresponds to Table B-Ill Part-B of 1961 with slight changes in industrial categories and educational leyels. Table B-IV Part· A gives industrial clas!lification of persons at work other than cultivation as main actIvIty by Sex 21~d Divisions, Major groups and Minor groups of the National Indust! iaJ classifications, 1970 (N.I.C. 1970), \\hich has been adopted with suitable modifications wherever necessary. The table is supplemented with an appendix giving information similar to that contained in Table B-IV Part-C of 1961 in so far as it relates to workers engaged in household industry and non-household industry in Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairin:_r. Table B-VI Part-B (i) gives occupational classification of persons at work in rural areas according to main activity other than cultivation by sex and age-groups. This table is a new addition and provides details of workers following non-agricultural pursuits as their main activity c1assified by occupations upto Divisions and Groups of National Classification of Occupations (N.C.O. 1968). The popUlations under each Division and Group of National Classification of Occupations is classified by sex and nine age-groups viz., 0-14, 15-19, 20-24, 25-29, 30-39, 40-49, 50-59, 60 + and age not stated. A list ot occupation al codes indicating the occupations they denote is given in the annexure at the end ot the 'table. Table B-VI Part-B (ii) gives occupational classification of persons at work in rural areas according to maiD activity other than cultivation c1assified by sex and educational levels. , This is also a new table and is prepared upto divisions and groups of National Classification of Occupa tions, which is further cross-classified by sex and broad educational levels, such as Primary, Middle, Matricula tion or Higher Secondary and Graduate and above. " Table B-VII (rural) is a new and comprehensive table Of 1971 Census providing statistics of main activity and secondary work of population in the rural areas. The persons having main activity as cultivator; agricultu ral labourer; working at household industry; at non-household industry, trade, business or service and non-work er are further cross-tabulated in case of persons whose secondary works is either (i) as cultivator or (ii) as agri cultural labourer or (iii) at household industry or (iv) at non-household in;:iustry, trade, business, service etc. In Table B-VIlI (rural), as against eight categories of non-working population in 1961 Census, the data is presented for seven categories of nOD-workers in this table, the last categ'Jry 'Others' largely comprising the 'Unemployed'. This table is comparable at district level to the Table B-IX of 1961 Census wherein the details of non-working population by sex and broad age groups such as 0-14, 15-34, 35-59, 60 + and 'Age not stated' are given for each type of activity of non-working population. As against five broad age-groups in 1961 Census, this table presents here lline age-groups viz, 0-14, 15-19, 20-24, 25-29,30-39, 40-49, 50-59, 60 + and age not stated. 99 B-lti PART-B CLASSIFICATiON OF WORKERS AND NON-WORKERS ACCORDtNG Workers ------~------I 11 III IV Livestock, Forestry, Fishing. Hunting & Plantations, Agricultural Orchards & Minin8 and Total Population Total Worker~ Cultivators labourers allied activities Quarrying Educational ------_- Levels Perwns Males Females Males Females Males Females ------Males Females Males Females Males Females 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Total 176,587 91,174 85,413 46,798 5,115 20,231 481 11,718 3,425 1,4~0 65 473 5 Illiterate 106,082 43.325 62,757 IP,386 4.::02 7,312 360 7,156 3,094 971 65 S3 5 Literate (without 37,358 23,041 14,317 12,110 462 5,571 81 3,045 251 309 110 euucational level)· Primary 20,25t 14,146 5,WS 9,981 241 5,391 40 1,14~ 80 100 70 Middle 7,367 5,830 1,537 2,715 10 1,258 229 II) 90 Matriculation or 3,987 3,304 683 2,386 100 659 140 40 110 Higher Secondary Non-technical 620 4~9 181 439 80 30 10 diploma or certi· ficate not equal to degree Technical diploma 60 60 60 10 or certificate not equal to degree Graduate and above 859 829 30 719 20 10 30 • Includes figures of educational levels not classifiable . Note: "In Gujaral State only two levels of education are recognised viz., (i) Primary ( from Std. I to VII) and (iil Secondary (Std. VIII to XI) With a view to }:resenting these figures on uniform baSis as for the rest of country and to ensure compara- bility of figures presented in All India Tables, the 'Middle' level has been introduced. The'se figures have been cla5Sified for the following leveh according to the standard mentioned against each of them. (i) Primary-Passed Standard V but not VIII. (ii) Middle-Passed Standard VIII but not XI. (iii) Higher Secondary passed Standard XI but had not acquired a UDiversily degree or Diploma. Persons have been classified in 'Primary' level if they bave pas5cd Standard V. If they were reading VI or VII or VIII, but had not passed VIll, they have been classified under 'Primary' level. Those who ha~'e passed the Standard VIII have been classified under 'Middle', This will include those reading in IX, X or XI Standard but not passed XI. These who bave passed standard XI but have not passed any University degree or diploma examination, have been classified under 'Higher Secondary', 100 TO MAIN ACTIVITY BY EDUCATIONAL LEVELS IN RURAL AREAS ONLY Workers 'V VI VU VIII IX X Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs ------(a) (b) TraDsPoJt. Other than storage Household Household Trade aDd and Com~- Jndustry Industry Construction Commerce nications Other Services Non-Workers ------_------Educational Males Females Males Feml;lles Males Females Males Fem.'es Males Females Males Ftmales Males Females levels 15 16 17 18 }9 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1,302 83 4.272 441 8tl 35 1398 183 1,248 24 2,905 371 4~,376 80,298 Total 254 53 1,298 363 221 35 512 153 309 24 300 50 24,939 58,555 Illiterate 429 20 1,188 60 240 469 20 240 509 30 10,931 13,855 Literate (without educational level}'" 469 10 1,038 20 140 759 229 639 91 4,363 5,667 Primary 80 389 100 279 160 120 10 3.115 1,527 Middle ~ 319 60 309 10 270 419 90 918 58] Matriculation or higher Secondary 10 30 359 80 101 Non-technical diploma or certi- fica te not equal to degree 10 10 10 20 Technical diploma or certificate not equal to degree 30 40 40 30 539 20 110 10 Graduate and above RURAL B-IV PART-A INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF PERSONS AT WORK OTHER THAN AT CULTIVA- TION AS MAIN ACTIVITY BY SEX AND DIVl$IONS, MAJOR GROUPS AND MINOR GROUPS Branch of Industry, Division, Total Worhrs Branch of Industry. Division, Total Workers Major and Minor Group of Major and Minor Group or ------~------N, 1. C. Persons Males females N. I. C. ------Persons Males Females 2 3 4 1 1 3 4 All Divisions 16,058 14,849 1,209 Major gfOUp 26 700 681 It} Division 0 1,505 1.440 65 Millor groups 261 10 10 262 10 )0 Major G~oup 00 70 70 264 350 34\ 9 Minor Group 007 70 70 269 330 330 Major Group Of 19 19 Major group 27 Sqa 570 28 Minor Group 017 19 19 Minor groups 271 30 30 Major group 02 1,166 1,120 46 273 170 170 Minor groups 020 1,146 1,100 46 274 210 210 024 20 20 276 20 20 Major group 03 200 200 277 28 23 Minor groups 030 10 10 279 140 140 031 40 40 Major group 28 70 70 034 50 50 Minor groups 280 10 10 035 40 40 283 10 10 039 60 60 289 SO 5C Major group 05 50 50 Maior group 29 130 130 Minor groups 050 30 30 Minor group 291 130 130 051 20 20 Major group 30 50 50 Division 1 478 473 5 Minor groups 302 30 30 Major group 11 473 473 30] 20 20 Minor group ]]0 463 463 Major group 31 20 20 111 10 10 Minor groups 310 10 10 Major group 19 5 5 312 10 to Minor group 190 5 5 Major group 32 1.732 1,262 470 Divisions 2&3 6,100 5,574 526 Minor groups 320 l,f32 1.172 460 Major groups 20,21 240 240 321 40 30 to Minor groups 200 10 10 322 10 10 201 10 10 328 SO 50 204 80 80 Major group 34 270 270 205 20 20 Minor groups 340 60 60 209 40 40 342 20 20 211 30 30 343 130 130 21S ]0 30 344 10 10 219 20 20 345 10 10 Major group 22 159 150 9 349 40 40 Minor !!roups 224 10 10 Major group 35 210 210 226 119 110 9 Minor groups 352 20 20 228 30 30 356 140 140 Major group 23 1,641 1,641 3.59 SO 50 Minor groups 230 )0 30 231 1.581 1,581 Major group 36 30 30 232 30 30 Minor groups 363 20 20 Major group 24 50 50 364 10 JO Minor ~roups 240 40 40 Major group 37 20 20 249 fO 10 Minor group 374 20 20 J02 RURAL 8-IV PART-A INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF PERSONS AT WORK OTHER THAN AT CULTIVA- TION AS M4IN ACTIVITY BY SEX AND DIVISIONS, MAJOR GROUPS AND MINOR GROUPS-(Contd.) Branch of Industry. Division, Total Workers Branch of Industry, Divi,ion, Total Workers Major and Minor Group of ------_._------Major and Minor Group of ------N. l. C. Persons Males Females N. I. C. Persons Males Females 2 3 4 2 3 4 Major group 38 100 100 Major group 68 190 180 10 Minor groups 383 30 30 Minor groups 684 20 10 10 389 70 70 689 170 170 Major group 39 80 80 Major group 69 290 290 Minor groups 391 20 20 Minor group 690 290 290 392 to ~O Division 7 1,172 1,248 24 394 40 40 Major group 70 1,108 1,108 399 10 10 Minor groups 700 389 389 370 370 701 260 260 Division 4 703 130 130 Major group 40 250 250 iOS 309 309 Minor groups 400 60 66 706 20 20 401 190 190 Major group 74 24 2 Major group 41 50 50 Minor group 740 24 24 Minor group 410 50 50 Major group 75 ]40 140 Major group 42 70 70 Minor groups 750 120 120 Minor group 420 70 70 751 20 20 Division 5 846 8ll 35 Division 8 180 180 Major group 50 465 430 35 Major group FO 150 I~O Minor groups 500 250 250 Minor groups 800 110 110 801 30 30 501 205 170 35 809 10 10 503 10 10 Major group 82 20 20 Major group 51 381 381 Minor group 820 20 20 Minor groups 512 341 341 Major group 83 10 10 513 to 10 Minor group 830 10 10 519 30 30 Division 9 2,906 2,535 371 Division 6 2,401 1,218 183 Major group 90 631 631 Major group 60 140 130 10 major group' 900 IOJ 100 Minor groups 600 10 10 901 301 301 601 60 60 902 190 190 903 40 40 602 70 60 10 Major group 91 10 10 Major lIroup 62 10 10 Minor group 910 10 10 ~inor group 621 10 10 Major group 92 1,133 862 271 Major group 64 20 20 Major group 921 1,133 862 271 Minor group 649 20 20 Major group 93 321 271 50 Major group 6' 1,552 1,398 154 Minor groups 9?0 311 261 50 Minor groups 650 6'9 649 10 931 10 10 651 443 299 144 Major Iroup 94 200 190 10 653 280 280 Minor groups 940 160 160 654 150 ISO 941 40 30 10 659 20 20 Major group 95 60 60 Major group 66 110 ItO Minor gr{lups 954 10 10 50 Minor groups 660 100 100 959 50 Major group 96 481 661 10 10 471 10 Minor groups 960 80 70 10 Major group 67 89 80 9 961 60 60 Minor groups 671 30 30 962 :41 341 672 40 40 Major group 99 70 40 30 675 19 10 9 Minor group 995 70 40 30 G. 103 RURAL B-IV PAkT-A INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION OF PERSONS AT WORK OTHER THAS CULTIVATION AS MAIN ACTIVITY BY SEX AND DIVISIONS, MAJOR GROUPS AND MINOR GROUPS-(Contd.) APPENDIX Distribution of workers in Manufacfuring, Processing, Servicing and Repairs by Household Jn1ustry and Non-household Industry Branch of Jndustry Workers at Hou~ehold Di\i~ion, Major and Total Workers Workers in Non-household Minor group of Industry Industry ------N. I. C. Perlons Males Females Persons Maks Females Persons Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Division 2 &: 3 6,100 5,574 526 1.385 1,30:Z 83 4,715 4,272 443 Major group 20-21 240 240 80 80 160 160 Minot groups 200 10 10 10 10 201 10 10 10 10 204 80 110 20 20 60 60 205 20 20 20 20 209 40 40 20 20 20 20 211 30 30 30 30 215 30 30 30 30 219 20 20 10 10 10 10 Major group 22 159 150 9 79 70 9 80 80 Minor groups 224 10 10 10 10 226 119 110 9 79 70 9 40 40 228 30 30 30 30 Major group 23 1,641 1,641 1,641 1,641 Minor groups 230 30 30 30 30 231 1,581 1,581 1,581 1,581 232 30 30 30 30 Major group 24 50 SO 50 50 Minor groups 240 40 40 40 40 249 10 10 10 10 Major group 26 700 681 19 280 271 9 420 410 10 Minor groups 261 10 10 JO 10 262 10 10 to 10 264 350 341 9 280 271 9 70 70 269 330 330 330 330 Major group 27 598 570 28 398 370 28 200 200 Minor groups 271 30 30 30 30 273 170 170 150 150 20 20 274 210 210 120 120 90 90 276 20 20 10 10 10 10 277 28 28 28 28 ~79 140 140 90 90 SO 50 104 RURAL B-IV PART-A INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATJON of PERSONs At WORK OtHER THAN CULTIVATION AS MAIN ACllVITY BY SEX AND DIVISIONS, MAJOR GROUPS AND MINOR GROUPS-(Contd. ) APPENDIX Distribution of workers in Manufacturing, Processing, Servicing and Repairs by Household Industry and Noo-Iiousebold Industry Branch of Industry Workers at Household Workc:rs in Non-household Division, Maior and Total WOI ke s Ir.dustry Industry Minor group of ------N.1. C. Persons Males Females P~rson5------Melles Females Persons Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Major group 28 70 70 70 70 Minor groups 280 10 10 10 10 283 to 10 10 10 289 50 50 50 50 Major group 29 130 130 t20 120 10 10 Minor group 291 130 130 120 120 to 10 Major group 30 50 SO 50 50 Minor groups 302 30 30 30 30 303 20 20 20 20 Major group 31 20 20 20 20 Minor groups 310 10 10 10 10 312 10 10 10 to Major group 32 1,732 1,262 470 338 301 37 1,394 961 433 Minor groups 320 1,632 1,172 460 328 291 37 1,30~ 881 423 321 40 30 10 40 30 10 32:! 10 10 10 10 3211 50 50 10 10 40 40 Major group 34 270 270 70 70 200 200 Minor groups 340 60 60 60 60 342 20 20 20 20 343 130 130 70 70 60 60 344 10 10 10 10 345 10 10 10 10 349 40 40 40 40 Major group 35 210 210 210 210 Minor groups 352 20 20 20 20 356 140 140 140 140 359 50 50 50 50 105 kURAt B-IV PAlt1'-A INDUSTRiAl ciAsSIFJCAtJO~ OF PERsoNs AT WORK OTHER THAN CULTIVATION AS MAIN ACI1VIlY BY SEX AND DIVISIONS, MAJOR GROUPS AND MINOR GROUPS-(Concld.) APPENDIX Distribution of workers in Manufacturing, ProcessiDg, Servicing and Repairs by Household Industry and Non-bousehold Industry Branch of Industry Workers at Household Workers in Non-homehold Division, Major and Total Worl ers Industry I.ldustry Minor group of N. I. C. Persons M41es Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Major group 36 30 30 30 30 Minor groups 363 20 20 20 20 364 10 10 10 10 Major group 37 20 20 20 20 Minor group 374 20 20 :0 20 Major group 38 100 tOO 20 20 80 110 Minor groups 383 30 30 20 :0 10 10 389 70 70 70 70 Major group 39 80 80 110 80 Minor groupS 391 20 20 20 20 392 10 to 10 10 394 40 40 40 40 399 10 10 10 10 106 ii-vI itARt-B(i) OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIficATioN OF PERSoNS AT WORk ACCORDiNG to MAiN ACTIVITY OTHER THAN CULTIVATION ay SEX' ~ND AGE-GROVPS IN RURAL AREAS' ONLY-(Contd.) Occupational Total worken Occupatloaal Total workers Divisions aod ------Divlaiooa aod Groups Age-group PerSODs Males Females GIOUpI Age-group ------Persona Males Females 2 3 4 5 J 2 3 4 5 All OI,I,loos Total 16,058 14,849 1,209 25-29 30 30 0-14 298 240 58 30-39 40 40 15-19 1,399 1,280 119 40--49 20 20 20-24 2,791 2,571 220 SO-59 40 40 25-29 2,821 2,619 202 60+ 30-39 4,296 3,959 337 A. N. S. 131 40-49 1,468 2,330 Group-08 Total 70 SO 20 50-59 1,336 1,230 106 60+ 649 620 29 0-14 A. N. S. 15-19 20-24 Divi,;on 0 - 1 Total 1,553 1,251 301 25-29 10 10 30-39 20 0-14 60 40 40-49 15-19 40 30 10 SO-59 20-24 291 221 70 25-29 352 281 71 60+ A. N. S. 30-39 400 310 90 40-49 260 230 30 Gloul'-12 Total 20 20 50-59 150 120 30 0-14 60+ 60 60 15-19 A. N. S. 20-24 25-29 Group-02 Total 20 20 30-39 20 20 0-14 40-49 15-19 50-59 20-24 10 10 60+ 25-29 A. N. S. 30-39 10 10 Group-I 3 40-49 Total 10 10 50-59 0-14 15-19 60+ A. N. S. 20-24 25-29 Group-03 Total 10 10 30-39 40--49 10 10 0-14 50-59 15-19 60+ 20-24 A. N. S. 25-29 30-39 10 10 Group-IS Total 1,063 801 261 40-49 0-14 50-59 IS-19 10 10 60+ 20-24 261 20t 60 A. N. S. 25-29 302 231 71 30-39 230 160 70 Group-07 Total 160 150 10 40-49 160 140 20 0-14 SO-59 90 60 30 15-19 10 10 60+ 10 10 20-24 20 10 10 A. N. S. A. N. S. = Age Dot stated. 107 B-vi PART-D(i) OCCUPATiONAL ctAssiFICATION O~ PERsoNS AT WORK ACCORDING TO MAtN ACTIVnV OTHER '{HAN CULTIVATION 8\' sax,AND AGE-GROOPSIN.IUaALAREASONLY-(Contd.) Occupativoal Total worken Occupational Total workers DiYisions and ------Division, lind Groups Age-Group rtrSODS Males F~males GrCNp5 Age-Group Persons Males Females 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Grol!p-17 Total 40 40 25-29 10 10 0-14 30-39 15-19 40-49 10 10 20-:!4 50-59 25-29 60+ 20 20 30-39 A. N. S. 40-49 20 20 Oroup-23 Total 20 20 50-59 20 20 0-14 60+ A. N. S. 15-19 20-24 Group-18 Total 10 to 25-29 30-39 20 20 0-14 40-49 15-19 SO-59 20-24 60+ 25-29 A.N.S. 30-39 .. 40-49 10 to G10up-24 Total 40 40 SO-59 0-14 60+ 15-19 A. N. S. 20-24 25-29 10 Group-19 Total 150 ISO 10 30-39 20 20 0-14 40-49 15-19 20 20 50-59 20-24 60+ 10 10 25-29 10 10 A.N.S. 30-39 30 30 40-49 40 40 Group-26 Total ZO 20 50-59 0-14 60+ 50 SO 15-19 A. N. S. 20-24 25-29 Division 2 Total 150 150 30-39 0-/4 40-49 15-19 10 10 SO-59 10 10 20-24 10 10 60+ 10 10 25-29 20 20 A. N.S. 30-39 40 40 Group-29 Total 10 10 40-49 10 10 0-14 50-59 20 20 15-19 60+ 40 40 20-24 A.N.S. 25-29 Group-12 Total 60 60 30-39 40-49 0-14 SO-59 10 10 15-19 10 JO 60+ 20-24 10 10 A. N.S. A. N. S. = Age not stated. 168 ~Vl PART-BO) OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIJlCATJON Of PEitSONS AT WORK ACCORDING TO MAIN ACTIVITY OTHER THAN CULTIVATION BY·Sft AND AGE-GROIJPS IN RURAL AltEAS ONLY-(Contd.) Occupational Total workers Occupationaf Total workers Divisions and Divisions and Groups Age-Group Persons Males Females Groups Alc-Group Persons Males Females 2 3 , 2 3 4 S Division J rotal 1,$2i I.S]2" 25-29 60 60 IJ-U 10 10 30=39 70 70 15-19 40 40 40~49 10 10 20-101 j81 3111 .. 50=59 20 20 25-29 j40 340 .. (;0+ 10 10 .10-.31) 521 521 A. N. S• 40-49 130 130 Croup-35 Total 942 942 50-59 70 70 0-14 10 10 60+ 30 30 15-19 40 40 A.N.S. 20-24 291 291 220 Group-30 Total 80 80 2~-29 220 30-39 261 261 0-14 40-49 80 80 15-19 SO-59 20 20 20-24 10 to 60+ 20 20 20 20 25-29 A. N.S. 30-39 ~O SO 40-49 Group-36 Total 70 70 50-59 0-14 60+ 15-19 A.N. S. 20-24 25-29 Group-31 Total 50 50 30-39 60 60 0-14 40-49 10 10 15-19 50-59 20-24 60+ 25-29 20 20 A. N.S. 30-39 10 10 Group-37 Total 90 90 40-49 10 10 0-14 50-59 10 10 60+ 15-19 20 A. N. S. 20-24 20 25-29 20 20 30-39 30 30 Group-32 Total 30 30 40-49 20 20 0-14 SO-59 IS-19 60+ 20-24 20 20 A.N. S. 25-29 30-39 10 10 Group-38 Total 30 30 40-49 0-14 SO-59 15-19 60+ 20-24 10 10 A.N.S. 25-29 30-39 Oroup-33 Total 200 200 40-49 0-14 SO-59 20 20 15-19 60+ 20-24 , , 30 30 A.N. S, t· " A.N.S.:;;A&e not stated. lQ9, , B-VI PART-B(i) OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF PERSONS AT "'ORK ACCORDING TO MAIN ACTIVITY OTHER THAN CULTIVATION BY SEX AND AGE-GROUPS IN RURAL AREAS ONLY-(Contd.) Occupational Tota) workers Occupation, I Total workers Divisions and Divisions Ind Groups ------...... ------Age-Group PerSODS Males Females Group~ Age-Group PersoDS Males Females :2 5 3 4 2 3 4 5 Group-39 Total 30 30 30-39 . 0-14 40-49 1'0 10 15-19 SO-59 20-24 60+ 25-29 A.N S. 30-39 30 30 Division 5 40-49 Total 1,129 1,089 40 SO-59 014 60+ 1.5-19 90 90 A.N.S. 20-24 150 150 25-29 ]61 /61 DMsion" Total 1,871 ],698 173 30-39 319 309 JO 0-14 9 9 40-49 229 209 20 15-/9 120 lIO JO 50-59 /2f1 lIO JO 20-24 239 ZOO 39 60+ 60 60 25-29 329 J]O ]9 A.N.S. 30-39 447 418 29 Group-SO 40-49 359 330 29 Total 80 80 50-59 228 200 28 0-)4 60+ 140 130 10 15-19 A.N.S. 20-24 20 :;:0 25-29 30 30 Group-40 Total 1,445 1,349 106 30-39 20 20 '0-14 40-49 U-19 70 60 10 SO-59 10 10 20-24 170 160 10 60+ 25-29 209 190 19 A.N.S. 30-39 348 329 19 Group-52 40-49 339 310 29 Total 90 80 10 SO-~9 199 190 9 0-14 60+ 120 110 10 15-19 20 20 A.N.S. 20-24 25-29 Group-43 Total 386 319 67 30-39 30 30 0-14 9 9 40-49 10 10 15-19 SO SO SO-59 20 10 10 20-24 69 40 29 60+ 10 10 25-29 100 100 A.N.S. 30-39 99 89 10 40-49 10 10 Group-53 Total 20 20 SO-59 29 10 19 0-14 20 60+ 20 15-19 A.N.S. 10 10 20-24 25-29 Group-44 Total 30 30 30-39 0-14 40-49 15-19 .. SO-59 20-24 60+ 10 10 25-29 20 20 A.N.S. l\, N. S. == Ale Jlot staled. 110 8-VI PART-B(i) OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFIC ..\TION OF PERSONS AT WORK ACCORDING TO MAIN ACTIVITY OTHER THAN CULTIVATION BY SEX AND AGE-GROUPS IN RURAL AREAS ONLY-(Contd.) Occupational Total workers Occupational Total workers J)jvisions and ------_-- Divisicos and Groups Age-Group Persons Males Females Group' Age-Group Persons Males Females :2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Group-54 Tolal 140 130 10 30-39 20 10 10 0-14 40-49 10 10 15-19 SO-59 20-24 20 20 60+ 25-29 20 20 A. N.S. 30-39 40 40 40-49 SO 40 10 Division 6 Total 1,415 1,350 65 50-59 10 10 0-14 99 90 9 60+ 15-19 219 210 9 A.N.S. 20-24 230 230 25-29 150 140 10 Group-55 Total 40 40 30-39 299 280 19 0-14 40-49 199 190 9 15-19 50-59 139 130 9 20-24 10 10 60+ 80 80 25-29 A.N.S. 30-39 30 30 40-49 Group-60 Total 20 20 SO-59 0-14 60+ 15-19 A.N.S. 20-24 25-29 Group-56 Tota) 341 341 30-39 10 10 0-14 40-49 10 10 15-19 50 50 50-59 20-24 30 30 60+ 25-29 61 61 A.N.S. 30-39 60 60 40-49 60 60 Oroup-62 Tlltal 1,235 1,170 6S 40 50-59 40 0-14 99 90 9 40 40 W+ 15-19 219 210 9 A. N.S. 20-24 190 190 25-29 130 120 Group-57 Total 378 378 10 30-39 229 210 19 0-14 40-49 159 150 9 15-19 10 10 SO-59 129 120 19 20-24 60 60 60+ 80 80 25-29 SO 50 A. N.S. 30-39 119 119 40-49 99 99 Group-M Total 10 10 40 50-59 40 0-14 60+ 15-19 A.N.S. 20-24 25-29 10 10 Group-59 Total 40 ::0 20 30-39 0-14 40-q9 15-19 50-59 20-24 10 10 6C~ I 25-29 A N. S. A. N. S. '" Age not stated. O. III 8-VI PART B(i) OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF PERSONS At WORK ACCORDING TO MAIN ACTIVIrY OTHER THAN CULTIVATION BY SEX AND AGE-GROUPS IN RURAL AREAS O~LY-(Contd.) Occupational Total worker. Occupational Total workers Divisions and ------_--- Divisions and GrouPi Age-Group Persons Males Females Groups Age-Group ------Persons Males Female. _ 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Group-65 Total 110 110 30-39 0-14 40-49 15-19 SO-59 20-24 40 40 60 + 25-29 10 10 A.N. S_ 30-39 30 30 Group 73 Total 40-49 20 20 160 160 50-59 10 10 0-14 60+ 15-19 30 30 A.N.S. 20-24 40 40 ~S-29 10 10 Group-66 Total 40 40 30-39 21) 20 0-14 40-49 ~o 30 15-19 ~0-59 30 30 20-24 60+ 25-29 A.N.S. 30-39 30 30 40-49 10 10 Group-74 Total 20 20 50-59 0-14 60+ 15-19 10 10 A.N. S. 20-24 25-29 Divisions 7-8-9 Total 8,185 7,589 596 30-39 10 10 0-14 180 140 40 40-49 15-19 860 770 90 50-59 20-24 1,449 1,.349 100 60 + 25-29 1.400 1,298 102 A.N.S. .30-.39 2,207 2,041 166 40-49 1.241 1,191 50 Group-7S Total 1,481 1,471 10 50-59 609 j80 29 0-14 60 + 239 220 19 15-19 60 60 If.N.S. 20-24 320 . 320 25-29 300 300 Group-71 Total 212 198 14 30-39 411 411 0-14 40-49 260 250 10 15-19 10 10 SO-S9 130 130 20-24 10 10 60+ 25-29 39 39 A.N.S. 3()"'39 103 89 14 40-49 20 20 Group-77 Total 460 460 50-59 10 10 0-14 30 30 60+ 20 20 15-)9 A.N.S. 120 120 20-24 120 120 Group-72 Total 20 20 25-29 40 40 30-39 80 80 0-14 40-49 40 15-19 40 SO-59 30 30 20-24 20 20 60 + 25-29 A.N.S. ,~ , A. N, S. == Age not Hated, . '" lU 8-VI PART-B(i) 6CCUPATIbNAt CLASSIFicAt16N OF PERSONS AT WORK ACCORDING TO MAIN ACTIVIT\, OTHER THAN CULTIVATION BY SEX AND AGE-GROUPS IN RURAL AREAS ONLY-(Contd.) Occupational Total worhrs Occupational Total workers Divisions and ------Divisions and ------~--- Groups Age-Group PersoDs M,les Females Gr,ups Age-Group Person, Males F~males 2 3 4 S 2 3 4 5 Group-78 Total 149 140 9 30-39 10 10 0-14 40-49 15-19 10 10 SO-59 20-24 60+ 25-29 30 30 A.N.S. 30-39 79 70 9 Group-83 40-49 :0 20 Total 220 220 50-59 0-14 60+ 10 10 15-19 30 30 A.N.S. 20-24 60 60 , 25-29 30 30 Group-79, Total 340 331 30-39 50 50 0-1-4 40-49 20 20 15-19 59 50 9 50-59 10 10 20-24 40 40 60+ 20 20 25-29 60 60 A.N.S. 30-39 101 101 Group-84 Total 260 40-49 ~O 50 260 50-59 20 :0 0-14 60+ 10 10 15-19 20 20 A.N.S. 20-2$ CO 60 25-29 60 60 Group-80 Total 130 130 30-39 60 60 ()-14 40-49 50 50 15-19 50-59 10 10 20-24 30 30 60+ 25-29 10 10 A.N.S. 30-39 20 20 40-49 SO SO G:oup-85 Total 230 230 50-59 10 10 0-14 60+ 10 10 15-19 A.N.S. 20-24 60 60 25-29 40 40 Group-81 Total 350 350 30-39 100 100 0-14 40-49 30 30 15-19 70 70 50-59 20-24 20 20 60+ 25-29 30 30 A.N.S. 30-39 30 30 40-49 70 70 Group-87 Total 90 90 50-59 80 80 0-14 60+ SO 50 15-19 20 20 A.N.S. 20-24 40 <10 25-29 to 10 Group-82 Total 10 10 30-39 10 10 0-14 40-49 15-19 50-59 10 10 20-24 60+ 25-29 AN.S. A. N. S. = Age Dot stated. 113 B-vi PART-B(i) OCCUPATIONAL CLASSlFJCATlON OF PfRSO~S AT WORK ACCOROI:'\G fo MAIN ACTIVITY OTHER THAN CULTIVATION BY SEX AND AGE-GROUPS IN RUKAL AREAS ONLY-(Contd.) Occupational Total workers Occupational Total workers Divisions and ------Division. and Groups Age-Group Persons Males ------Females Groups Age-Group Persons Males Females 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 .5 Group-S8 Total 30 30 Group-93 Total 60 60 0-14 0-14 15-19 .. 1.5-19 -20 20 20-24 20-24 20 20 25-29 25-29 20 20 30-39 10 10 30-39 40-49 40-49 50-59 50-59 6(,+ 20 20 60+ A. N. S. A. N.S. Group-89 Total 1,463 1,012 451 Group-9i Total 138 110 28 0-14 90 50 40 0-14 15-19 140 70 70 1~-19 10 10 20-24 210 110 100 20-24 10 10 25-29 230 ISO 80 25-:~9 10 10 30-39 412 301 III :0-39 40 )0 10 40-49 241 211 30 40-49 20 20 SO-59 100 80 20 50-59 29 20 9 60+ 40 40 60+ 19 10 9 A.N.S. A.N.S. Group-90 Total 40 40. Group-95 TotJl 666 631 3.5 0-14 0-'4 30 30 lS-19 20 20 15-19 91 80 20-24 10 10 II :?0-24 110 110 25-29 10 10 25-~9 IZ2 30-39 110 12 3C-19 183 40-49 171 I Z 40-49 90 50-59 90 SO-59 30 60+ 30 60+ 10 A.N. S. 10 A. N.S. Group-92 Total 20 20 Oroup-96 Total 110 110 0-14 0-14 15-19 15-19 20-24 10 )0 20-24 20 25-29 10 )0 20 25-29 30 30-39 30 30-39 40 40-49 40 40-49 SO-59 !O 10 50-59 60+ 10 10 60+ A. N.S. A.N.S. A. N. S. = Age: Dot stated. 114 ii-vi PART-DO) OCCUPATIONAL CLASSli Occupatioaal Total workers Occupational Total workers DivIsions and Divisions and ------_- Groups Age-Group Persolls Males Females Groups Age-Group Per~ons Males Female. 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Group-98 Total 817 807 10 30-39 63 40 23 40-49 40 40 0-14 10 10 50-59 15-19 30 30 60+ 20-24 149 149 A.N.S. 25-29 209 209 30-39 249 249 40-49 110 100 10 Group XI Total 213 179 34 SO-59 SO SO 60 I- 10 10 0-14 AN.S. 15-19 20 20 20-24 41 30 II 25-29 59 ~9 Group-'99 Total 709 679 30 30-39 63 40 23 0-14 20 20 40-49 30 30 15-19 110 110 50-59 20-2~ 90 90 60+ 25-29 100 90 10 A.N.S. 30-39 189 179 10 40-49 130 130 Group-X9 Total 20 20 SO-59 50 SO 60+ 20 10 10 0-14 A.N.S. 15-19 20-24 Division X Total 233 199 34 25-29 10 10 30-39 0-14 40-49 10 10 /5-19 20 20 SO-59 20-24 41 30 11 60+ 25-29 69 69 A.N.S. A. N. S. = Age Dot stated. 115 ANNtXURi NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS Divisions and Groups Division 0-1 Professional, Technical alld Related Workers Groups Groups 33 Book Keepers, Cashiers and Related Workers 34 Computing MaChine Operators 00 Physical Scientists 35 Clerical and Related Workers 01 Physical Science Technicians 36 Transport and Communication Supervisors 02 Architects, Engineers, Technologists aDd Surveyors 37 Transport Conductors and Guards 03 Engineering Technicians 38 Mail Distributors and Related Workers 04 Aircraft and Ships Officers 39 Telephone and Telegraph Operators 05 Life Scientists 06 Life Science Technicians Division 4 Sales Workers 07 Physicians and Surgeons (Including Dental and Veterinary Surgeons) 08 Nursing and Other Medical and Hcaltb Technicians Groups 09 SCientific, Medical and Technical Persons, Other , 10 Mathematicians, Statisticians and Related Workers 40 Melchants and Shopkeepers, Wholesale and Retail Trade 11 Economists and Related Workers 41 Manufacturers' Agents 12 Accountants, Auditors and Related Workers 42 Technical Salesmen and Commercial Travellers 13 Social Scientists and Related Workers 43 Sale~men, Shop Assistants and Related Workers 14 JuriSts 44 Insurance, Real Estate, Securities and Bminess Service 15 Teachers Salesmen aod Auctioneers 16 Poets, Authors, Journali&ts and Related Workers 45 Money Lenders and Pawn Brokers 17 Sculptors, Painters, Photographers and Related Creative 49 Sales WOlkers. n. e. c. Artis_1S 18 Composers and Pcrforming Artists 19 Professional Workers, n. e. c. Division 5 Service Workers Groups Division 2 Administrativc, Executive and MaDageria) Workers 50 Hotel and Restaurant Keepers Groups 51 House Keepers, Matron and Stewards (Domestic and Institutional ) 20 Elected and Legislative Officials 52 Cooks. Waiters, Bartenders and Related Workers (Dome 21 Administrative and Executive Officials, Government and stic and Institutional ) Local Bodies 53 Maids and Other House Keeping Service Workers, 22 Working Proprietors, DirectorS and Managers, Whole n. e. c. sale and Retail Trade 54 Building Caretdkers, Sweepers, Cleaners and Related 23 Directors and Managers, Finar.cial Institutions Workers 24 Working Proprietors, Directors and Managers Mining, 55 Launderers, Diy-Cleaners and Pressers Construction, Manufacturing aod Related Concerns 56 Hair Dressers, Barbers, Beauticians and Related 25 WClking Proprietors, Directors, Managers and. Related Workers Executives, Transport, Storage and CommunicatIon 57 Protective Service Workers 26 Working Proprietors, Directors and Managers, Other Services S9 Service Workers, n. e, c. 29 Administrative, Executive and Managerial Workers. n.e.c. Division 6 Farmers, Fi~hermen. Hunters, loggers and Related Division 3 Clerical and Related Workers Workers Groups Groups 30 Clerical and other Supervisors 60 Farm Plantation, Dairy and Other Managers and 31 Village Officials Supervisors 32 Stenographers, Typists and Card and Tape Punching 61 CultiVators Operators 6'2 Farmers Other than Cultivators 116 ANNEXURE NATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPATIONS Divisions and Groups-(Contd.) Groups Groups 63 Agricultural Labl'urers 8S Electrical Fitters and Related Electrical and Electronic (;4 Plantation Labourers and Related Workers Workers 65 Other Farm Workers 86 Broadcasting Station and Sound Equipment Operators 66 Foresty Workers and Cinema Projectionists 67 Hunters and Related Workers 87 Plumbers, Welders, Sheet Metal and Structural Metal 68 Fishermen snd Related Workers Preplrer and Erectors 88 Jewellery and Precious Metal Workers and Metal DifislOD 7-8-9 Production Ilnd Related Workers, Transport, Equip. Engraver! (Except Printing) ment Operators and Labourers 89 Glass Formers, Potters and Related Workers 90 Rubber and Plasters Product Makers Groups 91 Paper and Paper Board Product Makers 92 Printing and Related Workers 71 Miners. Quarrymen, Well Drillers and Related Workers 93 Painters . 72 Metal Processors 94 Production and Related Workers, n. e. c. 73 Wood Preparation Workers 95 Bricklayers and Other Constructions Workers 74 Chemical Processors and Re!ated Workers 96 Stationary Engines and Related Equipment Operators, 75 Spinners, Weavers, Knitters, Dyers and Related Oilers and Greasers Workers 97 Material Handling and Related Equipment Operators, 76 Tanners, Fellmongers and Pelt Dressers Loaders and Ualoaders 77 Food and Beverage Processors 98 Transport Equipment Operators 78 Tobacco Preparers and Tobacco Product Makers 99 Labourers, n. e. c. 79 Tailors. Dress Makers, Sewen, Upholste[llrs and Related Workers Division X Workers not classified by occupations 80 Shoemakers and Leather Goods Makers 81 Carpenters, Cabinet and Related Wood Workers Groups 82 Stone Cutter and Carvers 83 Blacksmiths, Tool Makers and Machine Tool Operators XO New Workers Seeking Employment 84 Machinery Fitters, Machine Assemblers and Precision XI Workers Reporting Occupations Unidentifiable or Inade Instrument Makers (Except Electrical) quately Described X9 Workerll not Reporting any Occupations NDte : D. e. c.=Note elsewhere classified. 117 B-VI PART"'-B (Ii) OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF PERSONS CLASSIFIED BY SEX AND EDUCATIONAL Total Occupational Total Workers Literate (without Divi~iollll Literate Workers educ.ttional levcJ.)· and Groups ------P~rsons Males ------_- Females Males Females Males Females 2 3 4 ~ 6 7 1:1 All Divisions 16,058 ]4,849 1.209 10.931 461 3,494 130 Division 0-1 1,553 1,252 'tal 1,228 301 8) 10 Groups 02 20 20 20 03 10 10 10 07 160 150 )0 150 10 08 70 50 20 50 20 10 12 20 20 20 13 10 10 10 15 1,063 802 261 802 261 17 40 40 30 10 18 10 10 10 19 150 150 136 70 Division 2 150 150 140 40 Groups 22 60 60 60 30 23 20 20 20 24 40 40 40 26 20 20 10 10 29 10 10 10 Division 3 1,522 1,522 U67 /JO Groups 30 80 80 80 31 50 50 SO 32 30 30 30 33 200 200 190 35 9~2 942 897 130 36 70 70 70 37 90 90 90 38 30 30 30 39 30 30 30 Division 4 1,871 1,698 /73 1,326 31 349 21 Groups 40 1,455 1,349 106 1,046 10 259 10 43 386 319 67 250 21 90 11 44 30 30 30 Dfvi6ion 5 1,129 1,089 40 849 20 290 20 Groups 50 80 80 60 52 90 80 10 70 50 53 20 20 54 140 130 10 110 60 55 48 40 20 10 56 341 341 2S9 90 57 378 378 310 70 59 40 20 20 20 20 10 20 .'Dclude~ fi~ures of ~dQcatiQDal levels not c1assifilble. 118 AT WORK ACCORDING TO MAIN ACTIViTY OTHER THAN CULTIVATION LEVELS IN RURAL AREAS ONLY Educational levels Matriculation or Higher Graduate and Primary Middle Secondary above Occupational ------Divisions Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females and Groups 9 10 II 12 13 14 IS 16 3.444 Ul 1,228 10 2,056 180 709 20 All Divisions 170 9/ 20 10 549 J70 409 20 DMsion O-J 20 Groups 02 10 03 30 SO 70 10 07 30 10 20 08 10 10 12 10 13 54 91 10 ,0 429 150 309 10 15 10 10 17 10 18 66 19 40 JO 50 DivI~ion 2 10 20 Groups 22 20 23 20 10 10 24 26 10 29 239 239 599 260 Div;yion 3 20 60 Groups 30 20 30 31 30 32 40 40 60 5'> 33 139 149 329 150 3S 70 36 30 40 20 37 10 10 10 3R 30 39 589 J59 2/9 10 10 Division 4 479 139 159 10 Groups 40 90 20 SO 10 43 20 10 44 399 80 80 Division 5 SO 10 Groups 50 20 52 53 SO S4 10 55 149 20 56 120 60 60 57 iO 59 119 B-VI PART-B (ii) OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF PERSONS CLASSIFIED BY SEX AND EDUCATIONAL Occupational Total Workers Total Literate (without Divisions Literate Workers and Groups educational levels). Persons Males Females Males Females 2 Males Females 3 4 5 6 7 II Divi6ion 6 1.415 1,350 65 429 Groups 60 20 279 20 20 62 1.235 1,170 65 309 64 10 239 10 10 65 110 JlO 70 66 40 40 40 20 Division 7-8-9 8,185 7,589 596 5,372 109 2,306 Groups 71 212 ]98 79 14 120 72 10 20 90 20 73 160 160 10 110 74 20 20 30 20 75 1,481 10 1.471 10 1,217 77 460 10 379 10 460 379 78 149 140 170 9 70 79 340 331 9 30 9 9 299 80 130 130 9 100 9 130 81 3S0 50 350 330 82 10 10 150 83 220 220 180 84 260 50 260 260 85 230 230 60 87 90 230 90 90 50 88 30 30 20 89 30 1,463 1,012 451 90 40 389 81 289 40 30 51 92 20 20 20 20 93 60 60 94 138 40 30 110 28 80 95 666 30 631 3' 390 96 110 110 230 98 90 817 807 10 30 99 709 479 209 679 30 409 229 Division X 233 199 34 120 Groups XI 213 20 179 34 110 X9 20 ]0 20 10 10 ·Includes figure. of educational levels not classifiabl •. )20 AT WORK ACCORDiNG TO MAiN ACTIVITY OTHER THAN CULTivATION LEVELS IN RURAL AREAS ONLY-(Concld.) Educational levels Matriculation or Higber Graduate and Primary Middle Secondary above Occupational Djvi~jons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females and Groups 9 10 II 12 13 14 IS 16 90 20 30 10 Division 6 )0 10 Orol,lps 60 50 10 JO 62 10 64 30 6S 20 66 /,867 30 670 519 10 Division 7,8,9 10 20 Groups 71 10 72 6.0 10 10 73 to 74 519 190 129 7S 149 50 10 77 20 20 78 139 30 30 79 70 10 80 140 30 10 81 82 100 10 20 83 80 80 40 84 50 30 60 85 20 10 87 20 10 88 ~o 30 10 10 89 10 90 to 10 92 10 93 50 94 90 60 to 95 20 20 10 96 120 90 60 98 100 40 40 99 50 .30 10 10 D;'ision X 50 30 10 10 Groups Xl X9 121 iJ-vJt SECONDARY woRk, i. e. FERSONS lIAViNG ~JAiN ACTIVITY, (0 CULTIVATORS, (Ii) AGld CULTURAL LABOURERS, (iii) HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, (iv) NON-HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY AND (v) NON-WORKERS CLASSIFIED BY SEX AND BY SECONDARY WORK, (i) HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, (ii) CULTIVATOR, (iii) AGRICULTURAl, LABOURER OR (iv) !'iON-HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY, TRADE, BUSINESS OR SERVICE Secondary Work ------_ . -~------Non-household Indu- Agricultural Household stry, Trade. Business Cultiv... tor Labourer ------Industry ------or Service Main Activity Rural Males Females Malt's Females Males Females Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Total Rural 320 140 250 30 40 190 200 Cultivator 30 160 Agricultural' labourer Household Industry Non -housebold Industry, Trade, 320 20 Business or Service Non-workers 140 25:) 40 10 200 B-VlII PERSONS CLASS1FIED AS NON-WORKERS ACCORDll\G TO MAIN ACTI-\:'ITY CROSS CLASSIFIED BY SEX, AGE-GROUPS AND TYPE OF ACTIVITY Total non-working Total population Student~ Household duties ... Rural Age------_---_--- -~------District Urban Group Persons Males Females Males F~males Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Gandbinagar Rural Total 124,674 44,376 80,298 18.740 8,499 90 45.901 0-14 70,506 37,230 33,276 14,570 7,489 30 3,850 15-19 11.584 4,161 7,423 3,581 890 6,293 20-24 8,009 893 7,116 516 100 20 6,936 25-29 5,946 167 5,779 73 10 5,729 30-39 9,373 131 9,242 10 20 9,142 40-49 7,457 122 7,335 10 7,185 50-59 5,333 217 5,056 10 4,386 60+ 6,464 1,394 5,070 2,380 A.N.S. 2 1 Retired, rentier & Tnmates of penal, Dependents and persons of Beggars, Vagrants mental & charitable infants independent means etc. institutions Others Age------_-_-- Group Males Females Males Females ------Males Females Males Females Males Females 3 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Total 24,316 25,318 350 360 70 60 10 120 800 40 0-14 22,550 21,917 80 20 15-19 290 220 10 10 280 10 20-24 99 70 258 10 25-29 31 20 20 63 30-39 30 50 10 40 71 40-49 75 llO 9 20 20 28 50-59 185 590 41 60 21 20 20 60 + 1,055 2,340 390 300 20 40 10 10 A.N.S. 1 1 A. N. S. == Age not 5tated. 122 C - SOCIAL AND CULTURAL TABLES Tables based OD full count viz., C-V, C-VII and C-VIII Parts A and B with their appendices have been published in Part C-I of the District Census Handbook. In the present volume the following two tables giving estimates as based on 10 per cent sample of rural individual slips are published. Table C-II (rural) gives data on age and marital status of the rural population. This table corresponds to Table C-II of 1961 prepared on full count basis and Table C-III of 1951 prepared on the basis of a 10% sample. The age groups and marital status categories are the same as in 1961 but differ from Tabfe C-III of 1951. In place of the three categories of marital status viz., unmarried, married and widowed or divorced adopted in 1951 Census the )961 and 1971 Census tables give five categories viz., (1) never married, (2) married, (3)' widowed, (4) divorced/separated and (5) unspecified. Table C-III Part-A rural gives' information on age, sex and education in the rural areas. Comparable tables of previous censuses are Table C-IV of 1951 Census prepared on 10 per cent sample basis and Table C-IlI Part-A of 1961 Census prepared on full count basis and for all areas. The age groups in this table are 0-4, 5-9, 10-14, 15-19, 20-24, 25-34, 35 + and Age not stated. The educational levels correspond to table B-III Part-B. This table provides a measure of literacy in the population as well as in the different age groups. 123 c-u AGE AND Marital Status -----__ ------'total 'total Population Never Married Age- Rural ------~------Qroup Urban rer~(lns Males Females Males------Females 2 3 4 5 G 7 All Ages R 176,587 91,17" 85,413 48,115 35,354 0-9 R 48,973 26,048 22,9::5 26,048 22,925 10-14 R 23,255 12,578 10,677 11 ,978 9,458 35-19 R 17,019 8,959 8,090 6,610 2,620 20-24 R 15,333 7,5~6 7,747 2,302 260 25-29 R 12,86~ 6,509 6,355 471 20 30-;4 R 11,250 5,689 5,561 220 30 35-39 R 9,921 5,120 4,801 100 20 40-44 R 8,937 4,291 4,646 no 10 45-49 R 7,397 3,773. 3,624 60 10 50-54 R 7,243 3,625 3,618 60 55-59 R 4,008 2,029 1.979 30 60-64 R 4,S33 2,354 2,479 80'" 65-69 R 2,248 1,088 1,160 !O 70+ R 3,266 1,516 1,750 10 Age tlot R 10 9 I 6 stated C-IlI PART-A AGE, SEX AND Educational Levels Literate (without Total Population JiJitcrate educational Icvels)* Primary Age-Group Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 \) 10 All Ages 176,587 91,174 85,413 43,325 62,757 23,0'" 14,317 14,346 5,908 0-4 24,485 12,909 11,576 12,909 11,576 5-9 24,488 13,139 11,349 8,996 8,807 4,143 2,542 10-14 23,255 12,578 10,677 2,635 4,850 6.299 3,928 3,125 1,718 15-19 17,049 8,9~9 8,090 1,862 4,312 J,597 1,306 2,166 1,387 20-24 15,333 7,586 7,747 2,076 4,652 1,577 1,236 1,218 1,135 25-34 24,114 12,198 11,916 4,ISt 8,450 3,315 2,130 2,216 995 35+ 47,853 23,796 24,051 10,657 20,109 6,110 3,175 5,621 673 Age not 10 9 1 9 1 stated ... Includes figures of educational levels Dot classifiable . Note: "In Gujarat State only two levels of education are recognised viz., (i) PrimarY (from StJ. I to VI[) and (ii) Secondary (Std. VI11 to XI). With a view to presenting these figures on uniform basis as for the rest of country anj to ensure compara bility of figures presented in All India Tables, the 'Middle' level has been introduced. These figures h ( i) Primary - Passed Standard V but not VIII. 124 MARITAL STATUS Marital Status Divorced or Unspecified Married Widowed separa~ed status ------Age------Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Group 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 40,528 41,009 2,310 8,960 220 90 All Ages 0-9 600 1,219 10-14 2,319 5,430 :0 30 10 10 15-19 5,254 7,4P 30 20 20 20-24 5,923 6,235 90 90 ~O 10 25-29 5,379 5,271 70 240 20 20 30-34 4,850 4,311 120 460 50 10 35-39 3.932 3,695 11-\9 931 40 10 40-44 3,483 2.693 210 921 20 45-49 3,234 2,179 311 1,439 20 50-54 1,798 1,199 191 780 10 55-59 1,885 700 389 1,779 60-64 818 380 240 770 20 10 65-69 1,047 250 449 1,500 10 70+ 1 Age not stated EDUCATION IN ALL AREAS Educational Levels Non-technical Technical diploma or diploma or Matriculation certificate certifica te Graduate or Higher not equal not equal and Middle Secondary to degree to degree above ------Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Age-Group 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 5,830 1,537 3,30.1 683 439 181 60 829 30. All Ages 0-4 5-9 519 181 10-14 2,805 834 529 231 20 15-19 1,118 33Z 1,238 291 119 81 20 220 20 20-24 879 140 1,018 141 140 50 40 409 10 25-34 509 50 519 20 180 30 200 35+ Age not stated ( ii) Middle -- Passed Standard VIII but not XI. ( iii) Higher Secondary passed Standard XI but I ad not acquired a University degree or Diploma. Persons have been classified in 'Primary' level if they have passed Standard V. If they were reading VI or VII or VIII, but had not passed VIII, they have been clafsificd under 'Primary' level. 1hose who have passed the Standard VIII have been classified under 'Middle'. This will include those reading in IX. X or XI Standard but not passed XI. Those who have passed standard XI but have not passed any University degree or diploma el\amination, have been classified under 'Higher Secondary'. 125 D-MIGRATION TABLES Though migration tables were compiled and published in the State volume Part II-C during 1961 Censu~, they were not reproduced in the District Census Handbooks. In 1971 Census it was decided to incorporate migration tables in the District Census Handbooks so far as they relate to the districts. These tables included in this part are D-I (with its two appendices) and D-VI. The major difference between the migration table of 1961 Censlls and those of 1971 Censlls is that the 1971 data is presented with reference to the last residence and not to birth place except in the case of Table D-I which is related to place of birth. Table D-I (rural) gives the distribution of population by birth place according to rural and urban areas. It corresponds to Table D-Il of 1961 Census in which the place of birth was classified as rural/urban for those individuals whose birth place happened to be within the country. Similarly the place of enumeration was classified separately by rural and urban areas. This gave the indication of rural/urban migration based on the place of birth. The same pattern has been fol1owed during 1971 Census. There are two appendices viz., D-I Appendix I and D-I Appendix II which provide information on the inter-district migration. While Appendix I gives data regarding in - migration of persons born in the districts of the state other than the district of enumeration, Appendix II furnishes details of out migration of persons born in the district of enumeration. Both the appendices are new additions and meant for presentation in the District Census Handbooks only. Table D-VI (rural) is a new table for 1971 Census and provides information on migrants based on the place of last residence, by age-groups, marital status, duration of residence and sex. 127 D-I POPULATION CLASSIFIED BY PLACE OF BIRTH Rurall . Enumerated in Rural Area of the Rural/ Enumerated in Rural Area of the UrbanI District UrbanI District Uuclassi------Unelassi- Males Females ------Birth Place tiable Persons Birth Place tiablo Persons Maf.es Females 4 5 2 3 2 3 4 S Total POllulation 176,587 9t,17~ 85,413 7 Kerala R U 10 10 167,287 88,O!t4 79,243 A Born in India R Unc. 40 10 30 U 8,820 2,860 5,9(.0 8 Madhya Pradesh R CDC. :Z30 100 130 10 10 U 60 20 40 I. Within the State R 165,007 86,714 78.293 Unc. of enumeration U 8.050 2540 5,5/0 9 Maharashtra R 110 40 70 Une. 80 }O 70 U 210 70 140 Une. (a) Born in place R 114.1!75 77,254 37,621 of enumeriltion U 10 Manipur R UDC. U Unc. (b) Born elsewhere R 15,531 2.191 13,341 11 Meghalaya R in District of U 30 30 U enumeration Unc. Une. (c) Born in other R 34,601 7,270 27.331 12 Mysore R 10 10 Districts of U 8,020 25,40 5,480 U 20 20 10 70 the State Unc, 80 Unc, II. States in Tndia R 2,280 1,330 950 13 Nagaland R 320 450 beyond the State of U 770 U 150 90 60 enumeration Une. Unc. I Andbra Pradesh R 14 Orissa R U U 10 Unc. 10 Une. R 2 Assam 15 Punjab R 50 40 10 U U 10 10 Une. Une. 3 Bihar R 40 40 16 Rajasthan R 1,820 1,050 770 U U 300 140 160 Vnc. 10 10 Une. 20 10 10 20 4 Haryana R 10 10 17 Tamiloadu R U U Unc. Unc. I 5 Himachal Pradesh R 20 20 18 Tripura R U U Unc. to 10 Vnc. 6 Jammu and R 10 10 19 Uttar Pradesh R 180 130 59 Kashmir U U 110 60 SO Une. Une. 60 60 Unc.=Unclassitlable. l2S b-i POPULATION CtASSIFIED BY pLACE OF Btkftt-(Contd.j Rurall Enumerated in Rural Area of the Rural! Enumerated in Rural Area of the UrbanI District Urban! District Unclassi- Unclassi- Birth Place liable Persons Males Females Birth Place tiable Persons Males Females 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 20 West Bengal R B. Born in counlriel 190 130 60 U 10 10 in Asia beyond l'nc. India (including U.S.S.R.) 21 Andaman and R I Afghanistan Nikobar Island U 2 Burma Unc. 3 Ceylon 4 China oS Nepal 40 30 10 22 Arunachal R (j Pakistan 150 100 SO Pradesh U 7 Malaysia Unc. 8 U S.S.R. 9 Elsewhere 23 Chandigadh R U C. CouotrieS:io Europe Unc. (excl. U.S. S.R.) 1 U.K. (incl. N. Ireland) 24 Dadra and R 2 Ireland Nagar Haveli U 3 Elsewhere Unc. D. Countries in Afrlea 50 30 20 25 Delhi R 10 10 I Kenya U 40 Iv 30 2 Mauritius Une. 3 Mozambique 4 Union of South Africa 26 Goa, Daman R 5 Elsewhere 50 ~O 20 aDd Div U Une. E. Couutries in two Amerieas t Canada 27 l..acadive, Minicoy R 2 U.S.A. and Amindivj U 3 Elsewhere Islands Unc. F. Countries in Oceania 1 Australia 28 Pondicherry R 2 New Zealand U 3 Elsewhere Unc. G. Unclassilicable 10 10 Unc.=Unclassifiable. 129 b-I POPULATION CLASSIFIED .By PLAcE OF niRTH-(Contd.) APPENDIX-I Persons born in other districts of the State and enumerated in this district Enumerated in the district Enumerated in the distr iet Rurall Rural! UrbanI Rural UrbanI Rural District of Uoclassi- District of Unclassi- birth tiable Males Females birth fiable Males Fcmalss 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 Total Mahesana Rural 7,270 27.331 Rural 2,720 14,361 5,480 Urban 2,540 Urban 430 ),810 Vnclassifiable 10 70 Ahmadab;td Jamnagar Rural 1,360 7,550 Rural 20 10 Urban 1,610 2590 Urban 40 10 Kheda Rajkot Rural 240 990 Rural 90 110 Urban 90 220 Urban 10 70 Uoclassifiablc 20 Panch Mahah SUlendranagar Rural 90 90 Urban Rural 100 160 40 Urban 60 50 Vadodara Bl.avnagar Rural 380 SIO Rural 90 180 Urban 20 130 Urban 90 Unclassifiablc 10 Bharuch RUral 20 80 Amreli Urban 50 90 Rural 30 20 Urban 20 SUral Rural Juoa£adb 10 Urban 40 10 Rural 40 20 Urban 20 30 Valsad Kutch Rural ... 20 Urban Rural 90 130 40 Urban 20 )0 The Dangs Banas Kantha Rural ... Rural 1,350 1,380 Urban Urban 30 140 District not stated Sabae Kantha Rural 110 240 Rural 530 1,480 Urban 30 Urban 90 130 Unclassifiable SO 130 O-I POPULATION"(;LASSIFIED BY PLACE O}<' BIRTH-(Concld.} .WRAL APPENDlX-Il Persons born in tbis district but enumerated in otber districts of the State Enumerated in ------~------~------Birth pllce __Jamnagar Rajkot Surendranagar Bhavnagar Amreli Junagadb Rural/ District District District District Diltrict District Urbani --__ ------_ ------_------U nclassifiable Malos Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females 1 ' 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 . 10 II 12 J3 Rural 10 10 50 10 Urban 10 JO 30 10 10 Unclassifiablc ------_------Enumerated in ------_----_ Birth place Kutch Banas Kantha Sabar Kantha Mahesana Ahmadabad Kheda Rural! District District District . District District District UrbanI Unclassifiable Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females 1 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Rural 30 10 190 980 770 5,880 841 9,230 ]10 430 Urban 10 '0 30 80 10 100 19 30 Unclassifiable 80 ------_---_-_------Enumerated in Birth place Panch Mahala Vadodara Bharuch Surat Valsad The Dangs Rural! District District District District District District UrbanI _------_ Unclaslifiable Males Females Males Females -----Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females 1 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Rural 10 30 JO 20 Urban 10 ]0 10 Unclassifiable 131 D-VI MIGRANTS CLASSIFIED BY PLACE OF LAST RESIDENCE, Duration of residence ------.. _... _---- All duratwn Less than 1 year Last Rural Age _.,.._ ------Residence Urban group Sex Total------NM M ....WaD Total ~M M W&O 2 3 4 , 6 7 8 9 JO 11 J2 District Total Rural Total Males 14,560 7~62' 6,620 320 2,950 1,660 1,240 50 0-14 5,480 5,430 SO 1,280 1,280 15-19 1,680 1,300 380 250 220 30 20-24 1,330 550 780 230 100 130 15"-4;" 4,800 290 4,399 120 990 50 920 20 50+ 1,270 SO 1,020 200 200 10 160 30 A.N.S. Rural Total Females 48,050 5,210 34,830 8,010 2,570 940 1,530 100 0-14 4,680 4,460 220 910 SolO 70 15-19 3,490 660 2,830 380 80 300 20-2" 6,370 30 G,310 30 410 1_1) 400 25-49 24,330 60 22,020 2,250 760 10 710 40 50+ 9,180 3,450 5,730 ltO 50 60 A.N.S. A Resided Rural Total Males 14,480 7,600 6,56!)- 320 2,930 1,660 1,220 50 in India 0-14 5,460 5,410 ,SO 1,2S0 1,280 15-19 1,680 ),300 380 250 220 30 20-24 1,320 550 770 230 JOO 130 1.5-4' 4,760 290 4,350 120 970 50 900 20 50+ 1,260 50 1,010 200 200 JO 160 30 A.N.S. Rural Total Females 48,010 5,200 3A,SO() 8,010 2,560 940 1,520 )00 0-14 4,670 4,450 220 910 840 70 15-19 3,490 660 2,830 380 ~O 300 20-24 6,360 30 6,300 30 410 10 400 25-49 24,330 60 22,020 2,250 760 10 710 40 50+ 9,160 3,430 5,730 100 40 60 A.N.S. r. Within the Rural T.~al Males 13,020 6,93() 5,790 lO() 2,380 ),370 960 50 State or 0-14 5,070 5,020 5Q 1,120 1,120 enullleration 1S-19 1,479 1,160 319 190 160 30 but outside 20-24 1,150 470 680 180 60 120 the place of 15-49 4,150 230 3,810 IJO 730 20 690 20 enumeration 50+ 1,180 so 940 190 160 10. 120 30 A.N.S. R.ural Total Females 46,740 4,860 33,950 7,930 2,140 810 1,230 100 0-1" 4,330 4,150 ]80 760 720 40 15-19 3,340 630 2,710 340 80 260 lO-24 6,200 30 6,140 30 360 10 350 25-49 23,810 50 21,540 2,220 580 540 40 50+ 9,060 3,380 5,680 ]00 40 60 A.N.S. 13.2 AGE-GROUt», DURATION OF RESiDENCE. ANI> MA.RITAL STATUS and marital status --~------1-9 years 10 years & above ------...------Age Rural Last ------_------Telal NM M W&D Total NM. M W&D group Urban Residence ]3 14 15 ]6 17 18 19 20 J 2 6,820 3,740 2,940 140 2,590 710 1,730 80 Total Rural District Total 2,710 2,708 10 310 300 10 0-14 760 610 150 400 270 130 15-19 630 280 350 280 110 170 20-24 2,320 140 2,UO 60 1,060 70 970 20 25-49 400 10 310 80 540 30 450 60 58+ A.N.S. 13,990 2,770 10,930 290 26,100 460 19,070 6,570 Total Rural 2,520 2,400 120 300 290 10 0-14 2,550 360 2,190 190 120 70 15-19 4,700 10 4,670 20 670 10 650 10 20-24 3,870 3.780 90 17,410 40 15,480 U90 25-49 350 J70 ISO 7,530 2,860 4,670 50+ A.N.S. 6,790 3,nO 2,930 140 2,570 780 1,710 80 Teta) Rural A. Resided in 2,690 2,680 10 310 300 10 0-14 India 760 610 ISO 400 270 130 15-19 630 280 350 280 110 170 20-24 2,310 J40 2,110 60 1,050 70 960 20 25-49 400 JO 310 80 530 30 440 60 50+ A.N.S. f U,970 2,760 10,9i.0 290 26,090 460 19,060 6,570 Total Rural 2,510 2,390 120 300 290 10 0-J4 2,550 360 2,190 190 120 70 15-19 4,700 10 4,670 20 660 IO 640 10 20-24 3,870 3,780 90 17,410 40 15,480 \,89() 25-49 340 160 180 7,530 2,860 4,670 50+ A.N,S. ~ 6,240 3,470 2,640 no 2,430 750 1,610 70 Total Rural I. Within 2,550 2,540 10 300 290 10 0-14 the Stat. of 650 540 110 380 270 110 15-19 eDumeration 560 260 300 260 100 160 20-24 but out.ide 2,090 120 1,920 SO 980 60 900 20 2S-49 the l'iace 0 f 390 10 300 80 510 30 430 50 50+ enumeration A.N.S. 13,450 2,590 10,600 260 25,860 460 18,880 6,520 Total Rural 2,370 2,250 120 290 290 0-14 2,410 330 1,140 180 J20 60 15-J9 4,600 10 4,570 20 660 10 640 JO 20-24 3,710 2,630 80 17,260 40 15,350 1.870 25-4' 300 140 160 7,470 2,&30 4,640 SI+ A.N~ 133 D-VI MIGRANTS CLASSIFIED BY PLACE OF LAST RESIDENCK. Duration of residence ------All Duration Less than I year Last Rural Age ------_ Residence Urban group Sex ------Total NM M W&D Total NM M W&D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 (a) Blsewhere Rural Total Males 3,170 1,1)46 1,030 100 440 310 100 30 in the 0-14 1,740 1,720 20 250 250 District of 15-19 240 220 20 40 40 enumeration 20-24 160 40 120 20 10 10 25-49 780 40 680 60 90 10 70 10 50+ 1:50 20 190 40 40 20 20 A.N.S. Rural Total Females 13,590 1,030 10,110 2,450 380 210 170 0-14 1,010 960 50 210 200 10 15-19 870 70 800 70 10 60 20-24 J,860 1,850 10 60 60 25-49 6,640 5,890 7S0 40 40 50+ 3,210 1,520 1,690 A.N.S. (b) In other Rural Total Males 9,850 ·4;890- 4,760 200 1,940 1,060 860 20 Districts of 0-14 3,330 3,300 30 870 870 the State of 15-19 1,230 940 290 150 120 30 enumeration 20-24 990 430 560 160 50 110 25-49 3,370 190 3,130 SO 640 10 620 10 50+ 930 30 750 150 120 10 100 10 A.N.S. Rural Total Females 33,150 3,830 23,840 5,480 1,701 600 1,060 100 0-14 3,320 3,190 130 550 520 30 15-19 2,470 560 1,910 270 70 200 20-24 4,340 30 4,290 20 300 10 290 25-49 17,170 50 15.650 1,470 540 500 40 50+ 5,850 1,860 3.990 100 40 60 A.N.S. H. States in R\1ral Totl\' Males 1,460 6'70 7'l0 20 550 290 260 'Inala beyond 0-1.4 390 390 160 160 thb:;state •of 15-19 210 140 70 60 60 emetat~on 20-24 170 80 90 50 40 10 15-~9 610 60 540 10 Z40 30 ZIO 50+ 80, 70 10 40 40 A.N.S. Rural Tot,1 3~. 8p.c 420 130 Z90 c, Females.,., I,ZiP 850: 340 ' 3Q(i . 40 150 120 30 0-14 120', 40, 15- 9 ~"'b 3a: 40 SO- 50 20_:~~ 1,6(t, !'l 1,60" 25-A9 _ ~O 18{) . 10 170 S)9~ ~U, \ w SOf . 1~ }9'~· ~, ..- , A.Nl~f... ,/.. ~·' 134 A(;E-~P.OVP, PURATION OF R~SIDll=N~E +N.p M~lUTAL STATUS-(Contd.) and marital status ------_ ----- 1-9~ years 10 y~ar~ & above ------....1------Age Rural Last Total NM M W&D Total NM . M W&D group Urban Residence \ 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 3 2 1,640 1,13. 370 40 580 200 370 10 Total Rural (a) Elsewhere 1,120 1,120 80 70 10 0-14 in the 70 70 100 90 10 15-19 District' of 60 10 SO 40 20 2. 20-24 enumeration 320 20 280 20 270 10 250 10 25-49 70 10 40 20 90 10 80 50+ A.N.S. 3,350 430 2,880 40 8,150 120 6,030 2,000 Total Rural 460 420 40 70 70 0-14 690 10 680 60 50 10 15-19 1,460 1,450 10 190 190 20-24 700 680 20 5,130 4,460 670 25-49 40 30 10 2,700 1,370 1,330 50+ A.~.S. 4,600 2,240 2,270 90 1,850 550 1,240 60 Total Rural (b) In other 1,430 1,420 JO 220 220 0-14 Di'tricts of 580 470 no 280 180 100 1$-~9 the State' of 500 25q 250 220 80 140 ~0-24 enumeration 1,770 100 1,640 30 710 50 650 10 25-49 320 260 60 420 20 350 50 50+ A.N.S. 10,100 2,160 7,720 220 17,710 340 12,850 4,520 Total Rural 1,910 1,830 80 220 220 0-14 1,780 320 1,460 120 70 50 15-19 3,140 10 3,120 10 470 10 450 10 20-24 3,010 2,950 60 12,130 40 10,890 1,200 25-49 260 110 150 4.770 1,460 3,310 50+ A.N,S. sso 250 290 10 140 30 100 10 Total Rural II. States in 140 140 10 10 0-14 India beyond 110 70 40 20 20 IS-19 the State of 70 20 50 20 10 10 20-24 enumeratioD 229 20 190 10 70 10 60 25-49 }O 10 20 10 10 ~O+ A.N.S. 520 170 320 30 230 180 50 Total Rural ]40 140 JO JO 0-14 80 30 50 10 10 15-]9 100 100 20-14 J60 150 10 ISO 130 20 25-49 40 20 20 60 30 30 50+ A.N.S. 135 D-VI MIGRANTS CLASSIFIED BY PLACE OF LAST RESID Duration of residence All duration-- Less than 1 year Last Rural Age ----- Residence Urban group Sex Total NM M W&D Total NM M W&D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B. Outside Rural Total Males 80 20 60 20 20 lndia 0-14 20 20 15-19 20-24 10 10 25-49 40 40 20 20 50+ 10 10 A.N.S. Rural Total Females 40 10 30 10 10 0-14 10 10 15-19 20-24 10 10 25-49 50+ 20 20 10 10 A.N.S. Notes ;-1. FIgures of "unspecified marital IItatus" are included in "Total". 2. Figures of unclassifiable "last place of residence" are included in "Total". 3. "All DuratiGm" includes figures for duration "Period not Ilated," Abbreviations used, NM=Never married, M=Married, W&D=Widowed and Divorced, A.N.S.=Age not stated. 136 AGE-r~RUP, bURATION of RESIDENct AND MARITAL STATUS-(ConciJ.) and marital status 1-9 years 10 years & above Last Tot,al Age NM M W&:O Total NM Rural Resi- M W&O group Urban dence 13 14 IS 16 17 18 19 20 3 2 30 20 10 20 20 20 20 Total Rural B. Outside , . 0-14 India 15-19 :0-24 10 10 10 )0 25-49 10 10 50+ A.N.S. 20 10 10 10 JO Total Rural 10 10 ,. 0-14 ]5-19 10 10 20-24 25-49 10 10 50+ A.N.S. 137 It - HOUSING TABLES The 1961 Housing Census was the first of its kind in the history of Indian Census. In 1961 Census a comprehensive house list for collecting detailed information regarding each census house, and industrial establi shments formed part of the statutory census schedules. Detailed information on housing such as use, category, tenure status, material of wall and roof, number of rooms in a census household and of persons residing therein, as well as data relating to establishments, workshops and factories was collected. During 1971 also housing data on more or less similar lines has been collected and following tables have been compiled from the house lists taking a 20 per cent sample of Census Houses. H-I Census houses and the uses to which they are put. H-II Distribution of Census houses by predominant material of wall and predominant material of roof. Appendix - Distribution of Residential Census Houses by material of wall cross classified by material of roof. H-III Households classified by number of members and by number of rooms occupied. H-IV Households classified by size and tenure status. The major difference in 1961 and 1971 tabulation is that while in 1961 tables were presented down to taluka level and towns with population of 50,000 or more during 1971 they have been presented upto district and city level only. The 1961 cities were taken as the base for tabulation of 1971 houselisting data. Further 1971 housing tables give estimates based on a 20 per cent sample as against the sample figures given in all tables of 'E' series except Table E-I in 1961 Census. Table H-I gives estimates of Census Houses and the uses to which they are put. This table corresponds to Table E-I of 1961 with a few changes. Table H-II gives distr~bution of Census Houses by predominant material of wall and predominant material of roof, giving the structural condition of the houses according to the type of material used for wall and roof. This table corresponds to Table E-IV of 1961 with the difference that in 1971 this table is prepared for census houses while in 1961 Census households living in census houses used wholly or partly as dwellings were classified by material of wall and roof. Table H-III gives distribution of households classified by number of members and by number of rooms occupied. The table wm help in the measurement of congestion and overcrowding in households. This table corresponds to table E-V of 1961 Census excepting that additional information for households with unspecified number of rooms and households with details unspecified are shown in 1971. Institutional households are not reckoned for the purpose of this table. Table H-IV gives distribution of households classified by size and tenure status and gives information on composition of hOrlseholds e.g. households having one persons, two persons, etc., and by their tenure status i.e. whether living in owned or rented houses. The institutional households are excluded from this table. This table is similar to Table E-11 of 1961 Census. In 1961 Census, however, households living in census houses used wholly or partly as dwelling were classified by tenure status, whereas in 1971 Census households with number of members are cross-classified by tenure Status. 139 It-I tENsuS HOUSES ANi> THE USES Occupied Census Hotels. Census Sarlis, Houses Workshop Dhararo- Total vacant -cum- shalas Total number at the residence Toutist- Rural of time of including homes and Urban Cer.sus House- Shop-cum- Household Inspc;ctioD District/City City Houses listing Residence residence industric;s houses 1 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 G."cJhinapr Total 55,795 11,510 35,360 150 115 10 .lura) 49.005 6.965 33,440 1-10 215 20 Urban 6,790 4.545 1.920 10 H··II DISTRIBUTION OF CENSUS HOUSES BY PREDOMINANT Predominant material of wall All G. I. other Total Grass Sheets material Rural Total No. Leaves, or other and mate- Urban of Census reeds or Unburnt BUrnt metal Cement rials not District/City City Houses bamboo Mud bricks Wood bricks sheets Stone Concrete stated 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Gandhioagar Total 55.795 470 20,240 535 140 33,895 145 30 100 240 Rural 49,005 395 19,385 505 130 28,BS 90 30 85 50 Urban 6,790 75 855 30 10 5,560 15 190 140 TO WHICH THEY ARE PlJT Houses used as Places of Place of entertainments and worship community (e.g. Temple, Sho[ ps Factories, Restaurants, gathering Church, Total exc. uding Business Workshops Sweetmeat (Paocbayatgbar) Mosque, Rural eatmg houses and shops and excluding plaCes Gurudwara Urban hcuses and offices WOIksheds eating places of worship etc. Others City District/City 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 I 1,200 265 440 170 10 580 !';,875 Total Gandblnagar 1,145 190 435 145 10 570 ~,730 Rural 55 75 5 25 10 145 Urblo MATERIAL OF WALL AND PRFDOMINANT MATERIAL OF ROOF Predominant material of roof Grass, Leaves, reeds, thatch, Corrugated Total wood, mud, Tiles Iron, Zinc Asbestos Brick Concrete All other mate- Rural unburnt bricks Slate, or other Cement and R.B.C.I rials and mate- Urban or bamboo Shingle metal sheets Sheets lime Stone R.C.C. rials not stated City District/Cit)' 13 14 15 J6 17 18 J9 20 2 1 615 24,825 21,940 415 SS 75 7,61S 255 Total Gandblnapr 500 24,060 21,480 375 40 75 2,410 6.5 Rural 115 765 460 40 15 5,205 190 Urban 141 H-·I1 DISTRIBUTION OF CENSUS HOUSES BY PREDOMINANT MAtERIAL OF WALL AND PREDOMINANT MATERIAL OF ROOF APPENDIX Distribution ef Residential Census Houses by Material of Wall Cross Classified by Material of Roof Predominant Material of Roof Tiles, Slate, Shingle Corru- gated Iron, Zinc or other Metal Sheets, Asbestos Grass. Leaves Cerrent Sheets. All other Total Total Reeds. Bamboo, Bric'(s, Lime Materials Rural number Tbatcb, Mud, Stone and and Mate- District/ Urban of Census Unburnt Bricks R. B. C., rials not City City Houses Predominant Material of Wall or Wood R. C. C. stated 2 3 4 5 6 7 Gandbinagar Total 35,790 I Grass, Leaves, Reeds or Bamboo, Mud, 310 16,980 40 Unburnt Bricks, Wood. n Burnt Bricks G.I. Sheets' or other Melal 145 18,120 Z~ Sheets Stone. Cement III All other Materials and Materials not stated 35 135 Rural 33,1150 I Grass, Leaves, Reeds or Bamboo, Mud, 265 16,245 30 Unburnt Bricks, Wood II Burnt Bricks, G. I. Sheets, or other 125 17,140 10 Metal Sheets. Stone, Cement. III All other Materials and Materials 20 IS not stated Urban 1.940 Grass, Leaves, Reeds or Bamboo, 45 735 10 Mud, Unbucnt Bricks, Wood. II Burnt Bricks. G.I. Sheets, or other Metal 20 980 15 Sheets, Stone, Cement III All other Materials and Materials not stated IS 120 142 H-III CENSUS HOUSEHOLDS CLASSIFIED BY NUMBER OF MEMBERS AND BY NUMBER OF ROOMS OCCUPIED Households with one room Households with two rooms Total Total No. or Number of Number of Rural Census Total No. of members Total No. of members No. of members District/ Urban House- No. bouse------house------City City holds Males Females of rooms holds Males Females holds Males Females ) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 Gandhinagar Total 35,815 92,795 88.200 63,930 14,375 34,605 32,720 15,935 42,790 ·40,730 Rural 33,875 88,305 74,140 59,485 13,905 33,555 31.960 15,245 40,945 38,840 Urban 1,940 4.490 4.060 4,445 470 1,050 760 690 1,845 1,890 Households with three Households with four Households with five rooms Households with unspeci- No. of rooms rooms and above fied number of room house- holds Number of Number of Number of Number of with No. of members No. of members No. of members No of members dttails house- house ------house ------house ~--- unspe- holds Males Females holds Males Females holds Males Females holds Males Females cified 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2S 4,320 11,945 11,555 875 2,605 2,450 210 850 745 100 3.795 10,965 10,705 620 1,990 1,890 210 850 745 100 525 980 850 255 615 560 Note: (i) Columns 22-24 include figures of households which have no regular rooms. (ii) Column 3 excludes figures for institutional households. H-IV HOUSEHOLDS CLASSIFIED BY SIZE AND TENURE STATUS Households having number of Persons Total Number Rural Total No. Six of Per- Urban Tenure of Census One Two Three Four Five and more sons un- District/City City Status households Person Persons Persons Persons Persons Persons specified 1 2 3 ,4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Gandhinagar Total Total 35,815 2,615 3,745 4,115 5,Z1S 5,670 14,345 110 Owned 30,845 1015 3,030 3,410 4,355 4,940 12,985 110 Rented 4,970 600 715 70s 860 730 1,360 Rural Total 33,875 2,395 3,485 3,845 4,895 5,360 13,785 110 Owned 29,735 1,925 2,900 3,270 4,180 4,750 12,600 110 Rented 4.140 470 585 S75 715 610 1,185 Urban Total 1,940 220 260 270 320 310 560 Owned 1,110 90 HO 140 175 190 385 Rented 830 130 130 13G 145 120 175 Note :-Col. 4 excludes figures for institutional households. ERRA1A DISTRICT: GANDHINAGAR Part X-C-II FOf Read Page Particulars of Col. For Read Page Particulars of Col. No. Entry No. No. Entry No. I 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 17 Heading of table ARAES AREAS I ANALYTICAL REPORT No. 3.8 Census Tables 18 Serial No. 1 in 4 8 3 B-IV Parts B-VI Parts 5 Para five table No. 4.4 A (i) and A (i) and line two tbird line 3. Parliamentary and A (ii) A (ii) 24 Column Heading 18 assembly constituencies Talal Total of table No. 11.5 and Elections Rakbial 11 Para 2, line 5 Rahkial 28 Sub-heading of (Rs. in '00) (in Rs.) Polled 12 Table C. I, 9 Polied Table 14.9 sub-heading 28 Column Heading 3 soceity Society (iii) working of tbe of table No. 15.2 local bodies 28 Heading of table 2.25 2.52 NUMBER NUMBERS 1 3 Para 3 line 3 No. 16.2 15 Table F. 1 0.89 SI. No.3 3 3.89 Section II Census Tables 2. Irrigation 63.00 6,300 16 Para 1. line I 35 Second Half-Last Underserving Undeserving 7. Industry Para Last line 330 18 Para 2. line 7 339 52 Table A-IV- 6 Area in Km. Paper and Area inKma 19 Para below table Paper and Column Heading paper F. 9 line 5 products 74 15th line Care classied products. are classified under ach under each 11. Prices 1960-100 21 Para 1, lino 4 1960 100 Section III : Socio Economics and Cultural Tables 26 Table F. 14 100 Table B III Part B SI. No.3. wheat possed passed Foot Note, last (1) O.S. Red white and indigenous 4 86.85 86.65 line. Table B IV Part A. 28 Para below table is in 102 Minor groups 277 4 G.3 line 6 23 28 9. Average size of village 103 Minor groups 602 602 606 Distribution~ Distribution 28 Para sub-heading 183 Major groups 74 4 villages by of villages 2 24 size classes by size Table B VIII classes l22 Age group-60+ 13 390 309 32 Para below table 15.59 15-59 124-125 Table C-I11 C-III Part-A C-IIJ Part-A G.15 line 6 Part-A, table Age, Sex and Age. Sex aad 15.59 15-59 32 Para below table heading Education in Ed uration in G.16 line 5 All Areas Rural Areas 33 Table G.18 Table D-I I Telagu Telegu Scbeduled caste 129 E. countries in couutries countries II TABLES two Americas Section I Departmental Statistics 129 G. unclassifiable unclassificable unclassifiable 13 Serial No. 4 2 Death Deaths (lower portion) in table No. 2.1 141T~ 9 sholps exc shops exclu 16 Heading of table CROPRS CROPS uding eating ding eating No. 3.5 houses houses